Gairdner - Egyptian Colloquial

G ^
CORNELL
UNIVERSLTY LIBRARY
Gift of the
CHARLES M. TAYLOR ESTATE
DATE DUE
"DEUT
Itff?
Li.
-jmj^Hssrw^ ""
-SEP
g^ffô c
ifiiîilî^ |*ill|iii**!''^"
PRINTED INU.S.A.
Cornell University Library
PJ 6779.G14
Egyptian colloquial Arabic:
3 1924 026 886 600
Cornell University Library
The
original of this
book
is in
the Cornell University Library.
There are no known copyright
restrictions in
text.
the United States on the use of the
http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924026886600
EGYPTIAN COLLOQUIAL ARABIC
IN PREPARATION.
AEABIC PRONTJNCIATION
:
Practical Phonetic
Handbook.

A CONVERSATION GRAMMAR
AND READER
BY
W.
H.
;
T.
GAIRDNER
Church Missionary Society, Egypt; B.A. Oxon. Superintendent of Arabic Studies at the Cairo Study Centre
ASSISTED BY
SHEIKH KURAYYIM SALLAM

(ij
Je:x
kurejjim
sallaim)
CAMBRIDGE
W. HEFFER & SONS Ltd.

1917
ALUMNIS
SCHOL^ CAHIRENSIS UBI REBUS ARABICIS STUDETUR,
QUORUM
IN
CORPORIBUS MINIME VILIBUS
FACTUM EST EXPERIMENTUM.
"/S^SU^
..
.. .
CONTENTS
CONVERSATION GRAMMAR.
PAGE
Table of Egyptian-Arabic Sounds The Consonants, Vowels, Diphthongs Exercises in the Vowels and Consonants
.
2
:
Syllables
Words
6-7
II
Ex.
I.
The Masculine Noun The Demonstrative Pronoun. Feminine Noun

Form of the Comparative. The Directions.
Dual
The
14
II.
18
.
III.
Prepositions.
22 28
32
<
IV.
The
Genitive.
The Possessed and the Possessor

.
V.
The Possessive with Feminine Noun.

Elision
;
;
.with [bita:'']
;
INTERMEZZO.
VI.
Accent
Addition of Vowels Loss of Length Quantity

;
Change of
36
The Pronoun.
" Have."
Pronouns of the Genitive (Conjunctive) Pronouns

of the
Nominative (Disjunctive)
40
VII. VIII.
The Disjunctive Pronouns with Negative

The Five Senses and their
Participle
.
46
For General Conversation.

Organs.
Polite Address.
The Active
50
56-7
Table of Active and Passive Participles
IX.
For General Conversation. Common Actions. " " Have " with negative. " Had," " Shall have
For General Conversation. The Dimensions. The Sound Triliteral Verb Aorist and Imperative " Appendix. The Verb " Was
Paradigms
for Practising Imperative
.
58
X.
56
70
72-4
and Aorist
with "
XI.
What one does every Day.

;
Aorist with Pronouns of the Object attached with Pronouns of the Dative For Conversational Verb-Drill
.
Was
76
80-1
XII. f'FoR General Conversation. (i) The Past Tense Verb

;
Wh.4.t
(2)
one did Yesterday. The Aorist with Negative

.
Pronouns (3) Some Indefinite Transition to the Arabic Reader
84 89
CONTENTS
XIII.
(i)
The Past Verb, with Negative, and with the Conjunctive

Pronouns
(2)
. .
The
Indefinite Singular
the Dual
the Plural
. .
.
9 90
96-7 98-9
(3) Exercise on Members of the Body For Conversational Verb-Drill

. .
XIV. For General Conversation. The Numerals from I to I o
Visit to the Pyramids.

.. .. .. .. ..
100
XV.
For General Conversation. The Duties of the Cook. Moods (" can," " must," etc.)
Dialogue between Master and Servant For Conversational Verb-Drill ..
. . . . .
108
11 2-3
..
..
..
..
XVI. For General Conversation.

Servant.
Ordinals.
Colours.
The Duties of the Table..

.. ..
Deformities
10
..
..
114 118
XVII.
The Numerals above
..
..
..
..
XVIII. For General Conversation. The Duties of the [bawwaib]. (i) Frequentative Perfect (2) Future (3) Pluperfect
;
(4)
Continuative
124
XIX.
Verbs with 2nd and 3RD Radicals the Same. Dialogue between a Lady and her Servant ..
For Conversational Verb-Drill and Analysis
.
..
.
..
.
128
130
XX.
Verbs whose
ist
Radical
is
[w]
..
or
['].
A Dervish-Zikr at the Fair

For Verb-Drill.
Verbs with Verbs with
ist ist
..
..
..
.
..
. .
132
Radical hamzated
Radical [w]
.
138
139
XXI.
Verbs with 2nd Radical [w] or [j]. The 1002nd Night " Ye Ladye and ye Portere
"
140 144
For Conversational Verb-Drill
XXII.
Verbs with 3RD Radical [w] or [j]. Conclusion of " Ye Ladye and ye Portere
. .
"
146
..152-3
XXIII. The " Increased " Verb. Form Scenes on a Journey A Dialogue
:
II.
. . .
.
154
160-1
XXIV. Verbs of
"
Form V."
.
A Proposal for a Holiday

XXV.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
..
.
164
166-7
Verbs of " Form VII " and " Form VIII." (a) The Appointment. (6) The Barrister (c) The Closed Bridge, (d) An Odd Incident
.
70
172
. . . .
174-5
. .
. .
CONTENTS
Vll
XXVI. Veres of
"
Form
IV."
178 180
The Messenger
.
XXVII. Verbs of
"
Form X."
l2
188-9, 190
.
Dialogue Between a Doctor and a Patient For Conversational Verb-Drill
XXVIII.
Verbs of " Forms III. and VI." Dialogue on the Courtesies of Debate For Conversational Verb-Drill
.
192
196-7, 198
XXIX. Verbs wtth two
Objects.
The Verb [idda]
201
XXX.
The Relative Pronoun.

Story of the Clever Detective Additional Exercise in the Relative
204 206
XXXI. Conditional
Sentences.
.
Dialogue about a Return from a Travel
XXXII. Concessive Clauses.
Indirect Questions.
A Letter of Congratulation
SKELETON CONVERSATIONS.
CONTENTS
PAGE
13
14
15
16,
The Man who tried to please Everybody The Flat and the Sharp
240
241
An Odd
Incident
Egypt, 19 15
242
17
18
19
20.
21
The Khalifa and Abu n Nawwas Bargaining between Shopman and Customer Egypt and the Egyptians Debate " How can a young Egyptian best serve Some bad Coptic Customs Some bad Moslem Customs the 7Av
: :
243 243
245
his
Country
247
251
252
PART
(A).
1
II. BIBLE
AND OTHER
PIECES.
Pieces from the Life of Christ. 25+

255 255
7
2. 3.
4. 5. 6.
The Birth of Christ, Luke 2:1 Jesus and the Young Children, Lu. 18 15 .. Jesus and Bartimaeus, Lu. 18 35 Jesus and the Son of the Widow of Nain, Lu. Jesus and Zacchaeus, Lu. 19:1
:
255 256
256.
Story of the Samaritan
Woman
(B).
7.
Some Parables of Christ. The Sower, Lu. 8:4.. The Good Samaritan, Lu. 10 30 The Barren Fig-Tree, Lu. 13:6
:
The Mustard-Seed, Lu. 13 18 The Prodigal Son, Lu. 15:11

:
257 258 258 258 258
12. 13. 14. 15.
16.
17.
The The The The The The
Humility, Lu. 14 7 Great Feast, Lu. 14 16 Lost Sheep and the Lost Shilling, Lu.
: . . :
259 259
i
Prudent Steward, Lu. i5 i Unjust Judge, Lu. 18 i Sheikh and the Sinner, Lu. i 18
: :
260 260
261 261
Evil Vinedressers, Lu.
10:9
of the Bible
261
(C).
Some Christian Beliefs.

262
19.
The Supposed Corruption

Repentance
20. 21. 22.
263
.
Forgiveness and Atonement
263
The Holy
Trinity
265
VOCABULARY
INSETS.
of Khalil, the Merchant The Genealogy of Ali and Fatima
Illustration.
.
267
Home
facing page
29
83
Verb Summaries
-,
200
ANALYTIC-GRAMMAR INDEX
WITH CHIEF ARABIC TECHNICAL TERMS.
The Noun
ANALYTIC-GRAMMAR INDEX
The Verb
{ctd.)
PREFACE
Of all Arabic colloquial dialects, the best work, and the most work, has probably been done on Egyptian Arabic. What has
been accomplished
in this field
by
Spitta, Willmore, S. Spiro,
and
in-
others, will certainly not be superseded.
This being
so,
it is
cumbent on the newcomer to justify his entrance into that field, by indicating the special need which he is attempting to meet. That need in the present case can be summed up by the word presentation. It seemed to the writer that an efiort should be made to apply to Egyptian Arabic some of the modern methods now used in teaching living languages that a book needed to be compiled which should have constantly in view the ensemble of teacher-andpupil, and the oral conversational work in which they are supposed
;
to be engaged.
This, then,
is
what
is
present book, with what success remains to be seen.

least say that
it
have steadily held in view in writing the I can at

It
the result of practical experience as least as
embodies work done during the past four years with class after class of keen language students, during which time it was possible to see what was, and what was not, important in teaching Arabic to adults. No pains were spared to adapt the means to the end. A first draft, which represented a
much
as linguistic theory.
year's work,
and which was
far
from having proved a
failure,
was
An entirely new cheerfully consigned to the waste-paper basket. draft was prepared, which in turn has been so greatly supplemented,
altered,
a,
third
and improved, that the present book represents in reality improved and practically new version. Among the special features which have been included, the
following
(i).
may
be mentioned
The abohtion of disconnected sentences, which are destitute of context, and whose reason for existence is to illustrate some grammar rule. With very few exceptions all the sentences in this book have a context, consisting either of objects, pictures,
or of a definite or actions which are immediately intelligible intelKgibly connected subject-matter, the elements of which are
;
inter se.
Xll
PREFACE
(2).
paradigms.
The abolition of the drj'-bone verb conjugations and Each verb-unit is clothed in an appropriate sentence,
in dialogue form, thus giving
and these sentences are arranged

pronouns.
living practice in the use of the various persons
and attached
The abolition of grammar rules preceding each exercise, (3). and the substitution of leading questions which enable the student himself to deduce the grammar illustrated by the subject-matter of each section. Thus each student compiles an Arabic grammar
for himself.
(4).
In dealing with so grammatical a language as Arabic,
whose minds grammatical categories have not hesitated to make the main framework of the first part of the book a grammar frame-work. At the same time, I have (in the Reader and pieces " for general conversation ") crossed this method by another which turns on subject, and which therefore cuts right across grammar and grammar rules. The result is, to some extent, a compromise between two methods, which are often contrasted by their representatives in a hostile way. It remains to be seen whether this proceeding will earn the benediction or the wrath of both parties. The medium of instruction is Arabic from the very outset, (5).
in writing for students in
1
and
are already formed,-
English being dispensed with.

parallel pages, for
Even the
insertion of the English
which
I
enthusiasts (to
this
whom
apprehend the censure of Reform Method owe so much), is intended to accord with
I
aim
for a glance at the English in print will save
drag English into the conversation.

will
having to (Moreover the English section

is
be useful for retranslation, which

It
so valuable a
way
;
of con-
serving the results of each lesson).

in the east
must not be forgotten that good language teachers are rare, not common and it
would not therefore be safe to argue that, because trained languageteachers 'of the direct methods in the west can throughout and entirely refrain from calling in the aid of English, this will be the
case
when
so
difficult
a language as Arabic
is
being taught b\
eastern teachers to Europeans.

It remains to add a few words about the notation which has been used in this book. In regard to the use of a Romic rather than the Arabic system no apology at this time of day is needed. It is sufficient to saj'
that
all
who have worked
seriously at
any Arabic Colloquial have
PREFACE
XIU
found Arabic s3nnbo]s for it not only inconvenient, but utterly impracticable. So little does the use of Romic symbols interfere with the study of the Classical in the Arabic notation that the
parallel use of
the two has been found an advantage, in helping
to keep the two forms ocularly,
and mentally, distinct. But what kind of Romic ? It is unfortunate that all who have written on Arabic have employed systems more or less different from each other so that the introduction of yet another system and so
;
different a one
needs an apology, especially seeing that the Egyp-
tian Government's recent adoption of one of the others (Willmore's)

for the place-names in its maps and plans might seem to have gone some way to standardizing that system.
to
The following considerations, however, determined the writer abandon Willmore's system (followed in the first draft), and adopt
that of the International Phonetic Association (with the necessary

modifications).
(i). The multiplicity of the diacritic points below the letters and the length-marks above the unsoundness, scientifically, of having so many marks above and below the eye's line of travel and the proved insufficiency of those marks to arrest the attention and to ensure correct habits of pronunciation. In the present book the diacritic marks have been introduced into the body of each letter, and the length-mark is now in the same line as the
; ; ;
letters themselves.
(2).
The unsoundness
of using
two
letters to indicate
one
still
sound, as Willmore's
[sh] for [J], [gh] for [9].
This defect was
letters had to be doubled, and the clumsy were produced. S. Spiro correctly avoids this, but only at the cost of employing yet more diacritic signs.
more apparent when the

groups
[shsh], etc.,
(3).
The
advisability of adopting a scientific phonetic notation

valid,
which would be internationally

recognised.
because
internationally
Only the International Phonetic Alphabet appeared to satisfy and in consequence it was finally adopted Experience has shewn that there is no need whatsofor this work. ever to be alarmed by its apparent novelties. Students have experienced no difficulty in slipping into it from the very first
the necessary conditions
;
lesson.
My hearty thanks are due to my wife and to Miss H. M. Harrison

for
much
help in the laborious work of copying in the formative
XIV
stages
;
PREFACE
of the book to MiJad Effendi Saleeb, AtoUa Effendi Athanasms, and Sheikh Ali Niih (all teachers of Arabic in the Cairo Study Centre), for pieces contributed to the Reader to Miss .fanet Lewis for the effective illustration which she so kindly executed at my request and most of all to my Arabic assistant. Sheikh Kurayyim Sallam, whose carefulness, patience and inventiveness were never found wanting. If this book aids any student to a surer and speedier acquisition of a grammatical and idiomatic Arabic, I shall feel greatly
; ;
rewarded.
Cairo,
Nov.
9,
1916.
03
O
C/2
pq
H
I
o
w
>H
o w
1-1
pq
CONSONANTS.
Plosives.
b
t
Fully voiced,
Dental,
W02!
i.e.
voice present from the beginning of the plosion,

[t].
alveolar as the English
Tongue-point considerLips
ably further forward.
Aspirated.
[t].
away from
teeth,
d
t
Fully voiced.
Position, as
a k
g
As [t] but with velarization.' Unaspirated. Lips conceal As [t], voiced. As English [k]. Well aspirated. As English [g] in " gold."^
Pronounce key, kah, koo, and
[q] is
teeth.
q
?
one degree further back.^
The sound made
in a slight, hardly audible, cough.
Nasals.
IWith good nasal sonority.*

Laterals.
1
The whole of the front of tongue high and well forward, point and that, whatever and edges against upper front teeth vowel precedes or follows. Back of tongue down.' Back of tongue raised.^ Point slightly retracted. Rolled.
;
Trilled
more than an English,
less
than a Scottish
forward, not retroverted and turned
up
as in
[r].' Tongue American [r].
'
Velarising
is
the raising of the back of the tongue towards the

feels is as if
gu
position.
What one
the whole tongue was raised, and also ex-
panded, in the mouth.

^ 3
In upper Egypt EngUsh g
in gaol
[dj]
is
substituted.
is
Otherwise word for koran (qur'am) in the colloquial. substituted in and near Cairo, and g in most of the provinces.
Only
in the
" ^ g (ng in EngUsh king ") may occur, accidentally, when n is followed by unvowelled k or g: e.g. bar|k (" counting-house "), birjg ("chloroform "). 5 Voiceless 1 is heard when unvowelled after a closed syllable, e.g.
figl ("radish ").

6 See Note i Nominally only in the Arabic word for God (siiQih) but occurs also when 1 is influenced by a neighbouring velarised consonant e.g. taiab ("request") for tslab. Scotch, American, and even English speakers must take great care to keep 1 and i quite distinct.
.
Voiceless
(metre).
is
heard when unvowelled after a closed
syllable,
e.g.
mitr
egyptian colloquial arabic

Fricatives.
w
f
Lips
considerably more
[w].
[f].
rounded and protruded than with
Enghsh
As English
Point a
in
from
z
above the lower front teeth. Lips right away which show. Stronger, more ringing hiss than England,
little
teeth,
s z
J
Same, voiced, Tongue-point as Same, voiced.'
in
[s]
velarised.^
[s].
Lips nearly conceal teeth.
Hiss duller than that of
As Enghsh
raised.
[sh],
but with front part of tongue somewhat more
Lips slightly protruded,
9
X
As Enghsh [y]. As [ch] in Scotch " loch," voiced. Without uvular (As [g] in German "wagen".) With uvular scrape. As [ch] in German " ach "
!
scrape.
h
'^
Passage just behind uvular narrowed. Hold thus while breath is puffed through. No uvular scrape must he heard. Unvoiced.
Voiced.
Constriction of muscles
still
stronger than with
[h],
owing to the
of voice
is
difficulty of voicing in this position.
Tone
as
when one attempts
to sing a note below one's
lowest compass.
As English
[h]
but the voiced correlative
[fi]
is
often heard.'
'
See p.
2,
note
i.
^ E.g.
dufin
(" oil "),
or
duhn.
VOWELS.
[International Phonetic symbols are enclosed in square
brackets.
The
sign
denotes the lengthening of the

this sign is placed in brackets
previous vowel.
it
When
denotes an original long syllable which through
position loses
some or
all of its length.]
Narrow when lengthened, as in English " mj'en." somewhat wider [i], as in Enghsh "hit".
When
short,
pure vowel, not diphthongised as in English " detour."
As
French e. Almost exactly as English a in man, but with more open mouth. In prolonging a:, be careful to hold tongue very steady, [ae]. and not to diphthongise as in English "air," nor to get to the
position of English " err,"
[a:].
As
in
English " father."
Almost exclusively a long vowel
in Arabic.
An
" obscure " variety of the above as the Enghsh u in bud, somewhere between a and the vowel in " err ". Almost
exclusively a short vowel in Arabic,
[a].
As a
is
in English what,
and o
in lot.
In prolonging, be careful
not to tighten anything, nor to increase the rounding, as
done in English (contrast " wan " and " worn,"

[o].
wan,
wain),
pure vowel, not diphthongised as o
is
in English, e.g. "lo!".
As Scotch " no," French " tdt." Lips well rounded. Narrow when long, as in English " rwde." Somewhat wider when short, as in English " iull " [u]. Lips well rounded.
very rapid "obscure" vowel, in short unaccented syllables,

e.g.
m'hammad ("Mohammed").
DIPHTHONGS,
a a
to
i. i.
a to Q to
and u very narrow.
Indeed
and
to u.
are often reached.
u.
ACCENT.
The accent is denoted (when required) by the sign immediately before the accented syllable.
'
placed
cd
cd
03
TJ
CO
EXERCISES IN THE VOWELS AND CONSONANTS.

[For sound-driU and practice in reading only.
or memorizing.]
II.
Not
for vocabulary
The kasra
or
and
e group.
10
With
II
12

Diphthongs '
ai,
m.
I3
SUMMARY OF RULES FOR THE A-VOWELS.

Without going into all the details, which would lead to too great intricacy, the following guiding principles for determining the character of the A-vowels may be mentioned.
1.
[q, q:]
r, x, g] precede. The first four The last three lose some or all of their modifying force when the succeeding consonants are non-modifying and are vowelled with [i]. At the
occur when
[t,
d, s, z,
without any exception.
end of words the vowel that succeeds nearer [a] than [a].
2.
[r,
x]
and
[g]
is
[a]
[a:]
occurs occurs
when when
[t,
d, s, z]
succeed.
3. 4.
[t,
d, s, z]
and
[r]
succeed.'
[d]
occurs when [i,x, g] succeed. But when these consonants are vowelled with [i] then [a] will precede, unmodified.
occurs
5.
[a]
above seven modifying consonThus, twenty-one consonants do not modify at all.

of the
when none
ants are found in the positions mentioned above.
N.B.
In
the succeeding pages
we have decided
to treat
['']
as a non-modifying consonant.
It is true that
very often the ear
seems clearly to hear ['a, a'-, 'a:] rather than ['a, a''] and ['a:]. But if one listens intently or asks the teacher to pronounce the vowel very distinctly, one hears the [a] vowel clearly emerge at This shows that the apparent [a] character of the vowel the last. is really due to the passing from the [a] -timbre associated with which is inherent in the consonant itself.
"^
a:
when X and g
succeed.
14
EXERCISE
The First Exercise.
No.
I.
The Masculine Noun.

1.
What
2. 3.
book That (is) a book. Say (it) again [lit. " from a second (time) "). Once again [lit. " also a time ").
(is)
this
?A
4.
5.
Still
not perfect
(it's)
= " not yet perfect
").
Now
better.
6.
And what is this ? And this ? This is And this, what is it
This a book a handkerchief. This paper.

is
?
also.
is
See now, this

" white."
is
is
. .
a white handkerchief.
See, this
(is)
Do you know
(is it)
paper,
not so
-Yes,
(the word)
this
paper.
is white.
10.
Well, this
is
This
is
is
a handkerchief, eh
it is
Well, this
white too.
This
;
a shirt,
white too.
;
The handker-
11. 12.
13.
the shirt is white the paper is white. chief is white Understood ? Understood perfectly [or not yet .). Well then, white means what ? White means not black. This is a book. This is a big book and this is a small book. Say that That is big; that is small: understood? Yes, understood:
. .
that
14. 15.
16.
(Is)
is
big, that small.

?
Correct!
(Is)
Yes, that a small book No,

that a big book
(Is)
?
!
it is big.
?
that a small book
Yes,
big.
it is
it is
small.
it is
?
17. 18.
Correct
Is that a big
is
book
that
No,
!
small.
is
Look.
That
:
a door
?
door
19.
understood
an open door. That Understood That is, etc.

is
a shut
20.
That is a window. That is an open window and that is a shut window. Yes, that is, etc. Is the door (the window) open now ? Yes, the door is open now.
'
of
kita:b elided, being unaccented and followed by a long accented

before two consonants (Im).
Orig. qu:l.
syllable.
3
*
loses its length
Assimilated from
kaman.
The a
loses its length, see note 2.

tamriin nimrit wa:hid.
15
awwil tamrim.
(it
tamrim Lawwil.)
l_ism_il m'zakkar.
?eh da
''ul''
?kita;b
da_kta:b/
'uili, pi.
min tami
[fem.
'
'uiluV
kamain^ mdrra.
lissa
muj tamam.
dilwe't ahsan.
wi ?eh da ? da ktab'* kaman. wi da ? da mandid. wi da 'eh huiwa ? da wara'.
Juf5
ba'a abjad ? *
(/.
.
.
Ju:fi,
Ju:f,
p. Ju:fu), da mandi:l_abjad. ti'^raf da wara', muJ kida ? aiwa da wara?.
10.
aho d_abjad. da mandid, muJ kida da 'amiis, hu:w(a)_abjaa kaman. -amiis 'abjad il wara' 'abjad tamaim [or lissa muJ mafhu:m).
;
il
;
aho d_abjad kaman. mandid 'abjad il mafhu:m ? ^mafhuim
11.
12.
ba'a, 'abjad
ja'^ni e: ?
abjad
kibiir,
da_kta:b.
da kta:b
ja'^ni mujjswid. wi da kta:b sugajjdr.
'ul kida!
13.
da
kbi:r, de_sg.ajjdr.''
mafhuim?
aiwa, mafhuim:
da_kbi:r,
da_sgajjdr.
14. 15. 16. 17. 18.
Juif
aiwa, hu:wa_kbi:r. aiwa hu:wa_sgajjctr. da_ktab sugajjdr hu:wa_kbi:r. tamam da ktab hu:wa_sgajjdr. da ba:b. da bab maftuih. da bab ma'fud. da ba:b, hu:m mafhuim
da_kta:b kibi:r
?
tamam
da_kta:b sugajjar
?
la:,
kibi:r
la,
maf-
etc.
19.
20.
da Jibbak' maftuih, wi da Jibbak ma'fud. da Jibbaik. aiwa, da Jibbadc, etc. aiwajl bab (_J il bab da (ij Jibbak) maftu(:)h dilwa't ?
Jibbak) maftu(:)h dilwa't.

Similarly the
loses length
'
(orig. Ju:f).
a.
'abjad
usually loses
after
consonant, but
may
retain
it
for
emphasis.
7
8
elided.
2.
See note
i.
See note
l6
21.

It is
open now
is is is is is
No, not open now.
Now it is shut.
22.
That That That That
a big open book. a big shut book.

a small open book.
a small shut book.

that
? ?
23. 24. 25.

26.
What
Is it
(Is)
That No, black. that a white book No,

is
ink.
white
it is
a black book.
not white.
It is big,
it is
Correct
We
:
say,
it is
black,
it is
it is
not small
27.
it is
open,
not shut.
What
? These (are) a book, and paper, and a handand a window, and a door, {or) These are the book, kerchief, and the paper, and the handkerchief, and the window, and
are these
the door.
28.
29.
Very good. Say now, " These are a big book, and white paper, and a white handkerchief, and an open window, and a shut door, and a long pen." " Long," means what ? This is a long lesson, n'est-ce
pas
?
Yes,
it is
very long.
For Systematic Grammar.

1.
I.
2. 3. 4.
Deduce the rule for copulas " is " and " are, " etc, Deduce the rule for indefinite " a," " an." Deduce rule for attribution of adjective to an mdefinite noun. Deduce rule for attribution of two adjectives to an indefinite
noun.
5.
Observe absence of interrogative particle terrogation denoted in above sentences ?

^ 1 ^
how then was
in-
passing vowel to separate the three consonants 'th.
mahuj
pas.
it (is)
not
shortened into
after the final
it
muj,
not.
ma =
ne;
hu
= il
hke
3 'il
loses its
hamza
consonant of the preceding word
(unless
it is
separated from
by a
stop.
'

21.
17
22.
23
24. 25. 26.
27.
huiwa maftuh dilws't ? ^la:, muj maftuh dilwa't. dilwa't' huiwa ma'fu:!. da ktab kibi(:)r maftu*. da ktab kibi(:)r ma'fuil. da ktab sugajjdr maftuih. da ktab sugsjjar ma'fuil. ? eh da ? da hibr. hu:wa_bJQa ? la:, da 'iswid. da kta:b_abjad ? la:, hu:wajcta:bjswid. tama:m! bLn'u:l, hu:wa_swid, mahuj^_abjad. hu:wa kbi:r. mahuj" sugajjdr. hu:wa maftu:h, mahuj ma'fu:l. ?eh do:l ? do:l kita:b, wi wara', wi mandi:l, wi Jibba:k, wi
ba:b
{or
do:LiP
kita:b,
wi_l'*
wara', wi_l mandi:I, wLJ'
Jibba:k,
wij
ba:b).
28.
tajjib xa:lis!
?ul dilwa't "do:l kitab kibi:r, wi wara'_abjad, wi mandi:l_abjad, wi Jibbak maftu:h, wi bab ma'fu:l, wi ''alam tawi:I.
29.
" tawi:l "
ja'^ni
'eh
da ddrs
tawi:l,
muJ kida
aiwa
tawi:l 'awi
preceded by a final vowel, 'il loses its vowel also. preceding final consonant is J the 1 is assimilated to it. About viz. stops, t, t, d, d ; continuaiives, half the consonants assimilate thus
4 If
5
If the
n, r,
S,
S, Z, Z,
J,
(Also, occasionally g, and, rarely, k.)
l8
II.
The Second Exercise.

The Demonstrative Pronoun.
I.
The
Directions.
!
The Feminine Noun.
Where Where Where
is
[The handkerchief, the door,

is is
? ? ?
ceiHng
4. 5.
(^
Where
is
And
the earth,
!
Listen
9 10
II
And And And
this,
this
this
Void the pen the window Voici the window the sky Voila the sky above = *And where The ceihng above Hke the above the sun The sun The earth below. where the big book Where the big book Here That the small book. what the black the white paper.
the pen
?
etc., etc.]
is
the
is
too.
is
too,
rooif.
is it ?
is
is
is
is it ?
is
It is
ink.
It is
is
This envelope
open.
Is this
open, n'est-ce pas
-Yes, this
envelope
is
window shut
is
No,
is
this
window is not
?
shut,
it is
open.
12
This big book
open, n'est-ce pas
Certainly,' this big
book
?
open,
it is
not shut.
13.
Is this small
book shut
not open.
14. 15.
This ink
Is
is
black, not so
Yes, Yes,
;
this small
book
;
is
shut,
it is
this ink
is
?
not this white handkerchief

is
clean
Yes,
black
it is
black.
that
white
handkerchief
16.
17. 18.
very clean
?
it is
not dirty.
nice.
Is this lesson nice
19.
20. 21.
This a pen-nib. nib good. nib good Yes, very good Yes, very good. Is Where the good nib Here the good nib This pretty thing This pretty thing, what
What
it
Yes,
is
it is
very
is
this
Is this
this
is
it is
is
is
is it
is
a picture.
*
^
Lit.
This sign denotes a resumption by the "known I" cp. German gewiss.
first
speaker.
^
3
Very short passing vowel to separate the three consonants 'ff. Lit. "she," for ?Qrd is feminine, though without the characteristic
[a]
of the feminine, see No. 17.
IQ
tamriin nimrit_itne:n.
taini
tamrim.
ism
il
(it
tamriin
il
it
ta:ni.)
il
'ijaira.
gihait.
ism
il
mu'annas.
!)
1.
il
[il
'alam
fe:n
il
??ahoJ
ba:b,
?alam
(il
âIam_aho(h)
mandiil,
etc., etc.]
2.
3.
ij
Jibbak fe:n
??aho_J
?
is
sama
fe:n
?ahe
Jibbaik
(ij
!
Jibbaik aho(h)
!)
sama
fo(:)?
il
fo:'
=*wjs
sa'f fe:h
?is
sa'fi^ fo(:)'
4.
5.
iJ
kaman. Jams' fem ? ijjams
il
kaman,
zejji_s_sa'f.
wij
{or
?erff fe(:)n hiija^

!
?
aho
?ardi taht.
6.
isma";
il
kita:b_il kibi(:)r
kibiir
!)
fem?
?adij
kita:b_il
kibi:r
il
kita:b
7.
8.
9.
wi da 'eh_hu:wa ? da_l_kita:b_i9_sugajjdr. wi da ? hu:wa_l hibr' Ijswid. wi da ? hu:wa 1 ware' Labjsd.
10.
iz zarfi
da maftuih, muj kida

..)
?
'aiwa,
iz
zarf da maftuih.
(?aiwa_z_zarf.
11.
iJ
12.
Jibbak da ma'fuil hu:wa maftu:h. {or il kitaib il kibi(:)r da

kida ?
{or
la:,
iJ
Jibba(:)k
da muJ ma'fuil,
maftuih,
la_J Jibbaik...)
il
il
kitab da
kibiir
kibiir)
il
ma'^ lumi,
mahuj
muJ
il
kita:b
da
{or
kitaib
da
kibiir)
maftuih,
13.
il
ma''fuil.
?
kitaib_i9_eu9ajjdr da ma-'fuil
aiwa_l kitaib da s sugajjdr

1 1
ma? full, mahuJ

14.
il il
maftiiih.
hibr' da_swid,*
muJ kida
15.
mandiil
da Labjad
nidiif
aiwa hibr' da_swid. huiwa_swid. aiwa mandiil da l_abjad

?
nidiif kitiir,
mahuJ
wisix.
?
16.
17.
id dars'
da_kwajjis'
'eh
dii
18. 19.
ir riiJa di
hiija naf''a_kti:r
ir
il
20. 21.
aiwa nafâ. aiwa naf-a fem aidi_r_riija_n naf'^(a)_ahe 'eh_hiija haiga gamiila haigaj gamiila
nafâ
?
di
aiwa
hiiiwa_kwaijis
kitiir.
riija.
r riiJa di
hiija naf''a_ktiir.
riija_n
di
il
di suira.
*
5
For iswid.
Full form
formation).
pronounce
it
kuwajjis (which, hke Only women give this word kwaijis, or even kwais.
sugajjdr,
its
is in
the diminutive
fuU articulation.
Men
usually
20
22.

This long thing, what
Is this
23.
24.
25.
26.
This long thing a long table long table wide too Yes, wide table high too Yes, high Where are the books Here are the books Are these books nice they are very
is it ?
is
?
table.
this
is
wide too.
Is this long,
is
this long,
wide table
too.
^Yes,
nice.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Yes, these nice books are open. a book nor a a book or a nib Neither but pen). a pencil colour black or white This colour neither black, nor white, but ^They are neither big nor Are these books big or
Are these nice books open
Is this
? ?
(is)
this
nib,
this is
(or
Is this
is
red.
small,
small,
but medium.
31.
Is this lesson
medium
or short
It is neither
medium nor
short,
it is
very long indeed.

1.
Deduce from the above the general

from masc. adjective.
rule for forming the fern.
2.
Deduce the regular masc.
3.
Decline, from the above, the
plural termination. (See No. 26.) word for " this," in masc, fem.
4.
5.
and plural. Also the more vivid [aho]. Deduce the rule for the adjective in agreement with a definite noun. And what if there is more than one adjective ? Notice that neuter plural nouns may be accompanied by
feminine singular adjectives,
etc.
'
adjectives,
'
Neuter plurals may be accompanied by feminine singular pronouns, and verbs. Or alternatively, as here, by plural ditto.
;
humma kwajjisa would be also correct but not hi:ja kwajjisiin. Or la 'hu:wa_swid. ^ Or il kutub do:l la hi_kbi:rQ, etc., or la humma_kbi:ra. 5 For 'usajjar, also a diminutive formation. Compare the build of sugajjdr, kuwajjis, 'usajjdr.
3

22.
il
21
di_t_tewi:la
ha:ga
dLt_tQwi:la
'eh_hi:ja
il
ha:ga
t
terebe:za.
23.
it
tersbeiza dLt_tQwi:la "^driida

tswiila di 'âriids
kaman ?aiwa
"âlja
tarebeizect
kaman.
"âriida di hi:ja "âlja
24.
it
terabeiza di_t_tfewi:laj '^dn&et

tarQbe:za_t tawiilaj
kaman ? kaman
aiwa_t
?
25. 26.
27.
kutub fe:n ??ahi ('ahumma)'J kutub (or il kutub ahum !). il kutub do:l kuwaj'jisa? (kuwajjisiin ?)* aiwa hi:ja_kwajjisa (humma_kwajjisim)- xailis. il kutub do:l il kuwajjisa maftuiha? (kuwajjisim, maftu:hi:n). 'aiwa_l kutub do:l, etc.
il
28.
da_ktaib walla
'alam.
il
ri:Ja
la
da_kta:b
?
wala
ri:Ja,
la:kin
da
29.
lo:n
da_swid walla_bjed
il
loin
da
la
'hu_swid3 wala_
bjad, laikin hu:wa_(a)hmar.

30.
31.
id ddrs' da mitwassat walla_'sajjdr'?

il
kutub
do:l kibiira walla_sgajjarQ?
la hi_kbi:ra*
wala_
sgajjdra, la:kin hiija mitwassata.
la
hu:wa^ mitwa&sat
wala''_''sajjar,
huiwa tawid 'awi
xa:lis.
6.
7.
rule for " neither nor but " sentences. does the Arabic for " nor " differ from "or." ? In clauses with " this " plus an adjective phis a noun
Deduce the
How
(e.g.
" this big door ")

in
show that "
this "
[da]
can be
fitted in
two ways.
The [da] may be translated "this" or "that." word for " that " [dukha], [dikha], [dukham], may only be used when the object has to be distinctly emphasised in
N.B.
special
comparison with a nearer one.
Or la hu. Notice that in all these " neither nor " sentences, the second may be given the pronoun with J, e.g. wala huj ''usajjdr, " nor is it short." "nor is it (/.) a nib." But in this case it is So in No. 28, wala hij rilja better to give the first clause J also, e.g. huiwa muj mitwassat (or
ma
huJ).
22

III.
The Third Exercise. Form of the Comparative.

1.
Prepositions.
! ;
The Dual.
is
2.
this book Here are two books, one, two And this book is smaller than that. that. Good say (it) you This book is bigger than that one. This book
!
bigger than Understood ?

smaller than
is
that one.
3.
This book
is
long and broad.
It is longer
and wider than that
one
4.
(this)
means,
it is
:
long and broad beside' that.

!
5.
These two are bigger Here also are two books three, four than those, and these two smaller than those. Which book is the biggest of (among) these two? This one
or that
?
This
is
is
the biggest, or This
is
bigger than that.

?
6.
Which
Is this
chair
the small(est)
among
these two
^This
is
the smallest.
7.
book the biggest

(is)
Neither
(there).
8.
this
of these three, or this one here ? one bigger, nor this one, but that one
Are these two books the biggest
of these six, or these
two
Neither these, nor these, but those two.

9.
Which two
This one and

is
this.
?
10.
Is this table bigger than this, or smaller
This table
is
is
much
bigger than that.

11.
This book
is
bigger than this, and this one

biggest of
all.
bigger than this,

smallest,
and
12.
this
one
[And
so, shortest,
broadest.]
Or we
say, this
is
(the) big(gest) of
etc.]
is
all
[and
so,
short(est),
broad(est),
13.
small(est),
The
chair
is
high, the table
higher,
and the cupboard

?
is
higher than
14.
them
is
all {or
highest of
all).
Which
chair
the highest of these two
This chair
is
the
higher.
'
Lit. " off," "

;
away from."
The two ways
of expressing the comparative
will
be observed
^
the positive adjective with "ân, and the comparative with
min.
The
suffixing of the dual termination
em
robs the previous syllable
of accent,
3
and so
of length also.
In da_kbi:r,
i
da tewid, da
'arild, note that
resists elision
more
successfully than
(or u).

taniriai nimrit talaita.
ta:lit
23
tamrim.
(it
tamrim
it
tailit.)
si:gitJt_tQfdi:l.
1.
huru:f.
!
it
il
tasnija.
hinajcta'bem/ wa:hid, itne:n dukha. wi 1 kitaib da_S9ajjdr

tajjib, qu:l inta.
il
kitaib
da^kbiir^
"ân
?
"ân
dukha.
mafhu:m
2.
kita:b d_akbar'*
min dukha.
il
kitaib d_Qsgar
min dukha.
3.
il
4.
kita:b da tawiiP wi "âriid.^ hu:w_atwal w_a'^rQa min dukha, ja'^ni, hu:wa tawi:l wi "ârird "ân dukha. hina kaman kitabem talarta, arba'â IJtnem doiLalkbcir
;
!
5.
6.
min dukham, wi IJtnem doiLasgar min dukham. (a'^rad). anho_kta(:)b kibiir [akbar] fi IJtnem do:l, da walla da ? da Lakbdr, d_akbdr min da. Or dajcbi:r "ân da. anho kursi sugajjar fi Litnem do:l ? da Lasgar.
7.
il
kitaib da Lakbdr fi t talaita akbar wala 'da, laikin dukha.
doil,
walla
dahd?la
'd_
8.
il
kita'bein do(:)l
9.
10.
da wi da. ( = dawda). itjarabeiza di 'akbdr min dikha, walLasgar di 'akbdr min dikha_ktiir.
1
il
wala itnein_anhum ?
la doil
Lakbdr
fi
s sitta do:l,
1
walla
itnein doil?
doil, laikin
itnein
dukham.
?
ît
tarabeiza
11.
kitab d_akbdr min da, wi d_akbdr min da, wi d_akbdr kulP [and so a'sar,^ Qsgar, a'^rad, etc.]
da_kbiir
il
12.
walla_n''uil
"ân
il
kuU [and
?a''la,''
so
'usajjar,
'^drird,
sugajjar,
13.
il
etc.]
"âili,
kursi da
wi
fi
tarabeiza
wi d dulaib
'a'-la
mil
kuU
14.
{or 'a-^laj
kuU).
anho kursi
La'^la
IJtnem
doil
il
kursi daho La'^la.
+ Full
5
We
form 'akbdr but these comparatives usually lose their hamza. might also have here akbar mil kuU, " bigger than all " (mil for
;
minjl).
*
Comparative of qusajjdr
is
(short).
See
II.,
note
9.
' "âili
for
'âilij.
The length
in ?a''lai represents this third radical.
It is not
sounded here because of
loss of accent.
24
15.

Listen
it.
!
There
is
a book.
is
And
this is
?
Well, where
the big book
The big book

is
?
a book too, bigger than is under-
16.
17.
18.
The small one above the beneath the small one. = Do you understand " above and beneath " Yes, understand above. Where the big one now Now in one now where There are two chairs
And
the small one, where
is it ? is
neath.
big,
meaning, the big one
fine.
is
it is
is
this
^This is
front,
19.
and
this behind.
:
Here is a chair and a sofa the chair is where ? and the sofa where ? The chair is in front of the sofa, and the sofa
behind the chair.

20.
21.
now, these are chairs, one, two, three Here is a sofa where are the chairs ? -The chairs are now round the sofa. And where is the sofa now ? It is between the two chairs
:
(or in
the midst of the chairs).

is
22.
Where
book book
the biggest book of those books
The
biggest
23.
24.
25.
books is underneath all. And the smallest of these books is on top of all. Show me the biggest one of those books. There is the biggest one of those books, under the little books. Now these two books are on the table and now where is the big one ? The big one is upon the small one. Good now where is it ? Now the big one is by the side of
of those
;
the small one.

26.
Look
the books are
now
beside one another.

.
.
top of one another, or below each other.

or in front of, each other.
27. 28.
And now on And now behind,

.
.
29.
30.
Where is the pen now ? Now it is inside the book. Where is this house ? In Cairo. Are we in the house or outside ? ^We are in the house.
And
is
the house in a street or in a native quarter
The
house
31.
Is this
a street, not in a native quarter. lesson hard ? No, it is not very hard.
is
in
Fern,
fahma
p.
fahmi:n
(for
faihima, faihimim).
Lit.
a participle,
" understanding."
^
Like aho,
but
less vivacious.
il
Or
il
kita:b_iLakbar,
kita:b_il esgar.
Similarly, the highest
25

35.
isma";
!
?adLkta:b.
kita:b
il
wa da_ktab kaman, akbdr minnu.
ba'aj
16.
kibi(:)r fern
il
kita:b
il
kibi(:)r taht.
wi s sugajjar fe(:)n hu:wa?is sugajjar fo:?_il kibi:r, ja<^ni, il kibi:r tahtjs sugajjar. =fa:him' fo(:)' wi taht? aiwa
faihim 'awi
17.
il
kibi:r fe:n
18.
adi kursijem
hu:wa dilwa?t ?dilwa'tjl kibi:r fo:'. da fe:n dilwa't ? da 'uddaim, wi dukha

;
wdra.
19.
'adi''
il
kursi wi kanaba
il
il
kursi fe:n
1
kursi 'udda:m
kanaba, wi
? wi 1 kanaba fe:n kanaba wdra_l kursi.
20.
?adi kanaba;
karaisi fe:n
?
do:l kara:si, wa:hid, itnem, talaita; dilwa'tjl
il
kara:si dilwa'ti
hawalem
il
kanaba.
{or fi
21.
wi
1
il
kanaba
karaisi).
fe:n dilwa't.
hiija be:n_il
kursijem
wust
22.
akbdr kita(:)b3 fil kutub do:l fe(:)n hu:wa? akbdr kita:b fil kutub do:l taht il kull. wi ?asgar kitaib' fil kutub
do:l fo:'
il
kuU.
!
23.
wdrrimi 'akbdr waihid

fi
1
24.
fi 1 kutub do:l 'adi 'akbdr waihid kutub do:l, tafit il kutub is sugajjdra. dilwa'ti_l kitabem dol 'ât* tarabeiza wi dilwa'tjl kibiir
fe:n
il
kibiir 'as* sugajjdr.

?
25.
tajjib, dilwa'ti fern
dilwa'tij
dilwa't'
kibiir
gamb
is sugajjdr.'
26.
Juif,
il
kutub dilwa't' gamb'

taht'
ba''d,
ba'^d.
.wi dilwa't'
ba''d, au,
fo{i)' ba'^d,
'au,
ba'Jrt.
...wi
wara
'udda(i)m
27. 28.
29.
30.
'alam fein dilwa't ? dilwa't' huiwa guiwa 1 kitaib. fi masr. il belt da fein ? ihna fi 1 beit walla bdrrd? ihna fi 1 beit. wi 1 belt fi Jairi'' walla_f haira? il beit fi Jairi'^ muj fi haira.
il
31.
id ddrs'
da
sa'^b
^lai,
huiwa muJ
sa'^b'_ktiir.
Compare, quite similarly, house," 'a''la(l) belt or il beit_iLa''la(l). " the third exercise " tailit tamriin or it tamriin it tailit.
Contracted from 'âla_t, ''ala_S and so
'âl
for 'âla_l, cp.
mil
for
min_il.
26
32
Is it

harder to-day or yesterday
? ?
Yes,
to-day
(is)
little
33
harder than yesterday. Is it colder to-day or yesterday
To-day
is
colder (less cold)
than yesterday.
34
35 36
Are these less, or those ? Naturally three is less than five, and five more than three Yes, I hope so (lit. " if God Is there a lesson to-morrow ?
!
will ") there is a lesson
to-morrow.
better,
37
lesson yesterday was good, the lesson to-day was and the lesson to-morrow wiU be best of all. Many thanks' Not at all.^ Many thanks to you
The

1.
III.
What
2.
is the form of the comparative adjective? Show how, though the positive may differ in formation, that of every comparative is the same, provided that the three radicals are all different, and do not end in [i] or [u]. If the third radical is [i], how is the comparative formed?^
3.
If
the second and third radicals of the positive are the same,
is
how
4.
5.
the comparative formed

'
(See No. 33.)
Decline the remoter
that
'
in Arabic.
What
are the
?
ways
of putting the expression " best of
aU
"
in Arabic
'
Lit.
" (May)
God
"
!
increase (kattdr) your welfare."
2 Lit. 3
"pardon
As already
said,
''Ij.
three radicals being
an adjective ending in u is hilu, for hilw, the three radicals being hlw, and the comparative being atlla(:)
An example of
an adjective
like
'aili
(liigh)
is
for
"âilij,
the

32.
Zf
hu:wa
sa'^bjnnaharda
bdrd'
walla_mba:rill
'innahard_Qs'âb
bdrd'_kti:r
imba:rill.
JuwQJja* minimba:rih.
33-
innahdrda
Pali:l)
walla_inba;rili
ja'^ni
?
?_ innahdrda
('a'all')
'ânjmbairih,
?aktdr
34.
do;l_a'all'
walla do:l
min
tab'ân
!
tala:t(a)_a'all'
min xamsa,
bukra.
35.
wi xamsa 'aktdr min tala:ta fi(:)h5 ddrsi bukra ??aiwa, ?in Ja 'oiiah,
id
fih ddrs'
36.
ddrsjmbairih ka:n kuwajjis,

!
id
ddrs_innahdrda ka:n
37.
ahsan, wi d ddrs' bukra jikum ahsan il kull. kattdr xe:rak kiti:r il "âfw kattdr xeirakjnta.
6.
What are the two ways of expressing phrases like " the biggest man " in Arabic ? Notice carefully the articles and the orcier.
Give Arabic for " what ? " used alone. Ditto for " what ? " used as adjective. Decline the latter (m. f. p.). What are the two ways of expressing a comparative sentence ? Note difference of preposition. How is the dual formed from the sing, in Arabic ? {e.g. kita:b,
kursi for [kursij].
7.
8.
9.
10.
Tabulate the prepositions of place exemplified in
this exercise.
Another diminutive,
"in
like
kuwajjis.
Exactly what was said about the
latter in II., note 4, applies to this word.

5
fi(:)h,
lit.
it."
The h ("it")
is
often dropped.
The expression
=
is
"il
a."
;
^ It will be noted that kuwajjis has no comparative form its place taken by ahsan, the positive of which (hasan) is not a colloquial word.
28

IV.
The Fourth Exercise.

The
1.
Genitive.^
The Possessed^ and
the Possessor.^
2.
3.
One and one make two, do they not ? Here are two books. one make two. Yes, true, one and One plus Exactly. And one plus two make how many ? two make three. And one and three are how much ? One and three are four.
4.
5
6.
And three and two are how much Three and two are And two by three (make) how much Two times three make
? ?
five.
six.
Good.
house.
is
Now
look
(at) this
nice picture.
It is
a picture of a
It
is
It is
a picture of a house, not big, rather small.

:
the house of a merchant

is
the
name
is
of that
merchant
he very poor, medium like! And here is a garden round that house. And in the house is a door, and several windows here is the door of the in every room here are the windows of the house house of the house is a window, and in every window a pane of
Khalil, he
not very
rich,
nor
glass. The door of the house is high here it is and the windows (are) high (also). Here is the description of the
!
house, the description of the house of the merchant, the

description of the house of Khalil.
7. 8.
So say to
?
Whose is What is
that house
That
{lit.
me now
is
the merchant's house.

of the
the
name
of
that merchant
q.
merchant is Khalil. That Khalil, is he rich

very
rich.
is
The name " a rich one No, he

")
?
is
not
10.
Well, then, he
rich [or he
is
11. 12.
13.
Neither he poor, nor he very he the house of that Khalil big No, not small. Shew me the door Khalil's house. Here the door of Khalil's house. Show me the windows the house. Here are the windows of
poor
?
is
is
not poor nor

of
is
rich).
Is
it is
big, it is
is
of
the house.
Lit. "annexation," "the thing annexed," "the thing annexed-to," because to the Arabs a phrase like " the book of the man " was simply the " annexing " of the first noun to the second, to form a single expression.
'^
Another form of
this
is
ma
huiwaj.
/'
/w
f^J
''^m'^\ yy s
\)
.^-^tiL:
:?
'site
-.^'^
^=^
^r^r^
^-:
fr-
29
tamriin nimrit
il
drba'â. 'idaifa.
il
rsibi'^
tamriin.
mudeif wi
mudaif luh
1.
hina
kida
ktabe:n itnem.
?
aiwa sshiih,
wa:hid wi waihid jib?u_tne:n,

waihid wi waihid jib'u_tnein.
muj
2.
tamaim.
wi waihid wi_tnein jib'u
kam
^waihid wi_tneiii
wi talaita jib'u
jib'u talaita.
3.
wi wahid wi talaita jib'u kam?

"di-ba'â.
waihid
fi
4. 5. 6.
wi talaita wi^tnein jib'u kam? wi_tnein fi talaita3(i) kam ?

tejjib.
belt,
talaita wi_tnein jib'u xamsa.
itnein
talaita^b sitta.
!
dilwa't^
Juif_is
suire dij kuwajjisa
hiija
suirit
hiija suirit beit

;
muJ
kibiir,
sugsjjdr Juwajja.
xaliil,
huiwa
9cini_
belt waihid taigir

ktiir,
ism_it_ta:gir da
'awi,
mahuj^
wala
huj
fa'iir
g(i)neina hawalein_il beit da. Jababiik.

!
wi di_ mitwassat' kida. wi fi 1 beit baib, wi gumlit

!
fi 'aho baib il beit 'ahi Jababiik il beit kuU' ?oida mil beit fih Jibbaik, wi_f kull' Jibbaik loih 'izaiz. baib el beit "âili 'aho, wi J Jababiik "âlja*. 'aho wasf il belt,
wQsf belt
it taigir,
wasf
beit xdliil.
fa 'ul
li
ba'a
7.
8.
bita"-
miin
it
il
beit
ism
taigir
da ? da beit it taigir. da ?eh huiwa ? 'ism_it taigir
xdliil.
9.
xaliil
da waihid gdni
fa'iir
?
la
^lai,
mahuj
fa'iir
gdni_ktiir.
10.
11. 12.
hu wa'la mahuJ da_kbiir mahuJ belt 'aho da bab bab beit wdrriini
ba'a huiwa
xdliil
fa'iir
hu gdni 'awi
{or
wala huJ gdni).

?
lai,
kibiir,
huiwa_sgajjdr.
xdliil.
beit xdliil.
13.
wdrriini Jababiik
il
beit.
Jababiik
il
beit ahe
Etymologically the second radical of this word
is
s,
not s.
But the
reflex influence of the t causes a preparatory velarising, which turns the s
into s.
+
Or
"âljiin.
30
14. 15.
16.
17.
any garden in this picture ? Yes, there is, here it is any stable ? No, there is none in that house. Every window in Khahl's house, (is there) in it a glass ? Yes, of course, every window in Khalil's house has a glass. No, the glass of that Is the glass of that window broken ? window is not broken.
Is there
!
Is there
18.
Is the ceiling of the sitting-room' in Khalil's
house high or house

is
low
19. Is
The
ceiling of the sitting-room in Khalil's
high, not low.
the description of the house finished

:
?
!
No,
;
still
much
!
remains
20.
Good
Enough surely but no more talk about it now Listen (Is it) understood the difference between
!
" that
is
the house of the big (man) "

is
" that house
is
big "
21.
and " that

:
the big house"

is
?
;
Or thus
" the house
big," the house of the big (man) "
" the big house."

I.
How
[b]
is
When
the genitive case expressed in Arabic as above ? {a) of a man," the possessor is indefinite, as " the
. .
when
it
is
definite,
it is
as,
" the
of the
man."
is
Notice
that in Arabic
the thing possessed that
modified in a
genitive construction.^
'
Lit. " (the)
room
of the sitting.''
state,"'
Western Arabists usually call this " the construct the nouns are " in the construct state."
^
and say that

14. 15. i6.
fi:h
ginema fLs suire
di
aiwa,
1
fi:h,
'ahe.
fiihjstabl
kull*
?la, ma
fi
fi:J3
fi
be(:)t da.
Jibba:k
fi
be:t xoliil
fih
'iza:z
aiwa_mma:l,
Jibbaik da
kuU'
Jibba:k
17.
'izaiz
il
be:t xdli:l fih ?iza:z.

?
Jibbaik da maksuir
la:,
''iza:z ij
muj
maksu:r.
18.
sa'f 'odt_il gulu:s

'odt
il
fi
be:t
xdliil
"âili
walla
wa:ti
wa:ti.
sa'P
balash
guluis
fi
be:t xdli:l
hu:wa
"âili
muJ
kiti:r,
19.
xelais WQsf
il
be:t
la:,
lissa
fa:dil
laikin
kala:m
20.
tajjib.
fih dilwa't. isma''

;
bass' ba'a.
il
mafhu:m
far?
be:n
"
da
be:t
il il
kibi:r,"
wi be:n
21.
"il be:t dajcbi:r,"
wi be:n "da_l be:t

kibi:r,"...
kibi:r"?
"
walla kida, "il be:t kibi:r," " be:t

"
il
il
be:t
il
kibi:r.
2.
3.
4.
Supposing you prefixed [il] to the expression [be:t il kibiir], what change of sense would result ? Supposing from the clause [il be:t il kibi:r] you removed the second [il], what change of sense results ? How are a string of nouns m the possessive managed ? {" the
of the of the "
?)
Or
ma
fihj.
(ma
= not,
fi(:)=in,
h = it,
is
like
the French pas,
being shortened from Je: (thing)). It has been observed that the hence mafi: j as variant for fihJ. is often inaudible
;
in
fi:h
ma
32

V.
The Possessive with Feminine Noun.

Is
The Possessive with

?
bita:*^.
not that a picture of a house with a garden

is
!
Yes,
tru(ly),
that
a picture of a house in the midst of a garden.

this
is
Good
3.
the garden of
[or of
it ?
whom
This
is
the garden of
the merchant
Whose house is
the owner of the house).
It is also the
house of Khalil the merchant.

?
4.
And
is
not that the picture of a tree

tree
Yes, of course, that

I
is
the picture of a tree.
Whose
tree).
is it ?
It is also Khalil's tree [or
the merchant's
And
Tell
is
?
not this the picture of a woman,
mean, a certain
is
lady
Whose
wife
is
she
me
about that lady's

is
Galila.
And what
Galila's
the
name
is
of Galila's
She the wife of Khalil. name. The name of the lady husband The name of
?
is
husband
just
Khalil.
We
said
now,
Now we say again,
" that is the house of the " that is the house belonging to the
man." man,"
man.
and the garden belongs to whom ? house belongs to the man, the garden
10.
If
so long as) the
also belongs to the
And whose
Whose
is
are the things
which are
is
in the
garden
?
The
this is
things which are in the garden are the man's also.

11.
the sunshade which
in the picture
It is the
wife of Khalil's.
12.
We We
say, This
is
the tree of the man, Khalil's tree

the man's house, that
;
the man's garden, Khalil's garden.

13.
also say,
is
That
is
is
Khalil's house;
that
14.
the man's property
that
is
Khalil's property.
Look at the big difference between "the garden (is) great"; and between " the great garden " and between " the
;
garden of the great one."
(/.)
'
^
3
For sQihib. Jagarit it demands For ism. Or tawwina 'ulna.
elision of first i for
euphony.
5 bita:'' originally genitive " of."
meant
"
property," but
now means no more than
the
33
xa:mis tamriin.
tamrim nimrit xamsa.

il
'idaifa bi
IJsmJl mu'annas.
il
?ida:fa bi
"^bita:";.
1.
muj
fi
di su:rit be:t bi g(i)ne:na?
?aiwa, saWih,
it
di su:rit be:t
wustLgneina.
!
2.
tajjib
dLgnemit mim
il
dLgnent
ta:gir
{or di
gne:nit
sahb'
3.
be:t).
4.
wi da be:t miin ? ^huiwa ra:xar be:t xdlid it taigir. wi muJ di su:rit Jagdrd ? 'aiwa_mma:l di su:rit Jagdrd.
hi:ja
5.
Jagdrit
mi:n
^hi:ja
ruxra Jagdrit
xdliil
{or
Jagdrt
it^ taigir).
6.
wi muJ di suirit hurma, jd'ni wahda sitt ? hi:ja zo:git mim ? {or hi:ja mara:t mi:n?) hiija zo:git xdliil {or hiija marait xdliil).
7.
'ul
li
'^dla_sm3_is_sitt' di
ism
?eih
is sitt' di galiila.
8.
w_ism' goizjs
sitt'
galiila
ism'
{j-
goiz
is
sitt*
xdliil.
9.
ihna 'ulna min taww''* " da beit

dilwa'ti
ir raigil (belt xdliil) ".
ni'uil
xdliil)."
kaman
ig
" da
beit bitai*^'
raigil
(bita'^
wi g gineina
xdliil.
bitai'ît
miin?
^ma daim
il.beit bitai'^ ir raigil

ir
(bita"^* xdliil,)
gineina ruxra
bita''t
raigil
(bitai'ît
10.
wil
hagait_illi
fLg_gineina_b(i)tu''*
miin
?
fi_g_gineina_btui'^_ir raigil ruxriin'' {or bitu"^ xdliil).

11.
ij J"amsijja_(i)lli fi_s
suira di_btai'ît miin
il
hagait
illi
bita'^t is sitti_
btai'ît xdliil.
12.
bi n'uil, di
J"
Jagdra
bta'^t ir raigil.
ir raigil:
1
di J
Jagdra
bta'ît xdliil
13.
di g gineina_bta'^t bi n'uil kaman, da

xdliil
;
di g gineina_btai''it xdliil.
beit bitai''_ir raigil;

;
da
beit bita*^
14.
milk' btai'^jrjaigil da 1 milk' Juif n fdr"Jl kibiir bein " il gineina_kbiird " kibiird " wi bein, " il gineina
1
:
da
bta"^ xdliil.
wi bein, " ginent_il kibiird."
^ bitai'', bitai'ît, bitui''
are
all
shortened
when
their position brings
the long vowel before two consonants. " 7 See sentences 3 and 5, whence it appears that this word for " also " the other." is declined {m.f. p.), as it means properly
34
15.
What
is
the the
name
of that
boy
16.
What
Whose
is
name
of that girl
daughter of Galila.
17.
sister is
18.
also Fatima then ? and so All's sister. And whose brother is Ali ? Naturally (=
Khalil's son. His name Her name Fatima, She the daughter of
is Ali,
1-
is
(the)
is
Khalil,
of course), brother
of Fatima.
19.
Who
And
is
Ah's father
mother,
20.
Ali's
who
AH's father she

is
?
is
Khalil.
Âli's
mother
is
Galila.

1.
V.
When
two nouns " in construct state " (see p. 30, n. 2) is a feminine, what does the [a] of the feminine termination invariably become ? This is most important.
the
first
of
2.
Notice that
consonant
when
is
it is
[bita:'' bitu:"^]
;
are succeeded
by a
vowel, their
long vowel
preserved
when they
are succeeded
by a
shortened.
Now
observe the effect in the
case of the feminine

six possible cases.
[bitai'ît].
Tabulate examples for these
3.
Notice the important difference in the two alternative ways

of expressing the genitive
:
belt ir raigil.
il
be:t
bita:''
ir reigil.

15.
il
35
?)
walad da_smu 'e:h

âlubni^
xali:l.
il
{or
ism
il
il
walad da 'e:h
di_smaha 'eih
16.
wjsm
bint* di 'c.h
(or
bint'
?)
ismu îsmaha
'uxt'
17.
fatma^ bint' gali:la. ba'a fatma 'uxt' mi:n

âli.
hiija
ruxra bint'
xoliil, ja'^ni
18.
wi
"âli
'axu^ mi:n
teb'-an,
'axu fatma
'âli
19.
?abu
"-ali
mi:n hu:wa
'ali
20.
w_umm'
mi:n hi:ja
'abu^ 'umm'
?
hu:wa
'ali
xoIiil.
hi:ja gali:la.
'ibn invariably
For faitima.
Originally
loses 'i after a vowel.
2 3
Pronounce between fa:tma and fatma.
axu: abu:.
36
INTERMEZZO
On
the effect of
words on each other in elision or addition of vowels ; change of accent ; loss of length.
it will
At this stage phenomena which

1.
be well to explain the principle of certain
will already
have been noticed.

:
long vowel loses length before two consonants

[kita:b],
[bita:";],
e.g.
but [kitab
kibi:r].
[bita'^na].
'n]).'
([a:]
shortened before [bk,

(and also short
:
2.
Short unaccented
[i]
[u]) is
eUded between two
more important
syllables
e.g.
[kita:b]
[bita:<;]
but [da_kta:b]. but [da.btai'î].

e.g.
;
3.
As
three consonants cannot stand together, a passing vowel

is
inserted after the second

[il
hibr' fern
?]
(to
avoid
[brf]
the
[']
is
very short).
[ibnuhum]
4.
(to
avoid [bnh]).
[']
The very
short passing vowel
may
occasion the elision of a
short vowel in the next
word
in the
In this case
it
receives stress
described above (2). and becomes an ordinary short
way
voweP
e.g.
[hibri_kti:r] (for [hibr' kiti:r]).

[il
hibri_bta:';i].
5.
If
the elision of a short vowel causes a long vowel to be suc-
ceeded by two consonants, the vowel loses length as described
above
(i)
e.g.
[bitai'îti]
[tainija]
6.
becomes [bitai'^ti], and so [Inta'^ti]. becomes [tamja], and so [tanja].

to lose their length
:
Long vowels tend
when the
syllable occurs
in unstressed positions
[bita:'''itna]
e.g.
becomes
[bita'''itna]
[ta:]
owmg
to the transference of accent from the
syllable
to the one after.
'
It is
sometimes
it
etymological reasons
Sometimes
'
the student to do this shortening when for was preferable to give the word in its original form. depends on the speed of the speech, whether the shortening is
left to
it
'
partial or entire.
For etymological reasons
is
nevertheless
left
in the text.

7.
37
Conversely length
syllable
:
is
restored
when accent
falls
on the shortened
e.g.
['abu] ['tami]
8.
(for ['abu:])
but [a'buihumj.
;
(for ['ta:nii])
but [ta'ni:hum].
Initial
[?] is
usually omitted in the middle of a sentence.
When
this brings
two vowels together
(the final of
is
the
first
of the next) one of the vowels
one word and eUded e.g.

:
['amji] but [b_amji], for [bi âmji].
N.B. Even the supplied passing vowel sometimes prevails over the vowel which loses initial [?] e.g.
:
[?anfa:r] " persons,"
but
[drba';ti_nfa:r], for [arba'^t* ?anfa:r].
In [l_iswid] " the black,"
we have two
elisions, for ['il 'iswid].
Note on " Accent."
To
utility.
give rules for the position of accent would be of doubtful

:
More important is it to note the following It is doubtful whether accent in Egyptian Arabic is a matter of " stress " at all {i.e. increase of breath-pressure from the lungs). It is rather a matter of raised musical tone. Obviously, therefore, short syllables can be " accented " (toned) just as well as long. And in fact, so great is the partiality of Egyptian Arabic for accenting the
penultimate, that
it is
constantly receiving the tone even
when the
vowel
is
intrinsically very
unimportant
long'
"
(a
mere passing vowel) and

:
when
the syllable before
it is
and prominent
e.g.
[ib'nukum] your son." [rsb'bina] " our Lord."
Both these words have the following intonation curve
A very similar phenomena may be noticed in French, where a e.g. a word like " contoned penultimate is exceedingly frequent j?ture," where ^ is very short and much raised in tone.
:
The student must
carefully practice this
accentuation,
re-
'
long syllable need not necessarily contain a long vowel
see next
section.
38
sisting the

temptation
to
lengthen the accented syllable
if it is
a short
one
which
may
be
difficult at first/
is
{Emotional " stressing "

occasional
quite a different question.
Being
and exceptional it does not affect the above question, which is one of the normal accentuation of words.) In general it may be said that the intonation of Egyptian talk The is a level one, much more so than Syrian talk for example.
general effect
is
monotonic.
Note on " Quantity."

It has already been indicated that a short-vowel syllable closed by a consonant equals in respect of length a syllable with open long-
vowel.
Let these two types of syllable
open short-vowel syllables will
=J
e.g.
e.g.
[bak, ba:], then
P*"
['âli]
and passing vowels

[il
at the
end
of
words
= ^K
e.g.
hibri
fe:nj
J J
."^
J .^ J
length,
e.g.
Final syllables are prolonged beyond the
rabb
ba:b
hibr
I
^
show both the length
We may
give the following examples to

:
values and the accentuation (toning)
' Though obviously in music the voice can and does " up-beat " note just as easily as on a long " down-beat " one
rise
:
e.g.
on a short " on " shall
-s-l,
p= 3=^
'He
-&^
(where the second note
is
short
and on the
shall come,'' etc.
weak up-beat)
just as easily as
on " know
" in
m
where the second note
is
p=
" I
TJO
^
that
know
my,"
etc.
long and on the strong down-beat.
39
^
3=
il
:^^
3r
3S3;
X 'as-sim-tu-ha
(" I have divided
it
^ ^1
makain
")
ib-nu-kum rab-bi-na
("
place ")
m M m ^
tiaiga di_t
^
(See II, 22.)
tawiila
tarabeiza.
(It
should be observed that the divisions between words are a

fact.
conventional guide to the eye, but not a phonetic

is
There
no more division between words in fluent speech than there is between syllables.) Lastly, if the above phrases were monotoned, toning, and consequently accentuation, would disappear, and, if we are correct in our belief that stress is either non-existent or weak in Arabic, the only prominent syllables would then be the long ones. Probably this quantitative prominence is often mistaken for stress.
40

VI.
The Sixth Exercise.

The Pronoun.
Pronouns of
the Genitive {Conjunctive).^
{Disjunctive).'^
Pronouns of the Nominative

I.
Four and two make {lit. " become ") how much ? Four and two are six. What is four times two ? Four times two is eight. What do four and three make ? Four and three are seven. How much do four and five make ? Four and five are nine. What is twice five ? Twice five is ten.
Now
is
look at the picture again

picture
!
= of
a second (time)).
This
?
the
of
Khahl and
is
his children,
n'est-ce pas
his son,
Well then
the
whose son
girl
is
?
that
boy
He
is
and
girl is his girl
(daughter) also.
And who is that And whose (wife)

9
She
is
?
his daughter.
that lady
She
is
his wife.
10
II
12
Whose Whose
is is
that house
It is his house.
is
the garden which
round his house
It is his
garden.
And whose
Has the
son
is
is
property are these things
?They are his property.
lady, the wife of Khalil (any) children
Yes,
of
course, Khalil's children (are) her children, I
mean
Khalil's
her son, and his daughter

Khalil's house her house
is
?
is
her daughter.
Khalil's house
13.
And
is
Of course,
is
her house, and his garden her property.
her garden, and his property not her's.
is
14.
Is his
watch
her's
No,
his
watch
15.
And
are his clothes her's
No,
his clothes are not her's.
16.
And
not
'
is
his
handkerchief her's?
No,
^ i.e.
his
handkerchief
is
her's.
i.e.
Possessive pronouns.
Personal pronouns.
" his
For mdrait, zo:gitu. But not sittu, which means " his grandmother," or (if he is a servant) All the otlier relationships must not be given this mistress." N.B.
bitai"^.
li
construction with
5
The preposition
becomes la before ha
(her)
and lu before
hum
4I
tamriin nimrit
sitta.
sa:tit tamri:n.
ad
domiir.
damai'ir
il
gdrr
(il
(il
muttasila).
damai'ir
i..
ir rsf^
?
munfasila).
sitta.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
arba'â wi tne:n jib?u arba'â bi kam drba'â fi_tne:n bi tamanja. arba'â wi tala:ta jib'u kam? arba'â wi tala:ta jib'u drba'â wi xamsa jib'u kam drba'â wi xamsa jib?u itne:n xamsa_b kam itnem xamsa3 'ajdrd. dilwa't' bussi su:ra min tami. di w_iwla:du, muj kida ba'a_l walad da_bn' raim hu:wa_bnu, wi
arba'â wi_tne:n
jib'-'u
kam
?
fi_tne:ii
sab'â.
tis'â.
fi
fi
li_s
suirit xdliil
?
bint' bintu
kaman.
mi:n
?
7.
8.
wi wi
il
bint' di
hi:ja bintu.
s sitt' di_bta:'ît
mim?
hi;ja_mra:tu
{or zogtu,^ or is sitt'
bta'^tu).*
9.
be:t da.bta'^
10.
il
mim ? hu:wa btai'û {or hu:wa be:tu). ginema Hi hawalem be:tu bitai'ît mim? hi:ja gnentu
{or
11.
hiija g ginema_bta'^fu). wil haga:t do:l milk' mim?

is
12.
sitti_nira(:)t
xdlid
laha5_wla:d
humma milku humma_btu:'û). aiwa_mma:l, wila:d

{or
?
xdli:l wila(:)dha, ja'^ni^bn' xdli:l_ibnaha,^
wi bintu bintaha.
wi_gnent{i_
13.
wi be;t
betha ? ma'^luim be:t gne'nitha, wi milku milkaha.

xdli:l
sai'â
xdliil betha,
14.
is
bta''tu_bta''îtha
''
la:,
is
sa:''a_bta''tu
mij^
bita";itha.
15.
wi_hdu:mu hudumha hudumha).

wil mandiil
{or
la:
hudu:mu mij
?
bitu'-ha
{or
mij"
16.
bita:''U_bta'^lia
la:
mandi:lu
muJ mandilha
muJ
bita'^ha).
(them) and
*
ku(m)
(you, p.).
hum
7 8
Similarly the passing vowel and ku(m), and i before
But liha is also heard. is a before ha is also

'(i
heard),
before
N.B.
Now that the pronoun

and
length.
;
na
(us).
throws accent on the syllable

hi J.
'it,
the
a: loses both accent
Feminine of
muJ
for
ma
42
Conversation between Khalil, his Wife, and his Children.

Kh.
I
am
Khalil,
and that
is
my house,
my
and
my
garden, and
my
wife.
Gal.
Certainly you are Khalil,

is
husband, and
is
am
wife,
and the house

Kh.
I
your's,
and the garden
your's,
your and the
children are your's.
am
pleased with you, oh lady

is
You
are very good.
And my
house
your's,
and
my
garden
is
your's,
and
my
chil-
dren are your children.

[E'nter{ed)
a Guest at this moment.]

!
Guest.
All.
Good day
you good day and blessed

to
^
!
The garden which Guest. You are happy house, is it your's ? Ali. The merit is to God we are happy. Yes,
What
Allah willed
is
in your
this is our
garden, this
is
the garden belonging to us.
Guest (to Kh.).
Ah
says, " this is our's,"
does
it
belong to
him
Kh.
Guest.
Of course, he
is
my
is)
son,
and our things are
his things.
So long as (he
house, and your things are
his,
your son, then your house is his without any (further) word.
[Fatima gets vexed.]

Gal.
Fatima
is
vexed
Forsooth, the house of Ali
is
not her's
too!
Kh.
things.
Gtiest.
No, away with vexation

I
for
all
our things are her
am
pleased with your visiting,* and wish to ask leave
(to go).
Kh.
Guest.
Oh
wait a
little
!
it is still
early.
leisure.
Allow
me
am
not at
"
"Your day (be) fortunate "Your day (be) fortunate and mubairsk, " Your day be blessed."
'
Lit.
^ Lit.
blessed."
Or simply, nahairak
An
it
" expression of admiration which does not involve " the evil eye
represents the blessing (house, fine baby, etc., etc.) as willed
because
Allah.
by
4 i.e.
(My) visiting
(of)
you.

m^hawrct be:n
xal.
xali:l
43
wi_mra:tu wi_wla:du.
wLgnenti, wi
goizi,
s sitt' bta'^ti.
?ana
xdli:l
wi da
?inta
be:ti
gal.
bitai'âk,
ma'^luim,
xdli:l
w_ana zogtak
il
be:t
ig gineina^bta'^tak,
il
wila:d bitui'âk.
xal.
belt bita:''i_bta:'îk.
ana mabsuit minnik, ja sitt fa 1 inti tajjiba 'awi. wi g gine:na_bta''ti_bta'^tik, wi_wla:di_wla:dik,

!
[ddxal de:f
de:f.
il
fi
Sad.]
nahdrku
ma: Ja
!
sa'îid
ja
gamai'â
kull.
nahairak
sa'îid
!
mubairalc.
de:f.
'siia:
ig gine:na_lli_f
betkum, bita:''itkum
intu mabsutiin
"ali. il
fadU
xdliil).
li_lla:h
!
ihna mabsutim, ?aiwa, di gne'nitna

" di^btaiîtna "
hiija^bta'^tu
di 9 gine:na_bta'îtna
de:f
(li
"âli
ji?u:l
xdlid.
'ummad
hu:wa_bni,
wi
}iaga(:)tna
hagaitu
{or
il
hagait bitu'^na_btu:''u).
de:f.
ma da:m_ibnak, faj be:t bita'^kum bita:''ii.

bitui'û,
wi
ha(:)'ga:t
bitu'ikum
min
ge(:)r kala:m.
[fatma
gal.
zi'îlit.]
'âli
fatma za'^lama
?
(i)Jmi'^na'_l be:t bita'^
muj betha
hagatha
{or bita''ha)
xdlid.
{or bita''ha,
de:f.
la,
balaj
za'âl,
'alajan
kull'
hagatna
or bita''îtha).
ana mabsu:t min zija(:)ritkum, wi bidd_asta'zin.
xdlid.
de:f.
ma^
tistanna Jwajja, lissa badri

li,
ismahu:
maniij'' faidi.
" An expression for For e:J " what thing, mi'^na (is the) meaning of " which is used when the thing done or said is considered unfair, ? or inconsistent with something else. 6 We have had ma = " not," and ma = "that which." Here it is a
.
"
why
particle of vivacity, "

7
why
"
!
For
ma
ana
J (see p. 49).
44

Kh.
Guest.
Well,
if
you must
{i.e.
[lit.
deign
(to go),
without (being)
ejected], (go)
with peace
good-bye).
!
God
give you peace
Exercise.
with
17.
[bita:'']
Go over this dialogue, substituting the construction for the " construct state " and vice versa.
Teacher.
little
Now
the conversation
Please
is
finished.
Let us speak a
together.
18.
19.
20.
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27.
28.
book ? Yes, that is your (sing.) book. And is that my book ? No, that is my book. Well, is that your (sing.) book ? Yes, that is my book. And is that your (sing.) book ? No, that is your book
Is that
my
= deign),
say on.
Is that
Is that Is Is
Is
Is Is
Yes, that our book. that book No, that book. her book. that her book No, that that book No, that book.
your (pl.))book
?
is
your (pi.) book ? No, that is your book. that our book ? Yes, that is your book. that your (pi.) book ? No, that is our book.
his
?
is
his
is
their
is their

1.
VI.
Write out
native,
all
the disjunctive personal pronouns of the nomi-
i.e.
"I," "thou,"
etc.
2.
Write out
i.e.
all
the conjunctive pronouns of the possessive,

bita:*^.
"
my,"
with
with
" thy," etc., not using

[be:t],
[sai'â] e.g.
[a)
(6)
[be:ti,
betna],
etc.,
("
watch
"), e.g.
[sa'^ti,
sa"îtna], etc.
3.
4.
Write out (a) and (6), using [bita:'']. How is emphasis on possessive pronouns managed my book). Go through the possessives thus.
(e.g.

x<ili:l.
45
sala:ma
itfeddol
min
geir
mstruid.
{or ai'iah).
ma'â_s
de:f.
'eiia jisal'limkuni
17.
il
m^'âllim.
dilwa't
il
m'hawra
'u:!.
xilsit.
nitkallim Juwejja
18.
19. 20. 21. 22.
23.
24. 25. 26. 27. 28.
itfaddsl aiwa da_kta:bak. da_kta:bi 'ana. wi da_kta:bi ba'a da_kta:bak aiwa da_kta:bi. da_kta:bak_inta. wi da_kta:bak da_ktabkum aiwa da_ktabna. da ktabkum_intu(m). daJctabkum dajitabna 'aiwa da ktabku(m). da_ktabku{m) da ktabnajina. da kta:bu da kta:bu huiwa. da ktabha da ktabha da ktabhum humma. da ktabhum
ma"^
ba'^dina.
?
da_kta:bi
la:
?
la:,
la:
la:
la:
la:
hi:ja.
la:
46
VII.
" Have."
1.
The Disjunctive Pronouns^ with
the Negative.
Now
Good
and
there are before us three words, [lak]

(Is
it)
[ma''ak].^
2.
!
understood
Yes,
and ['andak], and

understand.
big possessions (s),
hsten and take care,

['ândak] is for a
[lak] is for
medium
tiling in
the house, or in the
room, or in the shop for example.
for a small thing, in the pocket, or in the
As for [ma''ak] it is hand understood ?

;
3.
understand
only give
!
On my
eye and head
Khalil, in this
town
an example of them. [i.e. gladly !). You have a house, Kh. Yes, I have, and I have also
in
me
a shop of merchandise.
4.
And have you English cloth and we have French too.

Have you
(on you) a
;
your shop
Kh.
Naturally
cigarette
5.
match
(that) I
may light my
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
I have also tobacco (on me). Kh. Yes, I have Do you understand these examples ? Of course I hear and understand. We understand now that Khalil has a house I mean, he and that Khalil has English cloth in possesses a house (the) shop, I mean, he has cloth, and that he has matches, I mean, he has on him matches. and I know that the Sitt GalUa has possessions, I know that and she has much furniture in her house, and she has a silk sunshade opened in her hand. [Have you, oh lady etc. ?] And Khalil's children and wife have money in the savings bank, and have expensive toys coming from abroad, and they have now the (some) of them (in their hands). You, family of Khalil, have you any lands in Egypt ? Yes, we have. ^= And have you Egyptian servants ? -Yes, And have you (on you) correct watches ? we have. Yes, we have
' i.e.
The Personal Pronouns.
All are translatable

3 g,
Meaning respectively "to you," " chez-vous, " and "on your person. by " you have," lit. " (there is) to you," etc.
etymologically.
47
tamrim nimrit
ând.
1.
li.
sab'â.
saibi";
tamri:n.
ma'^(ai).
id damai'ir
il
minfasila bi n nafj.
2.
'uddamna dilwsH' talat kilmait, " lak," wi " "ândak," wi " ma'âik " ? mafhuim aiwa_ana fa:him. tejjibjsma'^ wi xud ba:lak " lak " <;alaja:n_il milk il kibi:r; wi "andak" 'âlajain ha:ga mitwassata^ fil be:t
;
walla
fil
'o:da, walla fid dukkain, masalan.

fi
?amma
fi
1
" ma'âk"
?i;d;
fa di "âlajain liaga_s9ajiara
hu:m?
3.
'âla
ana faihim,
li:,
g ge:b, walla
fil
maf-
bass_iddi:ni masal 'anhum.
'êini
'aiwa
wi wi
raisi
li:ja
lak be:t, ja xdliil

tiga:rd
ba'lad di ?^xal.
dukkam
kaman.
4.
wi
"ândak
?uma:J_inkili:zi
fi_d
dukkam
bitai'âk
?xal.
teb'ân,
5.
wi 'ândina firansa:wi kamam.

?
ma''âk kibriit awalla"; sigarti
aiwa_m(a)';a:ja,* wi_m(a)'â:ja
saimi"^
duxxam^ kamam.
6.
faihim
il
?amsail di
ummail,
wi faihim.
luh beit,
ja'^ni
7.
ihna fahmiin dilwa't inn'

'ândi
xdliil
li xctliil
beit, ja'^ni
wjnn'
"ându
?umaij_inkihizi
fi
dukkam,
'umaijjnkihizii, w_inn' ma"^

kabriit.
8.
xdliil
kabriit, ja'^ni m'';a(i)h
ana
'âirif
kida, wi
'âirif
fi
inn._is sitt'
galiila laha ?amla:k,
wi
?]
andaha fdrj'_kti:r
betha, wi_m'^'a:ha
. . .
Jamsiija
.
hdriir*
.
9.
w_iwla:d
mafruida fJdha. [liik ja sitt ? xdliil wi mreitu, luhum
"ândik
ma'âiki
it
filuis fi
bank
10.
gslja gajjiin min bdrrd, minhum. intu ja gamai'ît xdliil lukum _atjam fi masr ? aiwa, lina. wi 'andukum xdddamim masrijjiin ? aiwa, "ândina. ==wi_m''âiku sa'âit mazbuita ? aiwa^m'âina.
ânduhum
li'âb^
wi wi_m'âihum
tawfiir,
dilwa't' Jwajja
* 'mi''i 6
is
also heard.
Almost duxxdin.
Not
" a sunshade of silk," which

silk
a sunshade,
?
"
in apposition.
would be Jamsiljit hdriir
bu
Plural of h'^ba.
48
11.

have finished with [lak], and ["ândak], and shall say a little on the negative. are you an Egyptian too ? No, I am not I am an Egyptian I am just (an) English(man). an Egyptian Am I now English, since the Protectorate ? No, you are not
Right
!
We
;
[ma'âk]
now we
;
:
12.
13.
English, (you are) as before, Egyptian.

14.
15.
16.
No, So then, we are not the same since the Protectorate we are not the same in race, only in things poUtical. Even so we are not English in race. Yes, you are not (anything) but Egyptian in race. They are not Turks, Say, are Khalil and his family Turks ? they are (in) their origin Egyptian.
!
!

1.
VII.
Write out
[li],
[''and], [ma*-]
with
all
the pronouns.
[li]
2.
What
and
is
the difference in meaning between [ma*-] and
["-and]
with pronouns
I
3.
Write out "
am
not,
you are not,"
etc.

11.
49
tsjjib
xulusna min "
lik,"
wi_'ândak," wi " ma'âk," ni'uil
12.
dilwa'tLJwejja fi n nafj. ana mssri; tiddritak masrOita raixar innama 'ana (i)ngili:zi.^
^la
ma'nish' masri,
13.
14.
15.
ana dilwa't_ingili:zi ba'^d il himaija ? ^la 'mantashjngiliizi, bdrdak' masri. ba'ajina 'mahnash wailiid ba'^d il himaija ? ^la, mahnash waihid fi 1 gins, bass' fil 'umu:r is sijasijja. bdrdu kida! ihna mahnash ingiliiz fi 1 gins?aiwa, 'mantush
ilia
masrijjim
xctli:!
fi
gins.
i6.
alia'*
wi
'êltu
'atraik
mahummaj
atraik,
humma
'aeluhum mQsrijjim.^
'
''
N.B.
Or
mani]' = ma ana J", and = ?ana muj. amrikami, firansa:wi, almami, nimsaiwi.
originally
Fem.
i.e.
ingili(:)-
zijja, etc.
3
bdrdak,
;
bi 'ardak, " on your ground,"
"
still
" or
" also "

<
cp. sentence 15.
An
interrogative particle used to introduce a
new
subject, or aspect
of subject.
5
Add
to this series
mahuj, mahij, which have already
frequently
occurred.
50

VIII.

[To Teacher and Pupil.
These paragraphs "for general conversation " should be worked The pupil should through without the help of any English whatever,
not even refer
to the
Arabic {for the most part) during the lesson, but
should rely on hearing and watching only.
The
teacher will find that
with the aid of objects and dumb-show it will be perfectly possible to demonstrate these lessons without any recourse to English {a remark
which equally applies to what has preceded). These paragraphs are wholly independent of the grammatical lines of division which otherwise govern the sequence of the successive
chapters.]
Polite Address.
The Present
1.
Partici-ple.
{Lit.
Noun
of the Agent.)
Goodday
your
{lit.
to
(sing.)
is
you (pi.) {lit. may your day be happy !) May day be happy and blessed How are you ?
!
2.
your Presence ?) God give you peace {or protect you).

!
How
How
are
you
Praise (be) to
3.
God
. .
Mr. Khalil
is
in his writing-room.. .Enter to

Is (that)
him a
(certain)
it
friend of his.
understood thus
Certainly
is
understood.
4.
Well then,
to
am
Khalil,
and you are the

Khalil.
friend.
Then say
me
Friend.
'
Good morning, O Mr.
This sign indicates the resumption of the conversation

Lit.
by the
first
speaker.
^
"your Presence" (hddrd)

" keep you."
a very ordinary expression of polite
address.
3
Or jihfazak,

5
tamrim nimrit tamanja.

li 1
ta:min tamriin.
I
m'hadsa
bi
''umumijja.
inta lik
';e(:)ne:n?
di
'êmi.
ana b_aju:f
'êmi.
ana lijja 'êneni, w_ana b_aj"u:f bi "ênajja. = " di manaxiiri, ana bâJimmLb manaxi:ri, inta lik manaxi:r ? aiwa, ana lijja manaxiir, w_ana b_ajimmi biiha. = da hanaki, ana b_aftatl (a'fil) hanaki 'aho, etc. da lisa:ni, Ju:f ana b_adu:? bijsaini, muj inta
aiwa,
bi_tdu:' bi Isanak
di
b,.aju:f,
il
widni, do:l widaini,
w_ana
b^.asma"^
il
bLwdami,
.
etc
b_ajimm, b_aftah, b_adu:'
fatha "âlajan
.h_aju:f,
"ana";
h ajimm,
be: alajan dilwa't_aho, au, tamalli.
bukrd.
aftah, h_adu:'
di
'i:di,
muJ kida ? ba?a, ana b_almis bi wi do:l riglajja, w ana b_amji_b riglajja, muf kida ? laikin il ?uttLb jimji_b rigleih w ide:h. niujjnta_b timj"i_b rigle:k ? aiwa etc. = ma'^luim bi timji_b rigleik wi_b tilmis b ide:k, wi bi_tju:f bi "êneik, wi bi_tJimniLb manaxiirek, wi_b tiftah hanakak wi_b ti'filu, wi_b tisma'^ bi_wda:nak, wi
do:l
'idajja,
'i:di,
mafhuim?
di rigli
bi_tdu:? bijsainak. it te: "âlajan " inta." " etc., etc. timji bi rigleik ?
fa 'ul
li
ba'a, " bi
ism
il
fai'îl.
1.
naharkum
sa'îid
nahairak
iz
sa'îid
mubairak,
iz
zejj'
hddritak?^
'tii'lah
2.
jisallimak,^
zejj'
hddritak_inta
il
hamdu*
lu
li
lla:h
3.
hddrit xdliiLafandi
habi:bu.
. .
il
maktab
?
bitai'û.
.ga:
.mafhuim
kida
ma''lu:m
xdlid
waihid
mafhuim.
ba'a
:
4.
tejjib,
'ana xdlid, w_inta_l habiib, fa

xe:r "âleik,^ ja:
si^
?ul_li
hab.
+
sabaih
il
This
is
the passing vowel of the nominative, adopted from the

of
classical in this expression.

5 Lit.
"The morning
for sajjid
si.
Short
(lord),
good (be) upon you which is worn down to

!
"
sild, sid
(=
Spanish
" 9id "),
and so
52

Kh.
Friend.
is his
Good morning, welcome Welcome to you How

! !
is Ali,
your son
is
?
Where
honour ? Kh. Thanks to God

Friend.
He
greets you.
is
He
in the garden.
And
his sister,
where
her honour
Kh. Kh.
With her brother
in the garden.
?
Friend.
When
will
will
they come here

at 6 o'clock, I
They
come
mean, at sunset.
[At this
moment
enters Galila.]
?
Friend.
Gal.
How
is
your honour
!
In God's protection
how
are
case.
you
Friend.
We
thank God in any
And now,
I desire
to
ask leave
(to go).
Kh. Kh.
If
Friend.
you must I hope (lit.
if
God
will)
we
shall see
you another day.
Greet for
me
the Messrs. children.
Friend.
5.
Look,
May God keep your honour. [Exeunt.] sir I am now standing. Yes, you are now
:
standing.
6. 7.
And you are now sitting. Yes, I am now sitting. And the lady who is in this picture, is sitting. True,
she
is
sitting.
8. 9.
I mean she is not And we are now
standing
sitting
?
Yes, she not standing. Yes, we are now

is
sitting.
10.
Get up
if
you
please.
Now we
I
are standing.
True,
now
11.
we are standing. Good Now, what am

!
holding
You
am
are
now
it..
it.
.
holding
the book and walking.

12.
Then
am
holding
it ?
it.
[Jem.) are holding
13.
we are What is
holding
it.
Yes, we are holding

who
it,
Yes, Yes,
is
you are holding

it.
.Now you
.So then,
I [fern.)
holding
the lady
in this picture holding

it,
it.
She
it.
is
holding a sunshade and spreading

14.
i.e.
opening
15.
And And
I
am
spreading
i.e.
it,
opening
i.e.
they are spreading

light.
opening
it.
Lit.
These terminations are
classical (accusative)
ahl, W.
= " worthy"
sahl
3
" easy."
From
the words 'ala
kuU'
hail,
especially
if
uttered in a
somewhat

xdl.
53
hab.
SQba:h in nu:r' "âleik, ?ahlan wi sahlan.^ 'ahlan wi sahlan bi:k iz zejj' 'âli.bnak, hadritu fe:n
!
xal.
il
hamdu
li
lla:h,
?
jibuss_ide:k,
hab.
xdl.
w_uxtu_z_zejjaha
hddritha
?
huiwa
?
fi
g gine:na.
fern
hab.
xdl.
WQJj_axu:ha fi g gineina. hddrithum jiigu hina 'emta

jiigu_s sa'â
[fil
xamsa_w
nuss,
ja'^ni
mdgrib.
ha:l ddxdlit is sitt'

?
gali.'la.J
hab.
gal.
iz zejji
fi
hddritik
hab.
?ama:n illaih, iz nihmid qHq: "âla
zejj'
hddritakjnta
kulli hail.^
w_ahibb_asta?zin.
xdl.
itfaddel
min
ge:r
hab.
xdl.
in Ja 'atie:
sal'lim
li
matruid !* nijuif hddritkum
fi
jo:m
taini.
"âla
hddrait Langail.
!
hab.
5.
"alia jihfaz
hddritkum
[xaragu
wa:'if.
fi
hail].
Ju:f
hddritak,
ana dilwa't'
aiwa
hddritak wai'if
dilwa't.
6. 7.
w.inta dilwa't' 'a:'îd. wi s sitt_illi fi s su:ra di
aiw_ana sahi:h
?a'^da.
'ai'îd
dilwa't.
hiija ?a'^da.
8. 9.
10.
ja'^ni mahij wa'fa ? aiwa mahij wa'fa. w_ihna dilwa't' ?a'^di:n. aiwa_hna dilwa't* 'a'^dim. ?u:m min fadlak dilwa't_ihna wa'fiin. sahi:h
ihna
dilwa^t' wa'fim.
11.
tajjib,
'ana dilwa't' ma:sik_'e:h kita:b wi maiji.
'inta
. .
dilwa't'
ma:sik_il
12.
ba'_ana masku ? aiw_inta masku. .dilwa't_inti maska:(h)! aiw_ana maska:(h).. .ba'a_hna maskimu. aiwajina maskimu.
13.
is sitt_illi fis
suira di
maska
'e:h?
hi:ja
maska
Jamsiija wi
fdr'da:ha, ja'^ni fat'ha:ha.

14. 15.
w_ana
wi
fa'ridha^ ja'^ni fa'tihha.
humma
it
fdr'dinhum
ja'^ni
fa'thinhum.
friend
resigned voire,
4
5
would be inferred that the
was
not very well.
See p. 45. For ma(:)s(i)k.
The verb means to seize or For fa(:)'ridha, the loss of accent involving
to retain.
loss of length.
54
i6.

Is the
lady
is
who
is
in this picture
walking (on her

(is)
feet)
No, she
17.
not walking, but she
sitting.
When we
the pen
say, " I
?
am
holding the pen, what are

(is)
we saying
'
of
We say that the pen

')
" held."
'
18.
And when we
'
say " the Sitt Galila
is
holding
('
opening,'
?
spreading
the sunshade," what do

it is
we say of the sunshade

").
.
We
19.
say that
" held " (" opened," " spread
20.
way we say that the things in my hand are held. and that the window is shut. and that the door is open(ed) Do you understand the lesson well? Yes, of course, I (we)
In the same
.
understand
21.
Is all
it
{lit.
am
Is
it
(are)
understanding
it
it).
understood ?...
all
every sentence in
understood?...
Are
the points in
understood

1.
VIII.
2.
Given any three consonants, e.g. [t, r, k], show the arrangement of the vowels to form the active participle, masc, fem., plural. Show how the suffixing of the vowel and consonant pronouns affects the simple forms of this participle.
3.
Take the same three consonants and show what consonant and vowels are added to form the passive participle.
Write out the polite [hddrit] with
all
4.
the pronouns.
[LL
noun
in sing,
and
plural, as, for
example,
Also with xdwaiga] ( =
gentleman,)
[is sitt]
(=
lady), [sittait]
(=
ladies).

i6.
is sitt illi fis
55
su:ra di majja
"âla
rigleiha
h.,
mahij majja
"âla rigleiha,
laikinnaha
'a'^da.
17.
18.
lammaji'u:! " 'ana maisik il ?alam," nPuil "âl ?alam ?e:h ? nPu:l inn il 'alam " mamsu:k." wi lamma_n?u:l " is sitt* gali:la maska (fatha, fdrda) J Jamsiija ni'u:l "âj' J"amsi:ja 'e:h ? ni'u:l innaha mamsuika (maf-
tu:ha, mafruida).
19.
"âla
kida ni?u:l inn

1
il
liagait iUi f_i:di
mamsuikiin
?
w_
inni
20.
ba:b maftu:h
(/.
inta faihim
J Jibbaik ma'fuil. fahma, p. fahmi:n) is darsi_kwaijis

.
w_inni
aiwa_
kulli
21.
mma:l ana fahmu (fahmaih. .ihna fahmiinu). kuUu mafhu:m ? kulli gumla fi:h mafhuima ?
nu'et"* iUi fiih
mafhumiin
'
For ?ala
ij.
Plural of nu?ta.
ACTIVE PARTICIPLE,
(Fill in
Separately
to
the other triUteral verbs, according
Masc. Sing.
AND WITH Pronouns.

scheme.
(See below, note.)
Do. with Consonant Pronoun.
Plural.
Do. with Vowel Pronoun.
Do. with Cons. Pronoun.
mas'kaiki
seizing
mas'ka:hum
seizing them.
mas'kim
for ma:siki:n
seizing {pi.)
mas'kimik
seizing
mas'kinha.
seizing her.
you (/.)
you
(/.)
member
'maskik]
;
of
Vowel pronouns, ['masku, each group is treated, e.g. consonant pronouns, [ma'sikha, ma'sikni, ma'sikki, ma'sikku,
:
ma'sikhum].
Points
(but
to notice
in the two groups.
The vowel-pronouns do not change

e.g.
the accent of the simple form of the active participle,
['maisik, 'masku]
But the observe the elimination of [:] and of [i] in [ma:sik]). consonant-pronouns compel the accent to fall on the preceding syllable {i.e. are " enclitic "), which sometimes necessitates the shifting of the accent,
e.g.
['ma:sik, ma'sikni].
The
alterations of form observable in the above
instances take place owing to the disappearance of length {a) before two consonants, and (6) when the long syllable has had the accent shifted from it
See p. 36.
57
58
IX.
"
1. 2.
Have
" with negative.
" Had," " Shall have."
3.
Have you not any English coinage ? No, I have none (of it). Have you not any in the house ? No, I have none. Nor have you money, either, in the bank ? I have not much
in the bank.
59
tamiiin nimrit
taisi"^.
taisi"^
tamriin.
li
m^hadsa
ûmumijja.
mandi{:)l da.
du:' is sukkdr b_amji wajjaik. xdllima nigri ana b_Qareb bj:di aiwa,
!
Ju:f
il
kitab
da.
Jimm
il
da.
imji
fi 1
!
?o:da Jwejja.
nu?'ûd ba'a.
adi:ni
Ju:f
sawa.
bass
inta_b tidrab
taijib iflrabni!
muj
"âwuz tidrabni
la
muj
âli
'âwuz_ad'rabak.
la:kin
"âli
bi jidrab_uxtu, wi
fa^ma b tidrab_axu:ha.
etc.,
wi
bi_jju:f bi "êneih
wi bi jjimm,
etc.,
etc.
wi fatma bi
il
tju:f,
etc.
je:
"âlajan "
illi
hu:wa."
?
it
te: "âlajan
" hi:ja "
wi_t
te: di
ger
it
te:
bi ma'^na "inta".
ana
ll_a:gi
hina bukrd
niigi.
-aiwa,
il
inta
ha
ti:gi.
ba''a_lina
l_itnem ha
in
ni:gi.
mistir
ha
ji:gi
il
mis
ha
ti:gi?
ba'a kuUina
il
il
wi kuUina bi_nju:f bi 'êneina wi_b

?
nilmis,
etc., etc.
num
''alajan " ihna."
ha_tru:h
bi tru:h
kiniisa
'emta
?
^h_aru:h jo:m
hadd
? il
il
hadd.
xdliil,
kiniisa kull' jo(:)ni

gaimi"^
il il
wi
bi
jniih
il
kini:sa walla g
ma
bi_jruhj
kiniisa
"-alajan
hu:wa
muslim.
limi:n
?
bi_jru:h
gaimi*^.
tihibb tiru:h
ga:mi'^
'âlajan
. .
tiju:f
. .
is
sala^bta'^t
il
mus-
ma'^lu:m_ahibb_aru:h
ij |a:j
ajuif
bi^thibb
etc., etc.
bi
sukkdr walla min ge:r sukkdr?
bi_thibb,
ana h dxrug mil ?o:da. tajjib_uxrug. wi ba'^dim(a)_dxrug dxujji tami? aiwa ba'^dima tuxrug, xuJJ. = Ju:f, ana h_atla'^ fo:' il kursi. ti'ddr titla*^ "âl kursi^ ^ma'^luim a'ddr atla"^. = itla*^ ba'a. btai'âk ?
Juif
!
adi_hna IJtnem
ba'a.
tili'^na
"âl
kara:si_btu'^na.
xdllima ninzil
nizilna.
an_anzil
min
fo:'
?
il
kursi.
inzil
tiMdr
tinzil
zajji:
ba'a.
adihna Litnem
"
li
" wi " "ând " wi " ma"^ " bi
n
?
nafj,
la,
wi^b "
kam
" " jiku:n."
1.
ma.m'âkj' 'ûmla_ngilizi:ja
2. 3.
ma
"ândakji
lakj'
fj i
êit
ma^m'îij minha.
la
fi
ma
1
'ândiij.
wala
filu:s
kamam
likj,
bank?
ma
li:J
?add' kida
fi
bank.
(fern,
wala
or walajki:j.)
60
4.
I

also
am
like you, I
;
any
5.
in the house
nor have
have no English coin here, nor have I much (money) in the bank.
True, you have not, etc., etc. Then we are like each other, we have none here, nor have we any in the house, nor have we much in the bank. True,
6.
we have not, etc., etc... The lady who is in the picture, has
No, she has none.
she no book in her hand
7.
8.
Has she none in the house ? Does she not own any at all ?
woman
9.
Has our
How should she have none How could she be an educated and have none friend Khalil got money (on him) Perhaps he
? ?
has, perhaps he has not. =^ Has he
none in (his) cabinet ? None in his cabinet, how so! He must have some. Has How could he be a he none in the bank ? Of course merchant, sir, if he had none
\Enter{ed)
ID.
guests.]
I see that you have no tobacco on you. Guests. True, we have none. Kh. Have you none in the house either ? No, we have none. Have you no pleasure in it ? No, Kh. A strange thing
Khalil.
we do
not like smoking.
[Exeunt guests.]
Those guests had no tobacco on them ? No, they have none on them, nor have they any in the house, nor have they any pleasure in it whatever. Strange Would that you were like those folk, Khalil Gal.
Galila.
Kh.
Kh.
All.
Yes,
madam, would
it is
that
were
like
them
in
It
is
useless custom.
No,
a simple custom with no
harm
it.
Kh.
All.
And whose
Mine.
are these boxes of tobacco,

is
you
rascal
But there
no tobacco
in
them.
'
Fern.
ma_m''aki:J,(from
lki:J).
ma raa''a:ki:J)
wala
"ândikj'
wala
likj (or
2 3
wala
"
Contracted from wala_lna:J.
When
Or
how
"
is
an expression
of astonishment
it is
pronounced izzaij
rather than izzejj.

t
ma
m'ûij.
'

4.
6l
ana rsixar
ândiij
zejjak,
fi 1
ma
m'î:J
li:J
hina
'ûmla_ngilizi:ja,
fi 1
wala
minha
be:t,
wala
?addi kida
bank.sahi.'il,
1
5.
ma_m'âkji hina wala "ândakj' fi 1 be:t wala lakj' fi 1 bank/ ba?a hna zejji ba'^dina, ma_m'âna:J hina, wala "ândinaj fi
be:t,
wala_nna:J"ândinaij.
s.
fil
bankLkti:r
sahiih, ma_m';ana:J.
ma
6.
.ma_nna:J (= majnaij).
-f
is sitt illi fi
su:ra di ma_m'â'ha:J kita:b
Jdha
!
^la,
ma_
m'âhaij.
7.
8.
ma
"ândahaij
bi
1
fi 1
majha(:)j
izzaij
?
ma 'ândahaij mdrra? tib'a mitrabbijja wi

be:t
?
izzaij
sitt'
ma_lha:|_
9.
s-ahibna
xdliil
ma"â(:)h
filu:s
ma.jn'âhj,*-
= ma
!
jimkin
1
ma'âih wi jimkin
?
"ânduij
fi
xdzna
xdzna_zza:j
daruiri^
"ându.
^ma
fi
'ânduij
1
fi
?
ma
luij
bank
lu:J!
'urama:! jib'a taigir
izza(i)j ja sidna, iza
kan
ma
[ddxolu duju:f.]
10.
xdlid.
duju:f.
xdl. xdl.
ana
Ja(:)jif intu ma_m'âku:J
duxxam
?
sahiih, ma_m'âna:J.
alla_ntu
ma
!
"ândukuij"
fi 1
be:t
la
ma
la:,
"ândinaij.
Je gdri:b
ma
lku:J ke:f
minnu ?
ma_nna:J ke:f
mid duxxam.
[xaragu_d
gali.'la.
duju:f.]
?
id dujuif
xdl.
la:,
dod ma kanj ma''a:hum duxxam ma_m'âhumj, wala 'anduhumj kaman
fi
be:t
wala IhumJ'
gal.
ke:f
minnu
!
bi
mdrrd.
re:ti''
Je 9dri:b
ja re:tak'' zejj in na(:)s do:l, ja xdli:l

!
xdl.
?aiwa, ja
sitti
ja
zejjuhum
di 'â:da
ma
fiha(:)J
fajda
!'
âli.
la:
di ''a:da basi:ta
"îlab
ma
fihaj ha:ga.
di,
xdl.
âli.
wi^btu*^ mi:n
bitu:'î,
id
duxxa:n
ja Ja'i
la:kin
ma
fihumj' duxxa:n.
Or la:zim.
re:t
is
an optative particle which
is
combined with nouns and pronouns
{fern. re:tik, pi. re(:)tku.

7
8
PL
re(:)tna.
Lit. "(there is)
not in
it
use
"
;
i.e.
"
in
which there
is
no use."
62
Gal.
Kh.
11.
May Ali not become like you, Khalil May he not indeed And Fatima, may
!
she not become
the fashionable young lady
[lit.
the fashion)
Was
Khalil pleased with Ali in the matter of the drinking of

{i.e.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
No, he was not pleased with him. boxes No, there was not. tobacco No, they Had those guests unmade-up had No, they had no No Had they at home No, they had not at home. Perhaps they have (some) Since they have no
tobacco
smoking)
But was there tobacco
in the boy's
{lit.
loose)
not.
cigarettes
cigarettes.
will
later
pleasure in
17.
it
at
all,
they
will
never have
it.
We have finished the lesson.
To-morrow
That
is
Will there be a lesson to-morrow?

. .
is
Thursday.
yes, there
?
18.
On Sunday wiU
there be a lesson
No,
wiU be a lesson.
there won't be.
a rest day, not a work-day.

1.
Write out complete tables of the negatives of [li, "ând] and [ma*^] with all the pronouns (equivalent to the present tense of " have not.")
2.
How
are the past

?
and future
all
of
"have"
expressed, positive
and negative
3.
Write out
{e.g.
[fi(:)]
with
a," "
the pronouns, positive and negative
ist person
['fi:ja,
il
ma
y
fi'jaij].
il ?
4.
How
are "
il
avait," "
y aura " expressed
in
Arabic, positively and negatively

gal.
63
ja re:t
'âli
!
ma
jib'aj zejjak ja xoli:!
xal.
ja re:tu
wi fstma, ja retha
ka(:)n xoli:! mabsuit
ma
min
tib'aj
moida
"îbairit
11.
il
m^'âllim.
'âli fi
12.
duxxam ? ^la ma kanji mabsuit minnu. wa la:kin kan fih duxxa:n fi 1 "îlab bitu:"; il walad
kanji
fi:h.
6.
Jurb id
^la:,
ma
13.
kan ma'â
m'âihum.
dujuif
do:l
duxxain
sa(:)jib
la:,
ma kanJL
14. 15.
wala
fi 1
sigaijir
16.
17.
18
ma kanJi 'ânduhum jimkin jikum' ma'âihum ba'^dem? mada:m majhumj* minnu bi mcirre, ma_jkunji ma'âihum abadan. xilisna mid ddrs. jikum ddrs' bukra bukra aiwa, jikum ddrs. jo:m hadd' (i)kum ddrs ma_jkunji da jo:m
ka:n "ânduhum
be:t.
la
ma
kanj'jn'âihum
fi
1
siga:jir.
duxxam
be:t
la
ke:f
fih
xcimi:s,
fih
j
fi
il
fih
^la
fi:h.
raiha,
mahuj jo:m
Jugl.
Future of kain "
it
was'
64
X.

[To Pupil and Teacher.
In most of the succeeding chapters

exercise as
it
will suffice to treat the
main
of which is to show how verbs Much illustrating the form under discussion occur in ordinary talk* more work should be put into the conversational verb-drills,
a reading one, the
object
which form an essential part of each chapter.

should be rung incessantly, in
all
On
these the changes

stiffness
order to
break the
which
Europeans
readily.]
feel in
using Arabic verbs, and using them correctly
and
If
the time available
is
insufficient,
these exercises (headed
" For
Reading") may be omitted.
EGYPTIAN .COLLOQUIAL ARABIC
65
tamriin nimrit "âjara.

li 1
âijir
tamriin.
m'hadsa
'ûmumijja.
ândina hina m'rsbba'^,

rabba"^
a-b-g-d.
(hina
il
il
m'-
luh
drba"^
wujuij"
wiJJ...).
rn'rabba"^
drba'^tLrkain (hina rukn...).

1
kitab
id
da wi
g wi
'o:da di
luhum
wujuij"
w drka:n.
ma
d dajrd di mrabba'â ? la:, hiija mdawwdrd, IhaJ wuju:j wal(a) drkam. laha mdrkaz wi muhi:t. il m'rebba'^ lu tu:l wi 'ârd, wi kida kaman id dajrd. il kitab da lu tu:l wi 'ârd wi kaman sumk (tuxn). hu:wa tewid wi "âriid wi taxiin. il m'ka'-'âb hu:w_illi lu tu:l wi "ârd wi tuxn.
,
il
xatt' lu tu:l
laikin
ma
lu:J "ârd
wala tuxn.
in
il
nu'ta la_lha
xatt'
[a
tu:l
wala
"ârd
wala sumk.
il
b)
mista'iim.
xatt'
da
muj
mista'iim,
ba'a huiwa ma''wu:g (a'' wag m"âwwig). kull' xatt' lu tarfem {a -b)
wara? da msattah. it tarabeiza msattaha. w m^sattaha kaman. il wara' da dilwa't* muJ m^sattah, ba'a huiwa
il
is
sutu:h
minhani
il
(matni)
il
wara''
kaman
nai''im, muJ" xijin.
il
gild' nai''im.
hasiira
xijna.
il
''umaij" tari,
il
muJ gaimid
zejj_il
il
xdjab.
na:Jif.
kuU
fi
haga:t do:l najfim.
wara' da
lamm ahuttu
majja kidaho jib' a tari (mablud). is sukkdr abjad wi hilu. il lamuin mahuj abjad wala hilu la:kin asfdr wi haidi''. masalan id dawa muJ hilu laikin murr il kima murrd. fa I hittit is sukkdr di mka'^'âba, ja'^ni laha tu:l wi 'ârd wi tuxn. wi hiija hilwa wi beida wi gamda. wi laha wuju:]" w wi kull' drkam. wi kull' wiJJ' fiiha mrabba*^ muJ m'dawwdr.
;
xutuit fi:ha mista'iima.
66
FOR READING.
The Sound
Triliteral
Verb
the Aovist
and Imperative in
[u].
Visit of Ali
and Fatima to their Grandparents.

[First Scene.]
(our)
A li and Fatima (together) Good-day to you,
grandparents
The Grandparents. Good-day to you, (our) grandchildren How is the health of your parents ? Their health is fine they The Children. Praise to God
!
salute you.
The Grandparents.
Muhammed.
Ali.
I
Sit
God by me,
salute
you
Come
!
Sit
down
my
See
!
grandson
am
sitting, sir.
Ayesha.
Fatima.
sitting).
Come, sit down by my side, my grand-daughter Here I am sitting by you, madam.
The Children.
We
are pleased
when we
sit
by
5'ou [or are
The Grandparents.
Ali.
I
And we
are pleased
when you
sit
beside us.
am
And
I
very pleased when

I
I sit
by you,
sit
my
grandfather
Muh.
son.
am
very happy when you
by me,
my grandmy
grand-
Ayesha.
daughter.
am
I
very happy when you
sit
by me, by you,
Fatima.
And
Muh.)
am
the happier
when
I sit
my grandby
side,
mother.
Ali
(to
!
Look
how they
are sitting side
so
happily
other,
Fatima (to Ayesha). happy

!
Look how they are
sitting beside
each
^ From same root as talaita, the literary having passed over to t in some words and s in others (mostly those of a literary flavour) ^ i.e. With radicals free from the " weak " consonants w and j, which
undergo transformation and omission.

3
We consistently use "
aorist " for this term, in spite of the fact that the
word became associated with the preterite tense in Greek. On the contrary, the word means " undefined," which very well describes this mudairi'^ verb, for it is by itself quite vague, requiring the prefixing of particles before it is determined as present or future (tense), and cooperating
with other verbs to express possibility, obligation etc. (mood). It is therefore little more than a vehicle for this cooperation of various particles and verbs
'

li il 1
67
'irsija.
I
fi4
is
sula:si' s
sahiih." il mudairi" wi
"âli
'amr
bi
3 demima.
zija:rit
wi fatma Lagda(:)dhum.
[awwil
fasl.]
"âli
1
wi fstma
?
agdaid.
naharku sa'îid j_agdadna naharku mubairak ja_wlad wila'dna. izzejji

(ma'ân).
il
sillhit_
abbahatkum
il
wila:d.
hamdu li llaih, sihhithum "âil, bi_jsallimu 'âleikum.

!
agda:d.
aiiah jisal'limkum
ta'â:l(u)_u?'ûdu
muh.
âli.
u'-^ûd
gambi, ja_bn_ibni.
si:d(i)_aho.
ana b_a''ûd^ ja
ta'âili,
"êija.
u''ûdi_f ri:hi ja bintjbni.
fatma.
il
wilaid.
adimi b_a''ûd fi riihik, ja sitti. ihna mabsutiin lamma nu^'ûd
gambukum
gambina
{or
lamma_b
1
nu'"ûd).
agda:d.
wjhna
mabsutiin
lamma
tu^'ûdu
(or
lamma_b
âli.
tu''ûdu).
ana mabsuit ?awi 'ândim(a)_a''ûd gambak ja giddi
(or b_a'"'ud_).
muh.
ibni.
(or
eija.
ibni.
(or
fat.
w ana mabsu:t ?awi wa'tima tu^'ûd gambi, ja_ibn_ _b tu^'ûd.) 'ana mabsu:te 'awi lamma tu^'ûdi gambi ja bint_ _b tu?'ûdi.) w_ana mabsuite ktdr lamm a'"'ud gambik ja gidditi.
muh).
(li
!
(or b_a''ûd.)
âli
(li
Juf izzaj bi ju^'ûdu
gamb'
ba'^d
mabsutim
fatma mabsutim
'eija).
Ju:fLzzaj bi ju''ûdu_f ri:h ba'^d wi
humma
and
to express all
4
5
moods and
the imperative.
We
therefore call
tenses of the finite verbs except the preterite it the " aorist," i.e. undefined.
Or waldeiku (two) parents, for wailideiku. The imperative and the aorist are formed
similarly.
N.B.
The
is
particular feature of the verbs which are illustrated in this section
this
The first may The third one is merely the sign of the plural. second u. be alternatively i, e.g. here i'"'udu and in the next sentence i'"'ud, etc. 6 In the first-singular alone a is obligatory (a worn-down ana). Neither i nor u would be permissible here. The b is for bi, the particle that makes the aorist definitely present-tense. It will be observed that participles {e.g. 'ai'îd) are very often substitutable for these aorists.
68

[The Second Scene].
Aorist
and Imperative in
!
[a].
Muh. You, Ahmad, come here Ah. (I am) ready sir. (Are you) wanting something Muh. Give the children milk that they may drink.
Children.
We
are not wanting to drink milk.
Well then, what will you drink ? Children. We would drink coloured-drinks preferably. Listen while I speak to you. Muh. Ahmad
Muh.
Ah.
[returning)
Yes
Muh.
to them.
Bring them You, mother-of-Khalil, are you wishing to drink the
They
?
are wishing to drink coloured drinks.
same as them
Ayesha.
will drink
No,
don't wish to drink the same as
them
milk preferably.
Well,
Muh.
Ahmad, bring her (with you) a glass

[Exit A.
of milk to drink.
Re-enter A.]
Muh.
Fat.
Let each one take his glass, and drink Take your glass AH, and drink first. Ali. No, you drink. Muh. The point is, drink, and no ceremony.
Fat.
Ali.
Ali is drinking without any manners. Look, ma'am Shame on you Don't say so, Fatima
!
[The Third Scene].
Aorist
!
and Imperative in
[i].
Muh.
Ahmad, come here

Delightful
!
Take away the tumblers, and
bring the ball for the children, that they

Children.
may
play with
it.
We
love to play.
it,
Muh.
Show them how

[to
to catch
Ahmad
Fat.
the girl).
Catch thus,
!
girl,
Look
at me, Ali
How
am
and how to throw it and throw this way. catching and how I am you are throwing very
throwing
Ah.
badly.
Fat.
You
are catching not badly, but
And
you, Ali, are just catching and throwing worse than
me.
Ali.
No, the truth
is
we catch and throw

pleased that
like
one another.
Ah.
Yes, indeed, you are catching and throwing just alike.
Muh.
throwing
'
Ayesha
it.
am
they are catching and
Lit.
"the intended thing."
Or jil'â'bu^bha.

[il
69
1
fsel
it
ta:ni.]
il
muasiri"; wil
?amr
?
bi
fatha.
muh.
ah.
inta
j_ahmad
ta'âila.
haidir, ja si:di.
'â(:)wuz fiaga
muh.
awla:d.
?iddLl wilaid laban "âlajan jijrabu.
ma_hnaj
"âwziin nijrab laban.

?
muh.
awtaid.
'ummad
tij'rabu 'e:h
nijrab Jarb'a:t_ahsan.
muh.
ah
jajimad, isma''_amm_a'ul
na'âm
!
lak.
(jirga'^).
muh. humma 'âwzin jij'rabu Jdrbait; hat'haj hum. (u)mmu xali:l, "âwza tij'rabi zejjuhum ?
"ê.'Ja.
ja_,
la:
manij" ''awza_(a)Jrab zejjuhum, ajrab laban_ahsan.
muh. muh.
fat.
tajjib
ahmad,hatlahawajja:kkubba(:)jitlabantijrabha.
[ahmad xarag.
ahmad dax61
fi
ha:l.]
kuUi waihid jaixud kubbajtu jijrabha. xud kubbajtak ja "âli wjjrab il 'awwil.
la:,
il
ali.
ijrabi_nti.
muh.
fat.
'âli.
ma'su:d'_ijrabu, wi balaj
"âli
takli:f.
Ju:fi ja sitti,
bi jijrab
min
1
9e:r 'adab izza:j
ma
fasl
t?uli:J
ii
kida ja fatma,
il
'ê:b 'âle:ki
[il
ta:lit.]
muda:ri'^ wi
!
?amr
bi
kasrd.
il
muh.
lil
ta'â:la
j_ahmad
!
Ji:l
il
kubbaja:t wi ha:t
ko:rci
wila:d ''alajan jiFabu bi:ha.wila:d.
Je lati:f
ihna_nhibb' niFab.
zejj,
muh.
ah.
fat.
wdrri:hum jimsiku z
(lil
wi
jihdifu_zzejj.
bint),
im'siki kida ja bint, w_ih'difi kidaho.

'ali,
Jufni ja
ana b_amsik
izzejj,
wi b_ahdif
izzejj!
âli.
inti_b timsiki
muj
batta:l, la:kin bi tihdifi wihij 'awi.
fat.
w_inta ja
"âli
ma^^btimsik wi_b tihdif awhaj minni.
la:, il ha?', bi nimsik wi_b nihdif zejj' ba'-dina. aiwa sahi:h bi timsiku wi_b tihdifu zejj' ba''dukum. muh. ja 'ê:J"a ana mabsu:t innuhum bi jimsiku wLb jihdifu
âli.
ah.
bi san''a.
3
This
is
the vivacious
ma
of interest.
70
Ayesha.

I see they are, for AH catches and throws and Fatima catches and throws exactly Uke him. The verb "was." [Appendix]. For Conversation. Were you in Egypt last month ? Yes, I was in Egypt. ... you (p.) ... ^we.J [you (f.) I, So then you were not in your own country ? Of course I was not in my own country. we.] ... you (p.) ... [you (f.) I, I have been long then have you been in our country ? How
Yes,
to perfection,
1.
2.
3.
.in
4.
How How
long will
your country. it he before you travel
It will
be
before
I travel. 5.
long have you been here (lit. " from when did you come here ") ? I have been here for about 10 minutes (25 minutes,
a quarter of an hour, three-quarters of an hour, twenty minutes, forty minutes, forty-five minutes, forty minutes). (or "There has (Lit. " I am here since an amount .... ");
become
6.
to
me
here something like.
.")
How many
7.
8.
months ago did you come to Egypt ? (How long have you been in Egypt ?) I have been in Egypt for ... months past. Yes, this is the first Is this the first time you have been here ? time I have been here (or no, I have been here once before) When was that ? It was two years ago (lit. before two years)
. .
three years
eleven years
9.
Were you glad

for the first
or sorry (on) the

?
time
day that you came to Egypt was glad the day I came to Egypt for
?
the
ID.
first
time, not sorry.
Was Fatima pleased
or displeased (on) the day of the visit
II.
She was pleased, she was not displeased. So then all of them were pleased not displeased were all pleased, they were not displeased.
'
Yes, they
For kunt', kunti(:), kuntu. There has been to you how much ? If the word kam is used then the time-division must be specified, e.g. kam joim gum'â Jahr, "how many days. .weeks. .months." See sentence. 3 Participle of the same verb as in sentence 3 lit. "(there is) remaining These two sentences show the to you how much," (or '' kam jo:m," etc.
^ Lit.
.
invariable
Lit.
way of rendering " how long," past and future. "And you travel." This wi is a subordinating not a
coordinating
particle.

êija.
7I
'âli
aiwa, ana Jajfa:hum gid'âin 'awi, "âlajan
bi jimsik
wi_b
1.
jihdif
mazbu:*, wi fstma^b timsik

[tazjiil.]
li
wLb
tihdif zejju
tamaim.
m^hadsa.fi-;!!
fa:t
.,
" ka:n."
kutti'_f
masr
fi
Jahr Uli
kutt'.
?aiwa
[fem. kutti(:)'.
2.
.?aiwa
plu. kuttu(:)'.
kuttLf masr. .?aiwa kunna.
..]
ba'a
ma 'kuttij fi_bladku ?tab'ân ma [fem. ma kut'ti:]" ?ma 'kuttij plu. ma kut'tuij" ?ma kun'na(:)J
"âla
'kuttij fi_bladna.
3.
kida ba'?a: lak ?add_e:^ bladku.

?add_e: wi_tsa:fir
?
fi
bladna
li
?ba'?a
li
fi_
4.
ba''i:3 lak
ba'i:
w_asa:fir.
5.
min_emta5 ge:t hina ? ana hina min 'i:mit "^djdr da^'aiji'. (xamsa_w "îjrim di'i:?a, rub" sai'â, talattjrba(:)'; sai'â,
tilt*
sai'â,
li
tiltem
sai'â,
sai'â ilia
mb'^, sai'â iUa
tilt.)
Or
ba'?a:
hina
zejj' "^cijdr da'aiji', etc.
6.
ge:t
masr' min muddif _ujhur fa:tit.
kam
Jahr?
ge:t
masr' min
7.
wi di 'awwil mdrra lak hina?

hina
{or la, ge:t
aiwa
ma^
di 'awwil
mdrra
lijja
hina mdrra 'abl'

'abl'
di).
.
8.
ka:nit
emta
ka:nit
sanatem
'talat
sini:n.
hidaijar sana.
9.
kutt' fdrhain walla za'^lam jo:m
ge:t biladna 'awwil'
mdrrd?
kutt' fdrham
jo:m
ma
ge:t biladku ?awwil
mdrrd,
ma
10.
kuttij za''lam.
iz zija:ra?
ka:nit
fatma fdrhama walla za'^lama jo:m fdrhama ma ka(:VnitJi za'^lama.

aiwa
kamit
?^
But
11.
ba'a
kuUuhum ka:n" fdrhaniin ma kamu kulluhum fdrhanim ma

for "
ka'nuij'
za'-lanim
ka'nuj za'^lanim.
is
The phrase
how
long
"
if
the interval
quite a brief one.
ba'i'a:
*
7 ^
lak (sentence 3) could also be u?ed. Numerals above 10 take a singular noun. Lit. " You came to Cairo from an interval
This
of
"
. . .
ma
li
is
exactly like the English " that," which combines with pre-
positions to
make
conjunctions (and
is
often omitted)
e.g.
'abl'
ma
ge:t,
before (that) I came.

9
For
?awwil.
^^
> < K W
Hi
O
<:
<
O a u P o <^ K
PL,
W K H K O
bn
w <
Q < O
73
How
TO USE THESE CONVERSATIONAL VeRB-DRILL EXERCISES.

for the
The framework shows how any verb may be arranged

purpose of practice.
It is
always best to add at least one word
before or after the verb. The little sentence forms a natural matrix for the verb. It will probably be well for the first speaker always to put in vocatives like those in (2) and (4).
The paradigm
goest," etc.,
in
the conventional order
"I
go," "
Thou
may be readily now deduced by those who are dependent

practiced orally
on
this.
The paradigms should be

(if
by three students
possible),
who
should constantly change parts.
Notes.
(a). Throughout these [u-] aorists and imperatives, the vowel may be [i] alternatively (always except the ist singular)
;
first
e.g.
[ixrug, itlub, tixrug, titlub], etc.

(b).
It will
be found necessary to practice both the unelided

[bi].
and
elided forms of
(c).
The
future
namely, the
full
p(,rticle (= "going") has yet another form, one from which those given in (5) have been worn
down,
viz.
masc.
[rajih], fern, [rejha], plu. [rjSi:n].
No. (i) shows how this [mudairi''] is sometimes more an " (it is) necessary for you to go." It infinitive than a finite tense e.g. [la:zim this means that moods are expressed in Arabic is by [ana 'â(:)wuz atlub], tutlub], " you must (or should) summon
{d).
: :
" I wish to
summon
(or
"
;
[jiguiz tutlub],
[jimkin tutlub]
[ti'dar
tutlub]),
"
" you may summon " [il you can summon "
;
;
waiqib tutlub],
"
" you ought to

shall
you must or
summon."
e.g.
[jilzamak tutlub], summon " And so the imperfect tenses

;
[kutf tutlub or [kuttLb tutlub], " you were summoning." Similarly

the
moods
in past tense:
[ka:n la:zim tutlub],
should have summoned."
^See Ch.
"you must or XV. and paradigms thereon.)

1.
75
X.
Examine exhaustively the verbs conjugated in this chapter and observe that the second vowel in the aorist and imperative is [u, a] or [i]. All "sound" triliteral aorists correspond to these three types, and are
these vowels.
classified
according to
2.
Deduce the
first
vowel, in the ist person sing., and in the
other persons.
3.
Conjugate the tense " was," position and negative.
yb
XL
For Reading.
Aorist with Pronouns of the object attached
;
with " was " [Imperfect
Tense)
with Pronouns of the Dative.
And when
to his sister
:
the children had finished the

" Let us play another game.
game
of ball.
I will
Ah
said
Now
hold you
by your hand, and you hold me by my hand, and we'll run together. " Hold me, girl Fatima. I'll hold you, and Ahmad'll hold us by our hand(s). Hold on, Ahmad Ahmad. Yes, Fll catch hold of you. Grandparents (from the window). Ali, catch hold of him by Catch hold of him by his hand, children. his hand Ali. Why are you calling me names, Fatima ? Fat. I call you names, because you were running (so) fast. Ali. And I too will call you names, too, for tuppence [lit.
! ! !
" nor
is
there anything in
(to
it ").
Ayesha
Moh.).
Do you
see Ali
He's always calling

his voice.]
her names, I don't
know why.
Moh.
And
Do be
quiet,
she calls him names too. [Moh. raises you wretches, or Fll call you names.
' xdlli(:), "let" is in the second singular. When the verb, as here, is used a mere imperative particle, it remains in the singular even when plural persons are addressed.
like

it
li 1
77
tamriin
1 1
ihdaijdr.
m'hadsa
e:
"ûmumijja.
?
'ul
li
bi
ti'^mil
kull'
jo:m
an_ana:m
sitta
zejj
js
sar'â
âjara walla_fe(i)da:Jar,
w_asha_s
il
sai'â
walla
sab'â.
w_
hudinmi wi gazmiti; w_is sai'â sab';a_w nuss_QftQr, wi ba'^d il futuir abtidi fi d dars li haddîd duhr, ja'^ni e subhijja kuUaha. wi ba'^di kid(a)_atgddda wi ba'^d il gdda astctrajjah Jwsjja, u ba'^dein ajrab Ja:j wi jimkin aikul Jwajjit baskawiit wejja ba<;di kida ?a:xud fusha, aFab J J'a:j.
siri:r.
a?u:m mis
wi ba'^d
hamma:m
albis
fiiha
koira wall(a)_drkab
it
trorawa:]
li
hawa
il
tajjib.
ba<;d
il
fus}i(a)_ajtigil [ajtdgdlj
matreh âlajan ajimm il fi d ddrs li hadd
"âja.
ashaibi, wi ba'^d' kid(a)_ana:m.
wi ba''dim(a)_at'âjja, a'ra Jwajja wall_atkallim wajj_ [Do also with bi.] ba'a 'ul li, ana b_a'^miLeh kuU' jo:m? bi tnaim zejji s sa'â
'âjdrd, etc., etc.
li
il
'ira:ja.
il
mudairi'^ bi damai'ir in
nasb
il
muttasila
wi
la:m.
"
kam
"
;
wi bi_d damai'ir
magru:ra bi
koira
wi lamma xallasu
nil'âb li'^bi ge(:)r
wila:d
li'^b il
?a:l 'âli
Luxtu, xdllima'
da.
.dilwa't_am'sikik min_i:dik,
imsikiini ja bint
!
inti timsi-
'ki:ni
minjidi, wi nigri sawa.

am'sikak,
fatma.
w ahmad
jim'sikna min_idna;
im'sikna
j_ahmad ahmad.
!
aiw_am'sikkum.
(mi J
Jibbaik).
!
agda.'d.
im'siku
min
i:du
ja
"-ali
imsi-
'ku:(h)
min
i:du ja_wla:d
'âli.
bi tijtimimi le:h ja
fatma
fat.
?ali.
'af'timak 'alajan kutt' tigri ?awi.
w
(li
ana raxarâjtimik wala

muh).
hi:ja
fiha(:)J llaiga.
êija
inta Ja(:)jif
"âli?
daiman
bi^ jij'timha manij"
^drfa le:h
muh.
wi
ja Ju'aj wall (a)
ruxra ma_b^ tij'timu! ajtimkum.
[ji'âlli
soitu*.]
us'kutu
^
3
Or tamallLb...
ma,
the vivacious particle
"see").
is
+ SO:t.
very colloquial word for "voice"
hiss.
78
Ayesha.
Children.
call

Yes, we'll call you names.
No
We'll be quiet
There's no need (that) you
us names.
Muh.
Fat.
Why
were you calling each other names?

[On the Road.]
When we were taking each other's hands, why were you calling me names, boy ? Shame on you AU. Well, then, why were you calling me names ? You are
!
the
first
to
blame
{lit.
in the wrong).
!
Zaid.
together
You are both to blame just now Why are you now
!
Why, you were

calling each other
playing
names
[Next day.]
chanced that one of the friends of the children's grandsaw them, when they were playing together, catching the ball, and throwing it to each other. So Zaki and Effendi said to his brother next day It was so pretty I saw Khahl's girl yesterday, catching the ball, and throwing it just Uke an expert (" one taught "). His Brother. And her brother Ali, wasn't he catching and
it
Now
father, called Zaki,
throwing
Zaki.
it
like
her
Yes,
(lit.
he was catching
it
well,
but not throwing

it
it
properly
like people).
His Brother.
Zaki.
Did not
their grandparents catch
and throw it
No, how should they, grown-up people, play with it His Brother. Did you not hear Ali say anything to his sister ? Zaki. He said to her, " Show me how you catch it, and throw it...." Excuse me now {lit. permit to me), my dear fellow, I have an appointment. His Brother. I'll excuse you, but you (must) come again. Zaki's Wife (to his brother's wife). Excuse me, my dear Wife. We'll excuse you, but you must come again. Both (to their relations). Excuse us, for the time has gone. They'll excuse you, but you must come again. Servant. Teacher. Excuse me Certainly, but come to-morrow
! !
Or with the
participle,
'
Notice the alternative
e.g.
muj kan
ma kanJLb
the negative-interrogative not (the case) that he was catching ? "), or jimsik ("was he not catching"). There is thus a shade of
:
kamit maska. way of rendering

it
bi jimsik ("is

"êija. aiwa nijtimkum. Uwla:d. la:! niskut
79
wala
fi:|
luzu:m tijti'muma
(tij-
'timna. ..tijti'mima).
muh.
fet.
kuttûb tijtimu
ba'^d iz za:j
s sikka.]
[fi
lamma kunna_b nimsik idem

?
ba'^d,
kuttLb
tij'timni
leh ja
walad
"êib 'âle:k
âli.
umma:l kutti_b
intu
1
tijtimimi leh?
?inti
mah?u:'aj ?awwil.
ze:d.
itnem ma}l'u:?i:n.
!
ma
ta:ni.]
kuttu_b tiFabu ta.ww^
leh bi tij'timn ba'^d' dilwe't

[fil
jo:m
it
w_itsQ:dif inn' waihid min_ashaib gidd
il
wilaid ismu zaki
Ja(:)fhum
lamma kamu_b
li
:
jiFabu, wi
humma_b jimsikuj
ko:ra
fi
wi b jihdifuiha taini jo:m
ba'^'duhum.
fa ?a:l zak(i)_afandi l_axu:h
'amma
timsik'
1
Je
gami:l
Juft
bint^
koira wi_b tihdifha
zejj^
axu:h.
axu:ha
'âli
muj
xaliiljmbairill kamit bi wa:hid mifâllim taimam kan^ bi jim'sikha^ wi_b jiS'difha

;
!
zejjaha
zaki.
na'âm
kan
bi
jimsikha_kwajjis
xa:lis
la:kin
ma
wi_b
kanJLb
jihdifha zejj in na:s.
axu:h.
jihdifuiha
zaki.
?
w_agdadhum
lai,
ma
ka'nu(:)J
bi
jimsikuiha'^
humma_il kubair
"âli
jil'âbu biiha z za:j
axuih.
zaki.
ma_smi'^tij"
'al
l_uxtu ha:ga
'al laha " warri:ni_b timsikiiha

li
wi_b
tihdifiiha z zejj."
is'mah
lina).
dilwa't ja habiibi, ''alajan "ândi
mi
"^
aid (or is'mah
axu:h.
as'maS
lak, la:kin ti:gi taini (or

.
as'mah luku).
li
!
mdrQ(:)t zaki (li_jnrQ:t_axu:h)
ismahi
(or (or
mara:t axuih.
1 il il
nis'mah
lik la:kin ti:gi
tami
ismaSLnna). nis'maS luku).

il
itnein.
(li
'ara'jibhum).
ismahu(:)_nna, "âlajan
lak... laikin
wa-'t' fait.
xaddaim.
m^'âllim.
'
jismahu(i)_lku laikin tiigu taini.
is'mah
li
as'mah
tiigi
bukra
difference in the sense.

'
It follows that the

'
muJ
construction more distinctly
expects an answer yes

3
than the other.
Or ma'sikha. Or muJ kainu^b jimsikuiha.
For Conversational
I
Verb-Drill.
3rd speaker
(Ali,
Fatima).
82

XI.
falls on the penultimate. pronouns causes the shifting of the

1.
Notice that the accent of the aorist
But the
2.
suffixing of the
accent forward. Notice that the dative pronouns are treated exactly like
suffix
pronouns, so that they cause the same shifting of the
accent as the objective pronouns.

3.
The
il fdras] {partic.) and The participle describes more the upshot of the action, the indicative more its movement'. The aorist without [bi] is too vague^. But note that
difference
between
fdras]
[inta
raikib
[inta_b tirkab
il
is
very
slight.
not
all
verbs sound well with the participle construction
4.
5.
no rule can be given. (i) [kam The same difference comes out in the imperfect But here ra:kib ij husam], (2) [ka:n bi jirkab il husam]. [ka:n jirkab] is admissible, and gives the same meaning as (2). Use or disuse of [bi] with the aorist and negative.
for this
:
(i) (2)
In prohibitions In
denials
[bi]
is
not used.
(3)
and negative questions which refer to present or habitual action [bi] should be used. In denials and negative questions which refer to the
future
[bi]
is
not used.
'
In addition to
this,
the latter
may
also denote continuous or habitual
actions.
"
The reason
for this is that
when used alone
it
more naturally suggests
future.
APPENDIX TO CHAPTER XL
84

XII.
(i.)
The Past Tense Verb.
(2).
The Aorist with Negative.

(i).
(3).
Some
Indefinite Pronouns.
For Reading.
To-day
Abdul.
I
are Ali for instance.
and you Now, then, say to me What did you do when you were at your grandfather's
Aziz, the uncle of the children,
:
am Abdul
to-day
Ali.
At
first
when
(or
as soon as)
we went,
I sat
with
my
grandfather and
Abdul.
Ali.
my
grandmother.
I
Did your sister sit with them ? Of course, she sat beside her grandmother, and
grandfather.
(to
sat
beside
my
A bdul
Fat.
Fatima)
?
While you were
sitting
by your grandmother
what did you do

Abdul.
A little
after
we had
sat,
the drinks came, and
we
drank.
you drink with them ? As my sister drank, I drank too. course Ali. Of Abdul. And after you drank, what did you do ? Ali. We went down from upstairs, and went into the garden, and took the ball. We went on throwing it to one another, and
too, Ali, did
!
And you
after
we
finished
Abdul.
Ali.
we were very tired. Did you play alone, or did anybody play with you ? No, nobody played with us, only I played, and Fatima
played, and, yes, the servant played with us too.

'
For ?a''adt.
'
Only past tenses
in
are thus elided.

it
li 1
. .
85
tamriin l_itna:Jdr.
m^hadsa
e:h
'ûmumijja.
?
'ul
li,
inta
'âmalt
il
imbaiiih
.
nimt
.
wi_she:t
ftirt.
.
.w ibtadeit .w itgdddeit. .vv istdrajjaht. .wi Jribt. .wi kalt. wi xdtt...wi Wbt (rikibt). .wi Jammeit il hawa i tQJiib...w ijtdgdlt. .wi ?are:t. .w itkallimt. .wi nimt. "âmaltêh jo:m il hadd illi fa:t? 'umt' min in no:m wi Ibist^ hudu:mi zejj il "âida, wi ba'^dem ruht il kiniisa illi Ji Ja:ri'^. bi tibtidu s sa:<â ka:m ? bi nibtidi s sai'â kaza, wi mi:n bi jsolli hinaik ? il 'assiis. .bi jsalli hina:k. hu:wa wa'âz kaman il hadd illi fait ? ma'^luim wa'âz. wi ka:n bi jui'îz bi_xsu:g e:h ? wa"^2u kam "ân.
.
wi 'umt.
fi
.wi ruht
hamma:m.
. .
.wijbist.
.
.wi
d ddrs.
it
tamriin iLdrba'^taiJdr.
(2).
il
(i).
il
fi'^l
il
maidi.
mudGiri'^ bi
nafj.
(3).
ge:r,
'ajj,
nafs, za:t, ba'-d.

li
1
'iraija.
(i).
innahdrd_ana
''abd.
"âbd
il "âziiz li
"âmm' l_iwla:d,
inta
"âli
masa-
lan walla fatma, fa ?ul
ba'a
"âmaltu ?e:h
lamma kuttu
'a''âtt*'
"ând'
giddukum_innahdrda?
'âli.
awwilma ruhna
wajja giddi
wa
sitti.
'abd.
"âli.
uxtak
'?a''adit
ummad
(li
di ''a'âdit
wejja:kum ? gamb' sittaha, w_ana

'a'''tti(:)
'a'âtt'
gamb^
si:di.
"âbd
fatma).
lamma
gamb*
sittik
'â'malti(:)
?e:h?
fat.
-abd.
"âli.
ba'^dima ?a''âdna bi Jwaj ja hadarit ij Jdrbait wi_J(i)ribna.'^ w inta raixar ja "âli, Jiribt' wajjaihum ?
bi t tab"^
'âbd.
âli.
ma da:m_uxti 'jir(i)bit^ ana raixar Jiribt. wi ba'^dima Jiribtu "âmaltu ?e: ? ni'zilna min fo:' wi dd'xdlna 1 ginema wi_msikna 1 koira.
li
fidilna nih'difha
ba'-dina,
wi ba'^dima
xilisna^ ti'îbna 'awi.
âbd.
'âli.
li''ibtu_l
wah'duku walla hadd'

li''ib
1
'li''ib
wajjaiku
la
ma
iladdij
fatma_lli
3
li''bit.
aiwa, wi
wajjama, bass_an'a_llijl'îbt, wi xadda(:)m li''ib wajjama kaman.
Or xulusna.
86
Khalil
Ali,
{enters).

Seeing that you have played so
much
to-day,
don't play to-morrow.

All.
All right, father, I won't play to-morrow.
Zeid.
Abdul.
Fat.
Zeid.
Of course he won't play, sir. And you too, Fatima, don't play.
All right, father, we'll neither of us play.
Don't be
afraid,
(2).
sir,
they won't play.
[The next.]
.
Khalil (looking from the window) What are you doing there, you imps ? aren't you playing? Why I told you yesterday not to play to-day.
Alt.
No, father, we aren't playing.
Abdul.
Fat.
And
Very
you, Fatima, are you not playing
No, father,
well.
Fm
not playing.
Khalil.
Just open your books and look sharp

(3).
Mind you don't play or else (lest) I beat you. [" ma "], and don't sit there idle.
a favour (and) hand
1.
The Teacher.
please you,
Do me
is
me
a book.
Here,
this).
a book.
2.
Please give
me
are,
another book (= a book other than

take another.
Here you
3. 4.
Give me yet Any one of
another.
these,
Which one
of these
it
doesn't matter.
?
Thank
some
you.
of
Are
all
the books in this room your's
No,
them
are
5.
mine, some your's, and the rest belong to others. The person who steals what belongs to others, what do we call him ? The person who steals what belongs to others we call him a thief.
6.
Does the
others.
7.
Of course not a Ought we not to love others as ourselves Why

thief love himself or others
?
he loves
The person who

so.
'
loves others
is
?
thief.
yes, Christ
Himself said
I
8.
think the philosopher of China
commanded
?
the
same comit is
mand
g.
{or this
same command)
resembles).
No,
not the same,

?
only like
it {lit. is
And what
Christ
the difference between

of (positive)
them
The
Word
of
was by way
command
?
but the other,
10.
by way of (negative) You mean, the meaning

is
prohibition.
is
not the same
No, the meaning
not the same.

xaliil
til";abji
"âli.
87
ja
"âli
(daxal).
ma da:m
li'îbt'jitiirjnnahcirda
ma
bukra.
ma'^lehj j_abu:ja mâr'âbj' bukra.
teb'ân ja si:di
ze:d.
ma
jil'âbj.
xal.
fet.
wjnti kaman
ma'^lehji
ja
fatma
ma
til'â'biij.
ma
nil'âbjjhna IJtnem.
siidi
(2).
ze:d.
ma_txafj' ja
ma
jiFabuiJ.
[tami jo:m.]
ti'^milu ?e ja 'âfariit
?
xal. (jibusfii
til'âbuij
âli.
?
ma
la:
mij Jibba:k). bi' ?ult*Jkum imbairili
ma_b
ma
tiFabu:J innaharda.
j_abu:ja
ma_b
niFabJ."^
xdl.
fat.
w_inti
la:
ma_b
til'âbiij
ja
fatma
j_abu:ja
ma
b_aFabJ.
l(a)3_QdrQbku.
xal.
tejjib.
u:';u til'âbu
!
ma'
tiftafeu kitab-
ku wala
1.
tu'''udu:J kaslaniin
(3).
li
m'^hadsa.
ilmu'âllim. i'^mil ma'^rmf, na'wilni kta:b.
'itfQadQLa:dikta:b.
alio
2.
min fadlak
iddimi
ajji
iddiini kta:b ge(:)r
da.^xud;
fi
da_kta:b geiru.
?anho_f
3. 4.
kaman
il
wa:hid.
ajji wa:llid
do:l?
{or
do:l).
wa:liid
min
do:l
fi 1
wi
sala:m.
kattdr xe:rQk.
la:,
alia
kull
btu:''i
5.
illi
kutub illi wi Jwajja

bita''
'o:da btu:'âk?
minhum JuwQJja_
gema.
jisra'
bita*^
'illi
btu'^
hddritak wi
ni'ii:!
ba:?! btu''
?
jisra?
ge:ru
'âle:h_e:h
ge:ru nisammiih }iara:mi.
6.
il
hara:mi
nafsu.
bi_jhibbi
nafsu
walla
ge:ru
illijhibbi
ge:ru
mahuj
zejj*
il
hara:mi.
nafsina
.-or
il
7.
muj
jilzamna_nhibb' gerna
{or za:t
'umma:l
tab'ân
?
jihibb*
nafs
il il
masi:h ?al kida masi:h za:tu).

8.
masi:Ii,
masi:ll nafsu, or
aftikir failasu:f is si:n talab nafs
it
talab
''e:nu)
{or za:t or 'ê:n;
or
it
talab da za:tu, or nafsu, or bi
la
muJ
za:tu,
bass* jij'bih lu.

9.
wi
far"
?amr, la:kin
10.
^
ja'^ni
ka:n ma'^na muJ wa:hid

benhum
e:h
?
kala:m
il
masi:h bi
tari:'
il
dukha_b
tari:? in nahj.
?
la:, 'il
ma'^na
muJ
zejji ba'^du.
Not the negative ma, but the

^
particle signifying livehness or

(witli bi) witli
perempabove.
toriness.
3
Contrast the meaning here
m_aFabJ
particle
meaning "
for fear lest."
: .
89
For Systematic Grammar. XII. 1. Analysing this past tense of the verb, what are the two vowels that characterise the tense ? N.B. Practically all " sound " triliterals conform to one of those two types. (Only a very few in [u - u] are found.)
2.
3.
Note the difference in the 3rd feminine singular and the 3rd plural between the [i] -verbs and the [a] -verbs, The accent in both tenses is uniformly penultimate,' so long as no pronoun or negative is attached. Except only in the 3rd s. f. and 3rd p., when it is pro-penultimate, ['darabit,
'dsrabu 'mis(i)kit, 'mis(i)ku]. Notice the shifting of the accent on to the
4.
last syllable,
caused
by the
5.
suffixing of the enclitic
J.
Distinguish carefully
"they opened," or "he opened it." "they opened it." [ma fata'huij], "they did not open," 0;' "he did not open [ma fata'huhj], "they did not open it."
['fatahu],
[fata'hu:(h)],
6.
it."
Negative questions have a neat alternative construction

instead of [ma_b jihdarj?]
(pres.),
we may say [muj

jihdar])
"
bi jihdar ?]
and [ma jihdarj ?] (fut.), and [muj ha jihdar] {or [muj rah
n'est-ce qu'il arrive, arrivera."
Transition to the Arabic Reader.

point the student should begin a parallel series of lessons in the Reader, alternating them with the present series, which is systematised according
this
to
At
grammar, while in
the Reader the grammatical forms occur indiscriminately Naturally verb-forms will be occurring in the Reader which have not yet been
arrived at in this systematised series. But H is only an advantage, not a disadvantage, to have come across these forms naturally, and to have imbibed them unconsciously before studying them analytically In general it may be said that such forms are characterised either by apparent omissions [e.g. Ja:f, Juft, where one of the three radicals seems to have disappeared), or by additions, such All these modifications are studied analytically and in detail in as it- or ist-. Chs. XX. to XXVII " Reader " should not only be " read," but studied conversationally. The A model lesson is given on p. 230, wherein it is shown that even at this early stage it is possible for such lessons to be given in Arabic without any use of English. The student must keep the teacher up to this. Great use must be made of short questions and answers based on the text. Later on, of course, the pace may and should be quickened. Section II. of the Reader {Bible and other pieces) should not be thought of as SUCCEEDING Section I, but as parallel to it. The Gospel extracts are as good to begin on as the Anecdotes, because of their simplicity and the familiarity of
, .
their subject-matter.
The two
sections
may
well be alternated.
'
Except da'rabt, which, however,
is
hardly an exception, as
it is
so
often found with a terminal euphonic vowel da'rabt'.
go

XIII.
(i).
The Past Verb, with Negative, and with

[On
the
the Conjunctive
Pronouns.
Third Day.]
For Reading.
Khalil.
Ali.
I
Tell me, All, did

I
you play yesterday or not

it,
Father,
all
:
neither threw the ball nor caught

I
nor did
play at
but the lesson,
learned
it.
Khalil.
just like ball
Ali.
But
!
saw you throw up your book and catch
it
nor caught
Kh.
That was not yesterday. Yesterday I neither threw up my book, and I didn't play at all. And you, you female-imp, did you neither throw up
?
nor catch the ball (book)
Fatima.
No, father, we
my
brother and I
neither
all.
threw
just
nor caught the ball (book), and

did our lessons.
we
didn't play at
We
Kh.
it,
Angels truly
all
!
You
neither threw
up the
ball,
nor caught
nor played at
[Enter Zaid.]
Kh.
Is that true,
?
Zaid?
Did
Ali not
throw nor catch the

?
ball nor play at all
And
the female-imp too, did she not throw
the ball nor catch
it
nor play the whole day long
Zaid.
It's
quite true,
all.
sir.
They
neither threw nor caught
the ball nor played at
Kh.
Glorious
The imps became angels

the
in a single day.
(2).
The Indefinite Singular;
Dual;
the Phiral.
For Conversation.
Teacher.
little
Enough
of
these
verbs
to-day.
Let us talk a
on some other
Pupil.
topic.
Let's talk
on the word " one."
Why
the word one
(of all others).
'
hafadt.
Notice a delicate distinction between Juftak hadaft, " I saw you " (the completed action as such), and Juftak bi tihdif (maisik).
'
throw

it (i).
il
fi*^!
91
tamriin
bi
[fi
it
talatta:Jar.
il
maidi
n
1
nafj
wi bi_d dama:?ir
illi
il
muttasila.
joim
11 1
ba'^du.]
'iraija.
?
xal.
âli.
l''îbtij
?ul
j
li
ja
"âll,
114bt lmba:rih walla la
abuija
la
hadaft
il
ko:ra
wala^msik'taha,
wala_
zejjjl
bi
mdrrd
amma
Juftak
d ddrs hsfattu."
hadaft^
il
xdl.
walaikin
kita:b
wi_msiktu
il
ko:ra
"âli.
da
ma
kanj imbairih.
1
imba:rih la hadaft
kita:b
\vala_msiktu walaj'îbtij bi
xdl.
mdrrd.
hadaftiij
j
wjnti
il il
ja 'âfriita
ma
ko:ra
msik'tiiha
msik'ti:h
?
kita:b /
'^^ ^
(^
fst.
la j_abuija,
'ana w_axu:ja
(msikna:h),
ma
hadaf'naij
il
1
ko:ra
(il
kita:b)
wala
msik'naiha
walaj'îbnaj bi
mdrrd,
d ddrs' hafsdnaih. ba?a ntu malajka! wala Fibtuiji bi 1 mdrrd

bass'
xdl.
!
la
hadaftu
il
koira wala msiktu:ha

msik'tuih).
kita:b
fi
1
[ddxdl ze:d
xdl.
sahi:ll
1
hail.]
*âli
1
kida ja ze:d?
?
la
hadaf
koira wala ra'sikha

la 'hadafit
il
walaj'îbji bi
mdrrd
. .
.
wi
"âfriita
kaman,
?
koira
wala mis'kitha wala

[il
li'^'bitj' tu:l
. . . .
in nahair
kita:b
'misku
mis'kitu
1
('hadafu.
.hada'fitu).]
ze:d.
li'^buij' bil
[il
tamam
mdrra.
ja si:di la 'hadafu
koira wala mis'kuiha wala
kitaib, mis'kui(h) .... (llada'fui(h)).]
xdliil.
subhain aliaih!
il
'âfariit
ba'u malajka
fi
joim
waihid
(2).
in nakira bi
mufrad
li
1
it
tasnija
il
gam'^.
m'^hadsa.
'afâil
il
mu'âllim.
bi_zjaida_l
fi
doil!
innahdrda
nitkallim
fi
xallima
lafzit'
nitkallipi
Juwajja
mawdui'^
Isfzit
ger
kida.
" waihid."
it
tilmiiz.
ijmi''na'*
waihid
" I
saw you throwing (catching) " 3 Or lafz, or kilmit.

^
(the action going on).
See p. 43.
92
2. 3.

So that you
I
may know
(how
.
to) talk
with
it.
4.
5.
Now, how many you a book. .kindly take it books have you ? I have just one book. And how many watches have you on you ? I have one watch. That is, not two or three books nor two or three watches.
now
give
6.
When you want

servant
?
a cab, for example, what do you say to the

"
7. 8.
And when you want a plate Just so, we don't say, " fetch one
?
:
Fetch an arabiya." " Fetch a plate." plate, one carriage, " because your request is (for) any carriage, i.e. a carriage not specified nor known any plate, i.e. not specified, not known.
I
say to the servant,
say,
9.
Please look at the picture

there?
who
is
(the one)
who
?
is
standing
That
is
a (certain)' gardener.
10.
Why
have we used the word " one " here

say too
" I
Because
he
is
specified.
11. 12.
And we
Well then, when what do I say

Well, and
I
?
saw a (certain) lady," i.e. a specific one. want a cab or a porter or a plate or a spoon
"
You say,
want a
say, "
Fetch a cab. ..."
13.
14.
15.
16. 17.
You Fetch one cab, one plate." us We have finished the talk about the singular; about the Say Khalil has he an eye He has two eyes your And where are my eyes Your eyes are
do
I
when
?
cab, not two, a plate, not two,
what
talk
say
let
dual.
on, please.
in this picture,
in his
face.
in
face.
Yes, and your eyes are in your face and the eyes of the lady
Galila are in her face,
and the eyes
of the little girl are also
in her face, so that the eyes of us all are in our face(s).

so,
{And
hands,
feet.)
18.
How many
are
19.
20.
are walking on their feet in the picture ? There two walking on their feet. Are the lady and the girl walking on their feet ? No, the lady is not walking on her feet. Now let us say something about the plural. Please do. = Here are four books, two of them big books, and two little books.
'
ginajni
is,
in fact, in apposition to
;
wa:hid, which
is
here more a
substantive than a numeral
"I saw a
word
itself is for
gina:jini, "
A man
(certain) one, a gardener." The of or belonging to gardens " (gina:jin).

2.
3.
93
"âlajan inta ti'^raf titkallim bi:h kuwajjis.
dilwQ't_addi: lak kita:b;
kam
4. 5.
ja'^ni
kitaib
wi_ni";ak
ma'âija^^ktaib waihid kam ma'âija^

?
'itfaddaUmsik.
bass.
sai'â
ma"âk dilwa^t^
sai'â ?
waMa.
wala sa'^tem wala
li
1
mahuj kitabem wala

'ârabijja
talat kutub,
talat sa'â:t.
6.
lamma^fûiz
a'u:l
li 1
masalan, tPu:Le:h
xdddaim?
x6dda:m
" hat "ârsbijja."

'
7. 8.
wi lamma_t'îi:z sahn
sahiili,
a'uil
"hat
sahn.''
ma_n'ulj' " hat wa:hid sahn," "hat wahda "ârabijja," âlajan talabak 'ajji "ârabiija, ja'^ni arabi:ja muj mdxsuisa
;
wala ma'^luima
9.
'aj ji
sahn,
;
ja'^ni
muJ mdxsuis wala ma'^luim.

ill*
min
fadlak, buss' fis su:ra
mi:n
wa:'if da
da waihid
ginajni.
10.
'ulna " waihid " leih

wi_n?uil kamain " Juft
"âlajan
huiwa mdxsuis.
11. 12.
wahda
sitt," ja'^ni
Jajjail,
wahda mdxsuisa.
Jajjail,
ba'a lamm_a'ûiz
a'uil eih
'ârabiija
?au
'au sahn, ?au ma'^la'a, hat hat sahn,
?ti'uil
" hat
'ârabiija,
hat ma'^la'a."
13.
wi lamm_a'û:z
a?uil
''arabijja,
muJ
"ârabijtein,
eih? ti'uil "hat

fi 1
"ârabijja
sahn muJ sahnein, wahda, sahn waihid.

Juwajja
fi t
14.
xilisna mil kalaim
mufrad.
"êin ?
ni'uil
tasnija.
itfaddal
15.
xdliil
illi
'uil.
fis
suira di luh
luh
'ê(i)'nein
fi
wijju
{or
''"enein_itnein).
16. 17.
w_ana
''enajja^ fein
"êneik
fi
wijjak.
"ênein
is
sahiih w_inta 'eneik

'ala kida tib'a
fi
wiJJak, wi
sitt'
gah:la_f
wijjaha, w_il bint_is sugajjdra 'êneiha ruxra_f wijjaha,
'enema kuUina
"âla
wijjina.
(wi kida, 'iid,
idem, ideik,
18.
rigl,
riglem, rigleik.)
rigleih
kam
is
waihid
fis
suira maiji
?fiiha_rba'â
majjiin
âla rigleihum.
19.
sitt'
w_il bint maJjiin

'âla rigleiha.
fil
"âla
rigleihum?
^lai,
is
sitt'
mij
majja
20.
ni'uil dilwa'^tLJwajja
gam"^.
itfaddal
"my
'uil.
=hin(a)
drba''
kutub,
^
3
minhum kitabem
"my
kubair, wi_ktabein sugajjariin.
Or
'mi'îi.
And
so riglajja,
feet (legs)," idajja,
hands."
^4
21.
Show me
the big ones from the small ones.
These here are

little ones.
the two big books, and these are the two

22.
Now
Kh. Kh. Kh. Kh.
one of us
is
Khalil and the other
is
one of his servants[:
Fetch two spoons. Here are the spoons. No, we want two spoons only. Here are two spoons. Bring two big spoons, not little ones. Here are two
big spoons.
Now
:
take
away
these spoons,
and fetch three
little
tea-
spoons.
Here
are three little tea-spoons.

plate, plates
;
[And so
knive, knives
fork, forks,
chair, chairs
porter, porters
cook, cooks.]
Kh.
Right,
sir.
Fetch two hefty porters
no,
three
hefty
porters.

1.
XUI.
?
When
after
is
? ?
[wa:hid] placed before the substantive
and when
and when
is it
a mistake to use
it
with an indefinite
noun
2.
[itnem]
may
be used after a dual to emphasise the exact
number.
3.
4.
The The
adjective agreeing with the dual
noun
is
plural,
never dual.
is
adjective agreeing with plural
may be
plural or feminine
singular (the latter provided that the substantive
not
human).
5. 6.
Pick out the sound plurals in the above sentences.

Notice
boy,
where
etc.
sound plural occurs

(b)
:
(a)
Names
:
of trades
[Jajjad, Jajja(:)lim], cp. [xabba:z] baker, [llammair]
donkey[maisik,
:
Generalise this form,

(c)
Participles
e.g.
maskim]. N.B.
Some
adjectives
cp. the diminutives
e.g.
[sugGJjdrim].
7.
The
[n] of
the dual,
e.g.
in [riglein] is suppressed
when
8.
Write out [rigle:(n), 'êne:(n), ide(in)] {a) with a noun, and (b) with all the pronouns. N.B. Parts of body, and near relations, never construct with [bita:';].
constructed with pronouns.

21.
95
doil
il
warriini
il
kubair mis sugejjcirim.

il
ahum
kitabe:n
kuba:r, wi do:l
kitabem
xdli:I
is
it
sugajjarim.
ta:ni waiftid
22.
dilwQ^t' waihid
minna
min x6dda(:)-
mi:nu.
xal. xal. xal.
hat ma'^la'tein.
la:
ahumma_l
kuba:r
ma'-aili'.
'âwzin
ma'^la'tern_itne:n
bass.
'ahum
ma'Jla'te:!!.
hat
ma''la?tein
muj
il
sugajjarim.
li
ahum
ma'^la'tem kuba:r.
xal.
dilwa't'
li
Ji:l_il
ma'âih? do:l
kuba:r, wi hat talat ma"â:li?
sugajjarim
Ja:j'.
ahumma talat
suhum
;
ma'âili'
sugajjarim
J Ja:j.
[wi kida sahn, sahnem,
sikkima, sikkintem, sakakim

Jo:ka, Joktem, Jiwak
;
kursi, kursijem, karaisi

Jajjail,
Jajjalem, Jajjalim
;"
tabbaix, tabbaxem, tabbaxim.]

xal.
gamdi:n.
hat Jajjalem itnem

^ha:air ja si:di.
gamdim
la:... hat talat Jajjali:n
' This is called "the sound plural," gam*^ is sihha, because it merely adds to the singular, and does not change its form. Compare the English plural in -s. The plural that changes the form of the singular is called " the broken plural," gam'' it taksi:r. Compare English " man, men."
(3).
Exercise on the Members of the Body.

1.
1.
ra:s ir ra:gil bi tiw'ga'û.
The man's head pains him.

I have headache. She has ,, We have ,,
ra:si_b tiwga''ni.
rasha b tiwga'^ha.
ru(:)sna
2.
b tiwga'^na.
tewi:l,
Ja'^rak
la:zim a'ussu.
2
3.
Your hair is (too) long, I must cut it.
3.
widami fiiha 'utn. widanna fi:ha ?utn. widni 1 jamim bi tiwga'^ni.
My
Our
ears
have cotton

in them.
My
right ear aches.
4-
(3).
tamrim
fi
'a'^doj gasad.
13.
For Conversational
I.
I.
ma
fa'taStiJ
il
ba:b ja zp:d
Verb-Drill.
WITH Negative.
100
XIV.
For Conversation.
The Numerals from
i to lo.
Days
of Week.
Seasons.
Months.
The prayer of the Christians, on which day of the week is it ? The Christians' prayer is on Sunday. And the day which is after Sunday, what is its name ? What a question After Sunday is Monday. And after Monday, what ? After Monday comes Tuesday. How many days are there from Sunday to Tuesday ? From Sunday to Tuesday there are three days. How much do two piastres and one make ? Two piastres and one make three piastres.
!
How many
Khalifas are there
after
Mohammed
^Three
"good" Khahfas, they being Abu Bakr, Omar, and Osman. What is this Is Ah not among them ? Yes, true I am wrong. So, then, they become four Khahfas.
!
How many How many

10
piastres are there to the franc
There are four

are) in it
piastres to the franc.
seasons are there in the year ?

of them, (there are) in
(There
four seasons.
And every season
it
how many months
..three
months.
'
Or aw but not walla. This word for prayer means properly

;
liturgic prayer,
whether public
or private.
3 Lit.
" It happens you annoy."

it
li
il
1
lOI
tamrim 1 m'hadsa
drba'^taijdr.
1
"ûmumijja.
waiRid lamma_jru:ll fusSa li 1 hdram bi ji'^mil e:, bidd afham, "âlajan ana kaman "âwuz aru:li. Juif ja si:di. lamina tuxrug min be:tak taixud [tirkab] tramwaij il hdram, ja: mil iâtaba
xddra,
ja:'
hina:k, wi
min Ja:ri'; bula:?. wi ba'^d talattjrba:"; sa:';a tiwsal Lahsan tina"i wa:liid mil "^drab illi wa?fi:n hina:k
kulli
fo:?
'alajan
jiwdrri:k
ha:ga wi
il
jliu:J
"ânnak
il
ba?ji:n.
wi
lamma_thibbi
il
titla"^
ta:xud wajja:k tala:ta lluku:ma. u ba'^de:n

illi
hdram walla_txujji gu:wa, la:zim mil "^drab, muj a'all^ min tala:ta, bi 'amr
ma
tinsa:f titfdrrag 'âl(a)_abu
ho:l
wi
biba:n
gambu.
li
1 1
m^hadsa.
li
a''da:d
il
min wa:hid
il
'djdrd. l_ujhur.
ijja:m
1.
gum'â.
fusu:l.
is sala^ 'ând
il
masi:hijji:n
fLnhe jo:m mil gum'â?

il
is
sala
ând
2.
il
masi:hijji:n tiku:n jo:m

illi
hadd.
?e:h?
w
wi
il
jo:m
!
ba'^d
il
il
haddjsmu
ha(:)kim
it
inta_
mda:ji'
3.
ba''d
hadd jo:mLitne:n.
?
ba'^d'
Litne:n_e:h
ba'^d'
jo:m
?
Litne:n jo:m
?
tala:t.
4.
mil hadd' Ht tala:t

ijja:m.*
kam kam
mil
wi
hadd
'irj
li_t_tala:t ta'latt
5.
'irje:n
wi
'irj jib?u
'irje:n
jib'u ta'lat 'uru:J.
6.
kam
xdli:fa
ba''di_mhammad
7.
'abu bakr, wi "ûmdr, wi 'ûsma:n. d_eh da wi "lali muJ wQJja:hum? 'aiwa sahiih ana 9alta;n
!
hum
ta'lat
xulafa
rajdi:n,
wi^
"ala kida jib'u drba*- xulafa.

8.
Lafrank kam
is
'irj
afrank
drba''
''uru:J.
9.
Sana
fi:ha
kam
fasl
fih(a)
dr'ba''
fusu:l.
10.
wi
kull' fasl'
minhum kam
Jahr?
kulli fasl'
minhum
talatt_
ujhur.
'^
Or, one
is
dropped and the word becomes i:ja:m, the
i:
being however
only half-long.
5 The translation shows that this wi is not the coordinating conjunction " and," but a subordinating particle which maybe rendered variously by a participle, a, relative, or some conjunction like " while."
102
II
How many days

.
are there between
Sunday and Wednesday ?
.four days.
12
How many
Testament
persons wrote the gospels which (are) in the

?
New
They who wrote the gospels
(are)
?
four persons.
13
How many piastres

go to the
shilling.
are there to the shilling
Five piastres
?
14
15
Between Monday and Friday how many days are there

.
. .
five days.
How many
.
months are there between January and May

there in the half-year
?
iive
months.
their name(s), of
16,
How many months are

Tell
six
months.
your favour (= if you Their name(s) are January, etc., and May, etc.
piastres go to ij francs
?
me
please).
18 19
20. 21.
How many
How many
Which week
Four
is
Six
?
?
piastres.
Howmanydaj'scomebetweenSundayand Friday?
days are there in the week
.
...six
days.
22.
23.
How
two
seven days. The day of the Saturday. piastres plus three make how many Seven many piastres go to two francs Eight piastres to
. .
the last day of the seven
last
is
piastres.
francs.
24.
How many months

August
?
are there from January to
as far as)
eight months.
last
25.
TeU me about the and August.

Tell
two
of them.
The
last
two are July
26.
me
the name(s) of the seasons of the year.

is
The
of
first
is
season of them
called spring,
and the second
them
?
summer,
27.
etc., etc.
How many
people
{or individuals)
were there in the Ark
Eight people
28.
{or individuals).
How many
piastres are there in a shilling
and a franc
In
one shilhng and one franc there are nine piastres.

29.
And how many months are there from January to September ? From January to September there are nine months.
This relative, which is indeclinable, may have an expressed or (as an unexpressed antecedent. * This plural, which is a common type, has a for its first vowel, ?anfair. But ' being lost in continuous speech, the previous passing vowel i prevEiils
'
here)
over the
a.
ijhur
may
also be heard.
Unelided, ?uru:J".

11.
I03
be:n
il
hadd' wi Ldrba"^
kam
jo:m?
fi
^be:n
il
hadd' wi l_drba'^_
gidi:d
?
dr'ba'^tjjjaim.
12.
kam
ij
nafdr katabuj
1
bijaijir
illi
"âhd
il
illi'
katabu
13.
Jillin
bija:jir cir'ba'^t'jifair.''
?irj" ?
kam
îj
Jillin
xa'mas
jo:m
?
?uru:J.
14.
bem
itne:n wi
gum'â
kam
xa'mast_ijja:m.
15.
kam
Jahr be:n janaijir wi
be:n l_itnem wil gum'-a maiju bem wi maiju

?
jana:jir
xa'mast_ujhur.3
16.
17.
nuss' s Sana
'uLli
kam Jahr ?: nuss' sana sitt_ujhur. 'âla_smuhum min fadlak. janaijir, wi mdrs, wi'abri:!, wi ma:ju, wi junju.
fibraijir,
wi
18. 19.
l_afrank wi nuss
kam
1
?irj ?
afronk wi nuss
wi bem
il
il
hadd wi
fi:ha'
gum'â
kam
il
jo:m
^bem
il
sitt'_''ru:J.'*
il
hadd wi
gum'â sitt_ijja:m.
20.
gum'â
sabt.
kam
jo:m
21.
a:xir
jo:m
fi:ha 'eh
hu:wa
gum'-a sa'ba'^t_ijja:m.
usbu:''
aixir jomi^ f
joim
is
22. 23.
cirba''
'uruij wi talaita jib'u

'irj
?
Lafrankem kam
kam
'irj
saba''
'uruij.
^1
afrenkem taman
'uruij.
24.
kam
'ul
Jahr min janaijir li tiadd_dgostus lladd_dgostus taman't_ujhur.

li
min
janaijir
li
23.
"âla
litnein Ldxra'nijjiin'
minhum.
litnein l_dxranijji:n
julju
26.
dgostus.
?ulj.i 'âla_sm' fusuil is_sana.

rabii'',
'awwil
wi ta'niihum
is
seif,
fasl' minhum_lsmii_r wi ta'lithum il xariif, wi
ra'bi'-hum'' iJ Jita.
27.
kam
fih
fih
kam
?irj
Jdxs'
fi 1
28.
kam kam
fi
JiUin
ta'mantLJxais.'" wi_frQnk wi
fulk
? ?
fi
Jillin
frank
ti'sa"^
?uruij.
29.
wi
Jahr
min
janaijir li_stimbir
min
janaijir ILstimbir
tisa'^t_ujhur.
7
'
Or 1 usbui'^ fih. Or ?a'xirhum, or

m. ^dx'rami, Or nafdr.
/.
^ il
Or
il
?aixir
minhum,
or
joim_il 'dxraini. il 'dxraini minhum
the last of them."

8 9
'dxra'niija, p. 'dxrani'jiin. " For ajxais or nfair
(for
anfair).
104
30.

Half a dollar (makes)
ten piastres.
how many
piastres
Half
a dollar
31-
From March to the end of the year is how many months? From March to the end of the year is ten months.
Please
{lit.
32.
of
your goodness)
tell
me
the names of the four
33-
34-
them are Septemand October, and November, and December. How long have you been in Egypt ? {or how many months, weeks, days). I have been .... in Egypt. How long is it till your summer hohday ? It is .... till my
last of
them.
The names of the four
last of
ber,
summer hohday.
35-
36.
me the names of the days of the week, all of them. Sunday, and Monday, and Tuesday, and Wednesday, and Thursday, and Friday, and Saturday. How do we say the fraction ( = part) of each number ?
Tell
The
(one) part of 10
we
..
call
.
a tenth.
Zl-

30.
105
nuss>
rija:l
kam
li
'irj
?nuss'
sana
rijail "âjar ?uru:J.
31.
min
is
ma:ris^
'aixir is
kam
Jahr?
^min mams li'aixir

minhum?
sana
'^cij"dr't_ujhur.
'''ul
32.
min fadlak
li
'âla_sm_il_arba'âj 'dxrenijja
ism_il_drba'âj[ 'dxranijja minhum_istimbir, wi akto:bdr wi
nuifimbir wi disimbir.
33.
ba''a: lak 'add_e:
jo:m).
34.
ba'?i:
fi
mesr
fi
{or
kam
Jahr,
kam
ba'?i:_
gum'â,
kam
^ba'?a:
li
mesr.
?
lak
?add_e
?abli fushit is se:f
li
'aW
1
fushit is se:f.
35. ?ul
li
"Jala^smjjjaim Lusbu:'' kuUuhum.

t talait,
U hadd, wi
?
itnein,
wi
36.
il
wi Ldrba"^, wi_l xdmi:s, wi

"âdad ni'u:l 'âleih 'e:h
ni'uil
,,
gum'â, wi s sabt.
guz'
min kuU'
il
guz min 'djdrd
,,
'aleih ''ujr.
,,
il
tis''a
tus"^.
tamanja
sab'â
sitta

,,
,,
tumn.
sub'',
suds,
xamsa
drba''a
talaita
,,
xums.
rub'^.
tilt.
37.
ta'lat
gineha.'t
kam nuesLgneih
kaza
kull'
ta'lat
gineha:t
sittL
nsQis.
(wi
kasr mil kusuir)
6ths
I06
XIV.
Observe the difference in the form of the numerals i to lo
under three different circumstances

1.
When When When
alone,
without a noun following.
Collect these
from
heads of exercises.
2.
followed
by a by a
(plural)
tabulate the numerals 3 to 10 with [ujhur]

3.
followed
(plural)
tabulate the numerals 3
Examples.
noun beginning with a vowd (= months). noun beginning with a consonant 10 with [rigga:la] (= men).
tis'-a
ti'sa''t_infa:r
tisa''
riggaila.
4.
What
is
the " measure " of the Arabic fractions, singular and

?
plural
5.
How
is
"
how
i.
long " rendered in Arabic

this
Note on
does foUow.
Sometimes
form
is
used, even
when a noun
See Willmore's Colloquial Grammar, 35.
'^
en
<
s o
I08
EGYPTIAN COLLOQUJAI. ARABIC
XV.
Moods.
(i).
{"Can," "Musi,"
etc.)
In
the present tense.
A Master
of the House asks his Servant on the Subject OF A Party.
FOR READING.
1. 2.
Marcus.
Girgis.
We want to have a party to-morrow, Girgis (George). Why not There's no objection.
!
3.
4. 5. 6.
M.
G.
Good
No,
Yes,
can you wait at

possible for
it
alone
it isn't
me
to wait alone.
M.
G.
Then we must
get another one.
we need
get
I
another.
?
7.
8.
M.
G.
Can you
No,
him
can't get him, because

?
am
not from here.
When
are the guests coming

9.
10.
11. 12.
They will be here at noon exactly. Then we can't be finished with the cooking. M. If you get up early, why ever can't you finish ? Would it not be better to sweep the house to-day G.
G.
M.
13.
M.
G.
Very well, you shall sweep you will not have time.
All right, certainly,
I
it
to-day, because to-morrow
14.
am
going to sweep right now.
Is
not the maid going to sweep with

15.
me
M.
No, the maid
is
going to sweep the ladies' room.

it
li
lOQ
tamrimjs xamastaijdr.
1
m'hadsa
it
"Jumumijja.
is
[Jugl
it
tabbaix.]
tebbaix
subh'
badri jirsttib
"âleih
il
il
matbax wi
jkuin
filu:s
il
ba'^d'
kida jihaddsril 'akl, wi jxdddira
WQ'tima_
is
sufragi bi jsallah
'uwad
in no:m.
wi ba'-d
futuir jarxud
mil xdwaiga walla

1 li
gdda wi
"âja.
lawaizim wi ba'^dima jijtiriihum jijidhum bi nafsu, 'aw

s sitt, jiruih is su:' "âlajan jijtiri
jifajjilhum
il
Jajjad.
it
u ba'^dima
tanja,
mi'âid.
jirga'^
il
be:t jibtidi
jihsdaar
il
xudair wil haga:t

1
wi
s sa:'â_hda:J"ar
jutbux, ''alajan
'akl jikuin mistiwi
fi 1
1
wi
hagait
it
tanja
wi ba'^d il gdda jinaddaf is suhuin wisxd, wi ba'^dem jitla'- fusRa, wala jirga"^!
il
ta:ni 'ilia "âlajan jigahhiz
"âja.
ba'^d
ja'^ni
il
"âja
jihaisib
"-al
il
xdwaiga walla
'addê:.
sitt
"ân
bi.]
illi
sarafu,
ji'ud
lu
hisa:b
[Do also with
il
'afâ:! ji'ddr, jilzam,

(i).
fi
1
wi gerha.
ha:].
fi
saihib belt bi jis'al xddda'^mu

li
mawdu:'^ 'ûzuima.
'iraija.
1.
mur'us.
girgis.
''awzim ni'^mil 'ûzuima bukrd ja girgis.
2.
wi 'ma: lu
tajjib,
ma
fij ma:ni'^.
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
fi:haj wahdak dxdim li wahdi. la:, ma jimkinni:J girgis. mur'us. ba'a jilzamna_ngi:b wahid ta:ni. girgis. aiwa, jilzamna wahid ta:ni.
mur'us.
jimkin
tixdim
mur'us.
girgis.
ti'ddr tigi:bu
la
m_aMdrJ
agi:bu
?
'âlajan
manij min hina.
id
duju;f rahi:n ji:gu ?emta

9.
mur'us.
girgis.
10. 11.
"âla
jihdaru hina_d duhr tama:m. kida ma jimkinnaij nixlas mit tabi:x.
mur'us.
girgis.
ma daim
muj
?)
ti?u:mu badri,
niknis
il
ma jimkinku:J tixlasu_zza:j ?
be:t
12.
rQhi:n
innarhdrdajisan
[or
muj" ha niknis
13.
14.
bdrdu tiknis'u:h_innahdrda, "âlajan mur?us. ha_jku:n <;andukum waH. tajjib umma:l, h_aknis dilwQ?t_aho girgis.
!
bukrd
il
muJ
xddda:ma
miJ
15.
raj ha tiknis wajja:ja

la:, il
mur'us.
xddda:ma ha
tiknis odt
il
hariim.
no
i6.
17.

G.
Then
you!
(2)
am
to sweep, myself alone

till
M.
Just wait
she
is
done, and then she will sweep with
The same, past
tense [or conditional].
(The numbers refer to those in the above Exercise.)

[A.
Indicative.
B. Conditional.y
wanted to have a party yesterday. should have liked to have a party yesterday. 2. There was no objection. Were you able to wait by yourself? 3- (A. \B. Would you have been able to wait by yourself? No, I could not wait by myself. 4. (A. Is. No, I could not have waited by myself. (A. We had to bring another. 5\B. We should have had to bring another (or we ought have brought another^). A. Were you able to bring him ? 7-1 \b. Could you have brought him ?
i.jA.
[B.
We We
to
No, I couldn't bring him. No, I couldn't have brought him. They were to arrive, or were about to arrive, g. lo.y^. We could not get finished. \b. We should not have been able to finish.
8.
(A.
\B.
12.
Were we not going

to sweep)
?
to
sweep
(i.e.
intending to sweep, or about
14.
was
just about to sweep.
' Nota bene, the Arabic which meaning is intended.
is the
same whether for
or B.
Context decides
The double
is
there
possibility in this case is due to the act in the colloquial only one verb for the " must " of compulsion, and the " must " of
to)
;
duty
{= ought
i.e.
jilzam.

i6.
III
girgis.
17.
mur?us.
'ummal_ana reli_aknis li wahdi ? ma^ tisbur lamma tuxlus, wi hi:ja
tiknis wajja:k
(2).
T.
il
'afâil do:l
nafsuhum
bi
ma:di.
kunna
"âwzi:!!
nimil ''uzuima mbairill.
2. 3.
ma
kanj
fiji
mami*^.
4.
kan jimkin tixdim fi:ha 1 wahdak ? {or kutti ti'dcir tixdim? or kan jimkinak. ?) la: ma kan J* jimkinn(i) axdim li wahdi {or ma 'amkanniij).
. . .
5.
kan jilzamna
nigiib waihid tami {or ka:n la:zim,
kam jilzam)."*
7.
kutt' ti''ddr tigi:bu

tigiibu
?).
(or kutt' ti'^ref tigiibu
or
kam
jimkinak
8.
la
ma
kuttij a'ddr agiibu {or
dSi%.i)
{or
ma
kanJ' jimkinni).
9.
kamu ha
jihdaru
{or rellim).
10.
ma
kanji jimkinna nixlas.

niknis
12.
muj kunna rahim

kutti rafiâknis
fi
14.
sa'îtha.
The
ma
introducing peremptory or lively command.
These two alternatives are much better if " ought " is intended rather " had to.'' N.B. la:zim gibt means " I must have brought". than
4
>-l
>
i-l
<
O H
<:
1-1
o
o
> o
114
XVI.
Ordinals.
1.
Colours.
Deformities.
To-day
2.
3.
4.
have ten questions on the subject of defects and If you please, say to us the questions, and the colours. answers (wiU be) on us. The first question is on the colour of the Berberi, what is it ? The first answer to this question (is) that the colour of the Berberi is brown, the Berberi woman is brown, and their children are aU brown. The second question is on the colour red namely, who is red ? Among the Indians of America is the red man, and the red woman, and the red children. And, likewise, the third question is on the people of China, about yellow people. The fourth question (is) on the people The fifth of England (of) long ago, about blue people. question is on the people of Europe, about white people. The sixth question is on the people of the Soudan, about
I
black people.
5.
parenthetic question.
Khadra "
("
Why did they call the the Green Threshold ") by that
!
"Ataba name ?
el
It
6.
would seem that (it was) because there is nothing green there of any kind whatever is the blue of the sky paler than the blue Eighth question of the water of the salt sea, or darker ( = deeper) than it ? No, the blue of the water of the salt sea is far deeper than
;
the blue of the colour of the sky.

' Or And so we il kitaib Lawwilami, il gawa:b Lawwilami. have the alternatives throughout, tami kitaib or il kitaib it ta:ni, etc., etc.

it
li
1
II5
tamrim m'hadsa
is
is sitta:J"dr.
1
'ûmumijja.
[Jugl is sufragi.]
il
sufragi
awwilma
ji:gi fis
subh jinaffad
'uwad, wi mdrra fi 1 gum'â jigsil il balait wi jnaddaf ij Jababiik wi jimsall il 'izaiz. u ba'-d' kida jifiij is sufrd li 1 futu:r. wi_jhut*' lawaizim is sufrd. wi f wa't il futu:r ma jxdddimj, la:kin jirattib 'uwad in no:m, ja'^ni jijiil il majja 1 wisxd, wi jimsah il lawomainu, wi jhutt majja ndiifa, wi jsallah il fdrj (saraijir),
wi jiftah iJ Jababiik "âlajan jihawwi 1 'o:da. wi mdrrd fi 1 gum'â jigajjdr il bajddait kuUaha. wi f wa't il gdda wi 1 'aja wi J J"a:j jilbis gallabijja_ndi:Ja wi jxdddim 'âla 'akl il be:t. wi s sufragi_jxdlli ba:lu mil gdras wi jddxxdl id dujuif
wi_jji:l in namusijja,
lamma
1.
jizu:ru 'ahl
a'^daid
il
be:t.
[Do also with

1
bi.]
il
it
tdrtiib.
alwain.
fi
1
'ûju:b.
''andi_nnahdrda
''ajdr 'as'ila
il
maudu:'^_il "ûjuib wi l_alwa:n.
itfaddal
2.
'u:l
?as'ila,
wi
'agwiba
"âleina.
awwil su'a:r
ân
is
lo:n il bdrbari huiwa e:h? awwil gawa:b' da 'inn' lo:n il bdrbari 'asmdr, wil bdrbarijja samrd, wi_wladhum kuUuhum sumr.
fi
su'ail
3.
4.
tami su'a:l fi 1 lorn 1 ahmdr, wi hu:wa, mi:n ahmdr wi Samrd wi humr ? -il hunuid Ijmrikam fi:hum ir raigU Lahmdr wi s sitt il hamrd, wi ljwla:d il humr. wi ha:kaza ta:lit su'ail 'an 'ahl is sim, fi: ?asfdr wi safrd .ra:bi''_su''a:l 'an aha:li_(i)ngilterra zamam, fi: wi sufr. .xa:mis su''a:l 'ân 'ahl' 'urubba, zdr'a wi zur'. 'azra' wi .sa:tit su'a:l "ân ?ahlLs 'abjad, wi be:da, wi bi:d. fi:
su(:)da:n,
fi:
iswid wi so:da wi su:d.
5.
su'a:!
'âlajan e: sammu 1 "âtaba 1 xadrd bi mu'^tarad. Lism' di ? jizharjnnu ''alajan ma fihaj ha:ga xadrd wala Je: ?dxdar wala liaga:t xudr bi 1 mdrrd
6.
ta:min
il il
su'a:l, zara:' is
sama
fa:tih "ân zara:? majjit^

?
il
bahr bahr
ma:liR, walla ga:mi? "ânnu
la:,
zara:?
majjit
il
ma:li}i ga:mi' "ân zara:' lo:n is
sama
-"awi.
"
majja
i.e.
(water)
is
ma:?,
muwajja
(cp.
contracted from the diminutive of the non-colloquial the exx. of the diminutive form already given).
ii6

And,
thus,
;
we say
" the green of the grass;

;
the red of this
paint
the brown of the hair
the white and black of the
(two) eyes."
Ninth question
is,
(are)
the deaf man, the deaf

or the
woman, the
dumb man (woman, people) ? I think that the deaf man (woman, people) is (are) much less afflicted than the dumb man. Is the blind man more afflicted, or the blind woman ? are the
deaf people slighter
(in) affliction,
blind aU one degree
think that blindness, deafness,

(in) affliction
dumbness, and lameness are more

of
10.
in the case
II.
women. Here are ten books, hand me, please, the first book rthe first book, \ the first of them /' I the first of them. And, thus, the second book the 2nd of them the 2nd book,
,
. . . .
the third book, .the 3rd of them, .the 3rd book.
the tenth book, .the lothof them, .the lothbook.

12.
Here are ten papers, hand me,

the the
first
please,
paper
'i
rthe
first first
paper,
of them.
first of
them
/'
Ithe
/
13.
And
thus,
hand me
please.
second
third
fourth
fifth
the
sixth
paper.
seventh
eighth
ninth
tenth
For Systematic Grammar

I
Make
tables of
XVI. the masc, fern, and
pi.
of the chief colours
and their corresponding abstracts {e.g. redness), and generalise the " measure " or grammatical form of the forms thus
arrived
2. 3.
at.
Treat similarly the deformities.
Write out the masc, and fem. of the ordinals.
4.
5.
What are the two ways of translating " the fourth man " ? What difference does the substitution of " woman " make ? What difference does the suffixing of [hum] make on the
accent and form of (say)
[ta:lit] ?
.
,

wi kaza sama:r
ta:si'^
117
il
ni'uil "
if
xadair
bajaid
il
il
hajiij "
" hamair
buija di
Ja'^r
;
"ênem wi sawa(:)dhum.
is sitt it
su'a:l
ir raigil
LatraJ,
terja, in na:s it turf,
9-
10.
? fikri inni Latraf balwa mil cixras (xcirsa, xurs) ?awi. 1 a''ma (a)fadd''' balwa wallaj "âmja? walla 1 "ûmj^ kulluhum daraga wahda ? fikri 'inn il "âma wi t taraf wi 1 xaras wi 1 "^drag afadd^ balwa fi s sittait. hina 'afdr kutub nawilni, min fadlak 'awwil kita:b awwil kita:b. aw'wilhum awwilhum. k itfaddalxud
'axaffi balwa, walla

(t
Laxras (xarsa,xurs)
tarfa, t turf) axdffi'
il 1
kita:b l_awwila:ni
il 1
kita:b l_awwila:ni
11.
awwilami minhum wi kaza, 'ta:ni kita:b.

'tadit kita:b.
'âifir
awwilami minhum.
kitaib
it
it
il
.ta'ni:hum.
.ta'lithum.
.''a'firhum.
.il
.il
tami.
tadit.
'aifir.
kitaib kita:b
kita:b.
;
.il
hina 'afdr wdra'ait _'awwil wdra'a*

12.
nawilni
min fadlak
/'awwil wdra'a.
_awwilhum 11 wdra'aj
il
-itfaddal
xud
'awwilhum.
il
il
[nijja.
'awwila'nijja
'awwila'nijja'minhum.
wdra'aj 'awwila'awwilanijja minhum.
13.
wi kaza.
jt tanja {for tamija)*

t
talta {for tadita)

rab'â {for raibi'â)
r
1
xamsa
sab'â
{for xaimisa)
min fadlak nawilni
il
wara'a,.-^ s satta {for sa:tita)

s t
t
1
{for sa:bi''a) {for ta:mina)
tamna
tas'-a {for taisi'â)
'afra {for
"âifira).
Comparative of xafilf. Comparative of fidild. Adjectives which cannot be given the comparative form in Arabic are compared by placing af add (aktdr) " more," " severer (in) or axdff (a'all) "less," before the abstract noun, e.g. here, But a positive with 'ân may always be used. i.e. " more afflicted." affliction,"
'
Alternative plural "ûmjam. Note that when the ordinal precedes,
it is
the same for a masculine or
a feminine noun, and that the noun is invariably anarthrous (without article) 5 PI. 'awwilanij'jiin. 6 It has already been remarked that the ordinal that precedes the feminine
noun
is
masculine invariably.
Il8

XVII.
The Numerals above
lo.
For Conversation.
We
1.
want
to talk a little to-day about the numerals above ten
so then tell me,
2.
How many do eleven piastres and A piece of land whose length is

four,
one make?
.12 piastres.
three metres and breadth
how many square metres

five
will it
be in extent
Its ex-
tent will be 12 sq. metres.

3.
Eight parcels plus

parcels.
make how many

?
parcels?
-...13
4.
5.
Seven miles by two make how much
.14 miles.
How many
When we
16 days.
days are there in half April?.... 15 days.
6.
increase
them
(by)
one
how many do they make

is
7.
Nineteen
less
two,
how much
the remainder
?Î9
less
two, leaves 17.

8.
box the length and breadth

the
height
of
which are three metres and

cubic metres
?
two,
contains
how many
18
the
cubic metres.
9.
To-day is what (date) in the Arabic month ? 2ist day of Rabi' Awwil (for example).
To-day
is
is
10.
What
year
is
this of the
Higra
This
?
year
1335 a.h.
n.
12.
That corresponds to what year

the year 1917 a.d.
a.d.
It
corresponds with
Well then, the

year A.D.
?
first
year of the Higra corresponds with what

first
The
year of the Higra corresponds to the
year 622 a.d.

13.
How many
years.
years has the century
The
century has 100
14.
How many
years
are
there
in
two
centuries
In
two
centuries, 200 years.
'
''ilu (for ''iluiw),
the usual
word
for "
depth."

it
II9
tamriin
is saba'^ta:J(!ir.
La'^daid
11 1
fo:'
il
'âjdra.
m'hadsa.
fil
fa 'ul
1.
biddina nitkallim Juwajja nnahirda li ba'a

:
a'^daid fo:?
il
'ajdrci,
"âjdr 'uru:]"
'it'ît
wi waiWd jib'u ka:m?
.jib'u h(i)da:J"dr 'irj.
2.
?eard
tudha talattjmta:r wi
'^QrdQhd_rba'â,
misa(:)hitha
kam
mitr' mrabba'^
misahitha_tku:n itnaijdr
ietrd
tikuin
mitr' mrabba'^.
3.
taman tururd wi xamsa

taijdr tard.
jib'u
kam
?
jib'u tilat-
4. 5.
saba'^tjmja:!
fi
tne:n bi
ka:m
?
nuss' Jdhr abrid

jo:m.
kam
jo:m
nuss'
jib'u
b_arba'^ta:Jdr mi:l.
Jdhr abrid xamastaijdr
6.
lamma_nzawwidhum wa:hid
jo:m.
tisa'^tarjdr
ka:m
?
jib'u
sittaijdr
7.
nai'is
itnein
il
ba:?i
ka:m
tisa'^taifar
naiHs
mitrein
itnem
8.
il
ba:'i saba'^taijar.
sondu:?
tudu wi
mitr'
"ârdu
?
talattjmtar wi
"î'luiwu'
kam
9.
mka'^'âb
jiku:n tamantaijar mitr'jnka'^'âb.
innahcirda
kam
fi
wi
10.
is
''ijriin
rabi:"^
Jahr il "^drabi ? innahdrda jo:m wa:llid 'awwil (masalan).

hagriija
?
is
sa'na: di sanat'
ka:m
sa'na: di sanat'
'alf',.
w
11.
tultimijja
xamsa_w
ka:m
talatiin hagriija.
tiwa:fi'
sanat
masi(:)hijja
?tiwa:fi'
sanat sanat
sanat
'alfLw
tus'îmi:ja_w
12.
saba''ta:Jar.
tiwaifi'
ba'a, awwil
awwil
wi
gid fih
sana hagriija sana

hagri:ja
ka:m masihijja
tiwaifi?
suttimi:ja_tne:n
'îjrim masihiija.
13.
il
kam
gilein
sana
il
gid fih mi:t sana.
14.
jib'a
fil
kam
sana
?fil
gilein mi(:)te:n sana.
sana changes
is in
its
feminine termination here because the succeeding
expression
the possessive case.
120
15.
And
.,
(in)
4 centuries
5
There are 400

,. ..
years.
.,
: "
,,
7 8
? ? ?
?
500
"
16.
10
700 800 1000

.-
Now we must
do a sum in multiplication. phcation mean ? I wish to know.

is
What does multito the
17.
Multiplication
of times
the increasing of a
(are)
number up
number,
number
is
which
in another
e.g.
5 times 6
18.
number 5 here has increased 6 times; i.e. 30 is more than 5 by 6-fold. Good. We want to multiply 3148 by 5. We say thus 5 times 8 is 40, put down o and we have in hand {i.e. carry) 4 5 times 4 is 20, and we carry 4, which makes 24, put down 4, and we carry 2 5 times i is 5, and we carry 2, which makes 7, put down the 7 5 times i is 5, put down the 5.
30;
so the
19.
Here what
is
the lower figure called
It is called the re-
sultant of the multiplication.

20.
21.
And how much is the resultant sum ? 5740. Now we must do another sum,
of the multiphcation in this
this
time subtraction.
?
Ând
what
22.
is
the definition of subtraction

is
Subtraction
higher
the taking
away
8. o. o. I. is
of a small
number than
:
itself, e.g.
is
..
number from a we say 492 from 1500. We
say thus
from 10
..
9 4
I
4
o
23.
..
,,
,,
Here the lowest number

remainder.
called
what
It
is
called the
24.
How much is the remainder

It is 1008.
of the subtraction in this
sum
25.
26.
There remains for us to do a sum in division we'll do it and be done !And what does division mean ? Dividing (or partitioning) a big number by a small one. For example, 10 by 5 is 2. The number 10 is the dividend and the 2 is the quotient of the division
;
121

13.
w w w w w
16.
fiihum sana. fi:hum xumsimiit sana. fiihum sana. tamantjgjail fiihum tumnimiit sana. 'âjartjgjail fiihum 'alf sana. dilws'ti hisba d darb. darb
iLArba'^tJgja:!
?
rub'îmiit
il
xamast_igia:l
saba'^t_igja:l
is
sub'îmiit
it
il
'âleina ni'^mil
fi
id
ja'^ni ?eih,
bidd_a'^raf.
17.
id darb
taini.
huiwa zijaidit "âdad 'add' 1 mdrrait illi_f "âdad masalan, xamsa_f sitta_b talatiin, fa 'âdad xamsa zaid hina sitt' mdrrait ja'^ni, talatin tiziid 'ân xamsa
;
sitta te(:)'ait {or it ta:' sitta).
i8.
tajjib, 'âwziin
fi
nidrab talatt_ala:f wi miija tamanja w_drbi'îin xamsa. ni'uil kida xamsa f tamanja b_drba'î:n,
;
1148
5
fiiha
sifr
wi_m'âin(a)_drba'â
xamsa
f_drba''a
bi
"îjriin,
wi_m'âin(a)_cirba'â, jib'_drba'â
fiiha_rba''a
wi_m'âina_tnein
wi 'îjriin, xamsa_f waihid bi

;
5740
19.
xamsa wi
illi
m'âina tnein, jibû sab''a, fiiha s sab''a

bi
xamsa_f waihid
hinajl 'âdad
xamsa, fiihaj xamsa. taht_ismu 'eih ? ismu haisil id darb.
20.
21.
wi haisil id darb illi fil hisba di kaim ? wi sub'îmijja w_drba'î:n. dUwa'ti jilzamna ni'^mal hisba tanja fi wi t tarh' ta'^riifu 'eih ?
it
il
haisil xa'mast_alaif
t tarh_il
mdr'rai
di.
22.
tarh tanziil "âdad sugaj jdr min "âdad kibiir

ni'uil, rub''imijja_tnein
foi-'u
masalan
tis'-a
wi
tis''iin
min 'alfLw xumsitamanja;

eifr'
mijja.
"*"
ni'uil kida, itnein

sifr;
min
'âjdra
min
tis'â
^drba'â min_drba'â sifr;
min
1008
23.
waihid waihid.
"âdad
illi
hina
bai'i
taht_ismu
fi 1
-'eih ?
24.
it
tarh kaim
hisba di
25.
faidil "âleina hisba

ja'^ni
fi 1
?isma ni'^milha
ismu huiwa 'alf'w tamanja. 'isma wis salaim.

1
bai'i.
^wil
'eih
26.
ta?siim' 'âdad kibiir

âla
"âla
"âdad sugajjdr;
fa "âdad "âjdra
masalan, 'âjdrd
xamsa
fiiha tnein.
il
'ismuj ma'suim
''aleih,
itnein xairig
'
'isma.
Or tagzii'
122
Dialogue at the Post Office.

Customer.
(
small piastre)
at 3 miUifemes.
want eleven stamps at a '" white piastre " each and 17 at a nikla ( = two milliemes) and 15 That's enough now. What is your account ?
;
Post-Agent.
You have
11 stamps at a small piastre each,
equals 5| piastres, I mean (= that is) 55 milliemes. And you have, too, 17 at a nikla, equal 34 milliemes, i.e. three piastres and four
milliemes.
That
is
89 milliemes,
i.e.
And you have

and a
half,
15 at three milliemes,
9 piastres less one milli^me. 45 milliemes,' i.e. 4 piastres

less
and 4I plus the nine piastres
one mUlieme, makes

i.e.
the total price of the stamps 13 piastres and 4 milliemes,

milUfemes.
134
Customer.
All right, take those 20 piastres
and give me the
change.
Post-Agent. The 20 is 200 milliemes. Of those 134 are mine. Four from ten, six. Three from nine, six. One from one, nought. The change is 66 milliemes. Please take them.

1. 2.
XVII.
Tabulate the numerals from 11 upwards.
What
3.
is noticeable between the number of the noun numerals 3 10 and that after numerals 11 upwards ? Observe that to make a numeral positive you have simply to prefix [il] to the numeral: e.g. [il ''ajartjjjaim] "the ten days " [it tultimiija w_itne:n sana] " the 102 years."
difference
after
123
m'hawra
zibu:n.
'ând
il
busta.
wi
saba"^ta:J(!ir
'ana "âiwuz hidaijar wara'a min_abu 'irj"_abjad min_abu nikla, ia''ni itne:n malliim wi xamaste:Jdr
;
mm_abu
abjad, bi
tala:ta
il
malli:m.
bi_zja:da ba'a.
hisaibak
kam
waki:l
busta.
inta ''andak ftidaijar
wara'a min_abu
'irj^
xamsa sa:g wi nuss, ia''ni xamsa_w xamsiin malliim. wi 'ândak kamain saba'^taijdr fi nikla, b_drba'â_w talati:n malliim, isL'^ni ta'lat 'uruij w_drba'â malliim. jib'u tis'â^w tamanim
malliim,
fijjit
ja'^ni tisa"^
'uruij 'ilia malliim.
wi
tis'â
"ândak xamastaijdr,
ia''ni 'ctrba*^
talaita malliim, bi
xamsa
w^drba'îin malliim,
"ât
'uruij wi nuss.
w_drba'â_w nuss
xud
bi
il
'ilia
malliim, jikuin
taman
il
wars' kuUu talattaijdr

tajjib
'irj
w_drba''a malliim, ja'^ni
mijjd_rba''a_w talatiin malliim.

zibuin.
ijriin 'irji
doil,
iddiini
bai'i.
wakiil.
il
"îJriin
mijtein malliim.
lijja
minhum
mijjd_
tis'â
rba''a_w
sitta,
talatiin.
drba'â
min
'âjdru
sitta.
talaita
min
waihid min waihid
sifr, il bai'i
sitta_w sittiin malliim, itfaddal.
124

XVIII.
(i).
Frequentative.
(2).
Future Perfect.
Continuative.
(I).
(3).
Pluperfect.
(4)
1.
Tell
me, what do you do every day

/ do
?
keep on working at
Arabic.
2.
And what do
lessons.
-You
keep on working at these Arabic
3. 4.
What
So then we both keep on working in the same subject. does Miss X. do ? She keeps on working at studjdng.
5.
What were you

just the same.
doing yesterday
was keeping on
at Arabic
6.
7.
8.
9.
suppose one comes here after an hour, will he find me stiU here ? No, you will have gone out. You mean he won't find me will he find you ? Perhaps he will, but it may be that I too will have gone out. Will one find Khalil the merchant in his office after working hours ? Why no, he will have gone out. Can I meet anyone of those belonging to the Government Offices at 2 p.m. ? Why no, at that hour they will have quite gone off.
lesson ends at
;
Our
o'clock
(2).
that time
by
half
(3).
10.
That's
went to the Finance, once, at a little before two, to see a friend of mine, and found he had gone. Why he had gone off half an hour previously
I
why
'
Lit.
" doing
much."

id ddrs
li
I25
it
1
tamantaijar.
m^hadsa.
amma
il
ba:b
ilia
jigi:b lla:ga,
fi
fa JuglituJ ba:b, wi muj laizim jisi:b jim:h miJwa.T bi 'amr' mdxsu:s, masalan waUa jwaddi gawabait il busta (1 kibiird) aw jirmiihum
"âlajan
bawwaib
s sondu:?.
wi muJ laizim jiddxxdl

illi
ajj'
waihid wi
il
salaim,
laikin jis'al kulli waihid "ân
"âwzu,
wi jutlub
kdrt milli
1
ma
jiknis
jirafhumj, wi jSuiJ in nais illi il hoij wi jimsah is salailim.

mudairi'; bi " 'âmmail."
(3).
il
ma
IhumJ* Jugl.
wi
bawwaib
(i).
il
(2). il (4).
il
maidi bi " jikuin."
maidi bi " kain."

(I)-
fiq bi " tann."
1.
'ul
li,
bi ti'^mil eh kuU' joim
?ana
"âmmaiP
ajtigil
fi 1
"ârabi
[fern,
2.
'âmmaila).
ana b_a'^mil eih

'ârabiija.
?inta
"âmmail
tijtigil
fi_d
duruis
il
3. 4.
5.
ba'a_hna Litnein 'âmmaliin nijtigil fLl madda zatha. wi 1 mis fulaina_b ti'^'mil eih ?hiija 'âmmaila tijtigil fi m^zakra kaman. kuttLb ti'^mil eih Jmbairih ?kutt' 'âmmaiLaJtigil fi
arabi bardu.
(2).
6.
ddrsina jintihi
s sai'â
sai'â,
nifrid inn'
lissa
waihid
jiigi
hina ba'^d'
lai,
kida_b nuss'
jila'iini
mawguid?
tikuin
7.
8.
9.
xaragt {or rawwaht). ba?a ma_jla(i)?iniij jila(i)'iikjnta ? gajiz jila'iini, laikin jimkin akuin ana kaman xaragt (rawwaht). il waihid jilai?i xdliil it taigir fi 1 bankLbtai'û ba'^d mi'âid ij Jugl ? ^la, da_jkuin xarag. a'^raf a'aibiLajji waihid min bitui"^ id dawawiin is sai'â tnein lai doil fi_l wa?t' da_jkuinu xaragu ba'^d id duhr ?
;
'awi
(3).
10.
atariini^ ruht
il
malijja
mdrra
waihid sahbi, la'eitu kain miji.

nuss' saiâ.
^
da kain miji
. .
.
sai'â_tnein iUa Jwajj_ajuif

'abl' kida bi
Or igranni.
:
reason
" So of course.
The particles atairi and igrann express el discovered " that's why. ..." ...!"; " now we see why. "
;
126
11.
Then why had the ushers not yet gone

I
off?
^They had not

;
12.
gone because the ushers are not like the employes. do you think passed by a mosque last Friday at 12.40
the Moslems were
still
inside,
or had departed
No,
I
all
think that the service had quite finished and they (had)
gone
off.
(4).
I.
13.
tanneitak majgu:l_imba:rih
li
hadd' 'emta, ja
,, ,,
"-ali
?'
?
tanneitik majgu:la_mba:rih ,, tannetku majg.uli:n_imba:rih,,

14.
fatma
na:s
?
titannak tidrsb
'ali
kida ja
xoliil ?^
?
.
titannik tidrabi 'ali kida ja galida
titannuku tidrsbu Uwla:d kida ja na:s

15.
tannak ma:Ji fi hadak ja walad ja "âfriit l^ tannik majja fi hailak ja bint ja 'afriita tannuku majjim fi hadak ja wla:d ja "âfariit
!
FOR VERB-DRILL.
Future
ijja:k
,,
Perfect.
l''^
tikum kanast
il
'oida 'ablima ji:gu

,,
tikuini kanasti_l
tikuinu kanastuj
id de:f
,,
Pluperfect.
kutt' 'amalt' Juglak 'abl
wusud
,,
P^
? ?
kutti 'amalti
,,
,,
,,
kuttu 'amaltu
,,
,,
'
" " "
You continued busy yesterday till when, Do you go on beating Ali so, Khalil ? "
Be
right off with you,
Ali
"
?
4
5
"
"
imp you " I hope you'll have swept the room before they come." Had you finished your work before the arrival of the guest
you
little
I
'

I27
?
11.
ijini"^na
hugga:b
"âlajan
il
lissa
ma
kanuij
zejji
1
xsrsgu
ma
kanu:J
?illa
?
12.
xeragu ana futt*

tilt,
huggaib muj
il
mistaxdimi:n.
''ala gaimi'^
gum'â Hi
fa:tit is sai'â
wahda
tiftikir
kam
il
muslimiin
lissa
guiwa walla tiKu

wi
la:, aftikir
inn' s sala
kamit
xilsit 'awi,
humma kuUuhum
tiFu.
(4).
II.
III.
tannetni majguil
,,
,,
li
hadd
,,
id duhr
,,
sahi:h tannu
,,
(etc.)
tannaha
tannetna majguliin ,, aiw atann{i) edrabu mada:m
,,
,,
jil'âb
,,
tannuhum ma'^luim jitannu {etc.)
,,
titannaha
,,
aiwa n(i)tanni nidrabhum madaim

[jiFabu
jitannuhum
FOR VERB-DRILL.
Future.
in Ja 'aiia:h_aku:n kanas'taha
,, ,,
Perfect.
la,
,,
ma
,, ,,
jkunj' ka'nasha.
,,
,, ,,
,,
,,
tkunj' kana'sitha.
nikuin kanas'na:ha
Pluperfect.
,,
jkunuij kanasuiha.
aiwa kutti 'âmaltu

,,
,,
,,
kadda:b ma kanj' 'amalu. kaddaiba! ma kanitji ''ama'litu.

!
aiwa kunna 'amalnaih
kaddabim! makanuij 'âmaluih.

XVIII. what tense

1.
Decline ['âmmad]
is it
always succeeded by
(Note absence of
2
[bi].)
?
How are the future perfect and pluperfect expressed in Arabic

Notice in No. 12 above that a distant auxiliary
past into a pluperfect
([til''u],
may
turn a
twice).
itself
?
J.
To which verb does The continuative

fashion.
the negacive attach

[tann]
is
(See Verb-Drill.)
conjugated in a quite anomalous
(The suffix pronoun appears to be a reflexive.) Observe that it is always followed by a participle or an aorist, one sounding best in some verbs, and in some the
other.
Occasionally conjugation
will
is
dropped,
and
[tann]
with the suffixes alone
stand for a past, or a present.
128
XIX.
Verbs with Second and Third Radicals the same.
for reading. Dialogue Between a Lady and her Servant. Lady. Mahmoud, I want you to take up the whole of the furniture, and to wash down [lit. sprinkle) the house too. Mah. Well, let Mary take the furniture up with me. Lady. Certainly, take up the things with him, Mary, and wash down too. Mary. Here I am taking them up with him. Lady. Where are you putting the (moved) furniture, Mary.
Mary.
Lady.
I am putting it in the guest-room. And where is Mahmoud putting it ? I am putting the furniture below.
Mah.
Lady.
Are the cupboard and the table downstairs too
No, the cupboard I am putting (it) in the passage and the table in the drawing-room. Lady. Have you taken up the mat, Mary ? (the knives
Mah.
forks
spoons).
Why I have taken it (them) up long ago. Did anybody take up the furniture with you last week ? Our neighbour's servant moved it with us and the
it
:
Mary.
Lady.
Mah. maid also moved

Lady.
mean both moved
it
together with us.
And
our other neighbours' servant and maid, didn't

?
they take up too
Mary.
Mah.
Mary.
No they did not. Their Come along, let's put back

No,
I
masters are cross

the furniture into
(stingy).
its place,
Mary.
for lunch.
won't do so now, for the bell
is
near sormding
Lady.
Have you put

No,
I
Mah.
lunch.
the furniture back into its place, Mahmoud ? have not, for Mary has gone to ring the bell for
Lady.
Mah.
Lady.
Its putting
Well then, when is the putting back of the furniture to be ? back (will be) before the sounding of the
bell for supper.
At any
rate,
am
pleased with your taking-up
(of)
the furniture in such good order.
Mah. I hope that our putting than our taking it up

!
it
(back) will be (even) better

it
il
I29
tamri:n
it
1
tisa'^taij'cir.
'afâil illij "êin
wi
1
]a:m bitu'^hum wa:llid/
li
'irsija.
m'hawra bem wahda sitt wi 1 xdddaim bita'^ha. sitt. ja mahmuid, ?ana 'âwza_t(i)limm il 'âfj' kuUu, wi, truJJ il belt kaman. mah. tejjib xalli mfirjim tilimmi wajjaij. sitt. ummail limmi(:) WQJja:h ja mdrjim, wi rujji kaman. mar. ana b_alimm wQJja:h_aho.
sitt.
inti bi thutti_l "îzad fe:n ja
mcirjim
mdr.
ana bâhuttu fi s salamlik. sitt. wi mahmuid bi^jftuttu fe:n ? mah. ana haitit il "îzad taht. sitt. wi d dula:b wi t tarabeiza ruxrim taht ? mah. la:, id dula:b_ana hsttu fi 1 majjaija, wi
ha'titha
sitt.
fi
tarabe:za
s sada.
1 busait^ ja mdrjim (. .is sakakim wi J Jiwak). d_ana lam'maih min badri lam'maihum) (or ( da hna lammimu, lammi(:)nhum ). sitt. hadd' lamm_il "îzad wajjaiku ]_usbu:'^_illi fa:t ? mah. xdddaim gd(:)rna lamm' wajjaina, wi 1 xdddaima ruxra lammit, ja'^ni Litnem lammu wajjama sawa. sitt. wi 1 xddda:m bita'' gdrna_t_ta:ni wi xdddamtu ma lammuij ruxriin ? mdr. la:, ma lammuij wajja:na. do:l asjadhum^ najfin (buxala). mah. jaiia_nrudd il ''iza:l mat'rahu ja mdrjim. mdr. la:, m_aruddu:J dilwa't, "ialajan il gdras 'drrab jidu??i
lamme:ti
mdr.
li
gdda.
sitt.
radde:t
la
il
'îza:l
mah.
li 1
ma
raddetj'*_''alajan
matrahu ja mahmuid ? mdrjim ra:hit tidu?'

il ''iza:l il
il
gdras
gdda.
sitt.
umma:l rah
'âla.
jiku:n redd^
'abl'
da ?emta
li 1
mah.
sitt.
raddu jikuin
kull' ha:l
da"
gdras
'aja.
il
ana mabsuita min lammukum^
'afj'
bi t tdrtiib da.
mah.
I
in Ja 'aiia: jikuin hattina fi:h5_ahsan
min lammina
fi:h5
Technically called
il fi'^l il
"p. busat (mats).

3 5
carpet
asja:d, ^^ of si:d (lord, This is the regular form of the infinitive of verbs of this class lamm, hatt, etc. For construction see Systematic Grammar 5.
muda:'âf, " the doubled verb." is sigga:da (p. sagagi:d). master, grandfather). 4 e shortened before
:
tj.
cp.
For Conversational Verb-Drill, and Analysis.
rt

as'ila
"âl
131
m^hawrct.
li
m'hadsa.
il
?inn_alimad jilimm talab mi:n jilimmi wijjaih ?
"âlajan e:h is sitt' "âwza
"âfj ?
marjim kamit bLthutt il "îza:! fe:n ? wi mahmuid ? kam fih hadd' lammi wajjaihum, walla lammuj wah'duhum
leh
leh
xdddamim gdrhum
it ta:ni
ma
sa'^duhumj
ha:l
?
ma
radduij
il
"îzad
?
matrahu
fi 1
tejjib
?emta raddu:h

1.
XIX.
is
Notice that the vowelling of the past' tense constant [a].
absolutely
2.
3.
Notice that the aorist has
[i]
and
[u]
forms.
;
To
these add a rare

j(i)sahhij],
[a]
form
e.g.
[sahh jisahh]," be correct "
[ma
4.
"it won't do."
Notice that in this verb the
first syllable of the aorist is an open one, contrary to that of the aorist of simple triliteral verb [ti-limm, tid-rab]. Compare the different ways in which the particles combine with each
: :
tilimm^ bi_tlimm~> inta bi_tlimm | ma_tlimmij'\ mab_alunmij) tidrab / bi tidrabj inta_b tidrab ma tidrabj / ma b_adTabJ
I
The
be
a:orists of all
the forms
still
to
be studied wiU be found to

:
classifiable
ways
where
5.
of
under one or other head and so the above combining the particles will be found to be every-
typical.
Notice
how Arabic
constructs the infinitive.
If
the object
is
pronoun it is introduced by the preposition [fi], which has no meaning in itself. (The preposition [li] is similarly used, but is not so coUgquial.) If the object is a substantive,
the preposition
may
or
may
not be used.
132
XX.
The Verbs whose
ist
Radical
is
['J
or [w].
For Reading.
One day
the boy Ali said to his (paternal) uncle,
Abdul
Aziz,
" Uncle, you promised

fair (Birthday)."
me
to take us to see the Dervishes at the
Then
his uncle said to him,
and
(do)
am
going to take you too."
Then
"I promised you, said Ali to him, " Good,
promise us to go with you to the Birthday of the Sultan
Abu
Then his uncle said to him, " I promise you, if we are free." And when the appointed evening came, they started off, and walked, and went to the fair. And before they arrived, Fatima
Tla."
said to her uncle, " I He said to her, " Never
little,
am
tired,
!
have we not yet arrived
"
?
mind
there's not
much more
only a
and
we'll
be there."
and went straight, making and stood behind the people. Then Ali said to his uncle, " I want to stand in front, so that I may see nicely." So his uncle said to him, " All right, you may stand in front go and stand, but look out that you don't stand crowded among the people." Then the girl said, " Then where am I to stand, uncle ? " Her uncle said, " What, are you a boy You shall " not stand (anywhere) but behind stand by me here And after the zikr was done, Ali went off and looked for his uncle and sister and after he had (some) trouble, he foimd them standing behind all the people. Then his sister began to ask him of what he had seen. So he said to them, " As soon as I went in, I found the Dervishes making a big circle, and performing the
after a little they got there,
for the Dervishes,
!
And
zikr."
Good (were) they sitting or standing ? They were standing, and some taking in their hands a piece of (an) iron like a sword, and hitting their neighbours with it And some were taking an iron chain, and hitting, hkewise,
Uncle.
;
Ali.
each other.
' For wa''adtini. The verb means " to promise a person " or " to make an appointment with a person." 2 A phrase. So xddt ba'^fli, " I went off," xdd ba'^du, " he. .," etc.
3 Lit.
"
grain."
I
The verb has both the A and

the suifi orders.
u:'â.
forms,
5 i.e.
Or
And
so,
above, niwsal or nu:sal.
For
li
nafsak.

it
il
I33
tamrim
il
"îjii:!!.
'afâ:!
illi
fe:
bita(:)'îtliuni
li
hamza walla waw.
'irsija.
fi jo:m mil 'ajjaim, il walad "âli ?al li "âmmu 'âbd il "âziiz " ja "âmmi, 'inta wa'âttini' 'innak ta(:)'xudna tifdrragna ''ad ddrtwi:J fi 1 muilid." ?am 'âmmu 'al lu, " ana wa'''attuku, wi
rall_a(i)'xudku bdrdu."
?am
abu
1
'âli
?al lu,
WQJjaik mudid
iza
is
sultain
''ila."
'am
?al lu
" tejjib iw''idna_nra:h 'âmmu, " aw'îdak
kunna
wi
fadjiin."
ledaj maw'ûida, xddu ba'^duhum^ wi mijju ''al mudid. wi 'ablima jiwsalu 'adit fatma li ''ammaha, " ana ti'îbt, 'ihna lissa ma wasalnaij ? " 'al laha " ma''lehj ma fa(:)dilji kti:r, kullahajwajja wi niwsal."
gat
il
lamma
dla rigleihum wi
1
ra:hu
wi
ba''di
habba^ sgajjdrd, wislu* wi
''ala
tud
li
ra:liu 'asdi:n id
ddrawiij,' wi wi'fu
wdra n
na:s.
'am
'ali 'al
""ammu, "''aiwuz
'al lu, " ma'-lehj,
a'af 'uddaim, ''alajan aju:f kuwajjis."
'am 'ammu
inta
ti'ddr
tu'af
fi
'uddaim; ruihj'af, bass_iw''a^_n nafsak^

n na:s
.
ma
tu''afj'
mahju:r
'a:mit il bint' 'adit, "ummad an_a'af fem ja 'ammi." 'am iammaha 'al laha "hu:wa_nti sabi 'inti ma tu'afiij ilia wdrd, 'u'afi gambi hina." wi ba''dima xilis iz zikr^ till'' ''ali dawwdr ''ala ''ammu w_uxtu, ba''dima ti'-ib wa'gadhum wa'fim wdra n na:s kuUuhum. 'a:mit_ wi uxtu sa'a'litu ''an_illi Jaifu. 'am -'al luhum, " awwilma ddxdlt, wagatt id darawiij ''amlim hala'a_kbi:rd, wi_b juzkuru."'
!
''amm.
''ali.
kwajis
wi
humma
'a''dim walla
wa'fim
dol wa'fim wi ba''duhum' wa:xid f_i:du hittit lladiida
zejji self
hadi:d,
wi_b jidrab bi:ha_lli_f riillu". bdrdu jidrabu bi:ha ba''d.
wi fiihum wdxdim
silsila"
8 Lit.
"mentioning "
(i.e.
the
Name
of Allah)
the word
is
used for the
ecstatic devotions of the suifi Orders. 9 Lit. " making mention," and so " performing the zikr "
1
This, even
when
followed
by the
singular,
might
refer to
(see note 3). one or several
persons.
I' Lit.
" the one

silsilit,
who
(is)
in his
wind (windward
of him)."
" Not
because in apposition to fiadild.
134
Uncle.
And when
they do hke that, do the blows not hurt

the one
them.
All.
fire in his
No; why, more cunning than that hand and eats at it.
(is)
who
takes
Uncle.
All.
Do they not No they say

;
in that
way
get fever
(that they are) used to that.
Uncle.
Ali.
Say, didn't any of
them
fall
Why
yes,
one of them when he

;
is
spent,
falls,
and the
others
fall
fall.
on the top of him
and the
one(s)
who
don't get spent
don't
At this point Fatima got hungry, and said hungry; I want (something) to eat." Uncle. And you too, Ali, will you eat ?
to her Uncle,
"I'm
you
Just command me. Uncle, to get something Fatima ? Fat. Whatever you eat of, I'll eat of.
take,
A li.
What'U
And
Ali.
"Hullo, did
Uncle.
after (that) Ali brought the food, said his uncle to him, " I commission you to bring all that\
You
did not.
But
girl,
brought
it.
Well, eat,
my
until you're satisfied.
too, eat, Ali, until you fill your belly. Eat and enjoy yourselves, with joy and health You aren't eating with appetite, why, Ali ? I guess you have eaten. Ali. I have already eaten. Uncle. Well, but Fatima has eaten just like you why then
Fat.
And you
Uncle.
should she be eating with appetite

Ali.
I
think
we
didn't eat as
so,
much
as each other. as
Uncle.
Apparently
still
you didn't eat

little
much
as each other.
Now
"
there
remained a
food over, so their uncle said,
Take care of what is over and take it with you." Ali. Take it, Fatima, for I am tired. Fat. No am I the one who isn't tired ? Take
!
Uncle.
taken
' " 3
my
me, / will take handkerchief from here ?

it
Give
it,
never mind.
Who
it
yourself.
has
Or iiwga''humj'.
A
Or
lively particle introducing a question. " commission " so, ma'muir (a commissioner),
:
ma''mu(:)rijja
I
(a
commission).
4
particle meaning, according to context, "
think," or "
hope,"
"
I fear."

"Jam.
135
?
wi lamma
la:
ji'^milu kida,
ma
illi
juiga'^humj' id darb
ali.
da_l 'adha
min kida
jaxduij
wa:xid in na:r fi:du wi_b
jatkul fi:ha
'âm.
âli.
"âla
la:,
kida
ma
humma
'âla
bi_j?u:lu wdxdi:n
kida.
âmm.
âli.
alla^ tiaddij
aho_l wa:}iid
;
minhum wi'l'^ ? minhum lamma

jibtelj (jibtalu:]")
jibtel
ji'a'^,
wi
t tanji:n
ji-a<;u fo:?u
illi
ma
ma
ji'a'JJ
(ji?a'û:J).
wi hina fatma
'âwz(a)_a:kul.
ga:''it
wi
'a:lit
li
"âmmaha, "'ana
gi(:)'â:na,
amm.
''ali.
w mta
ra:xQr ja
"âli
ta:kul
ma
illi
tu'murna^ ja ''ammi nigi:b ha:ga!

taklu minnu^ntu ?a:kul minnu.
il
takli 'e:h ja
fetma
fat.
wi ba'^d ''ali ma ga:b 'amdrtak tigi:b da kuUu ? "

âli.
?akl,
"âmma
'al
lu
" hu:w ana
ma
'amdrtini:f la:kin gibtu.

kuli(:)
âm.
fat.
tajjib,
ja bint
lamma
tifba"^!.
w_inta ra:xar kul ja "âli lamma timla batnak. "âmm. kulu "âla ke(:)fkum bi 1 hana wi J fifa! inta ma_b
le:li
ta'kulj bi nifs'
"Jali.
ja
"âli ?
ijjak'*
inta wa:kil.'
ana kalt' 'abl' dilwa't.^ âmm. wi fatma ma'' kalit zejjak! umma:l
le:h?
"âli.
bi ta:kul bi nafs'
aftikir
ma
kalna:J 'add' ba'-dina

kida,
âmm.
iz ga:hir
ma
kaltu:J 'add' ba'^duku.
wi
fidil
mil 'aklLJwajja, 'am ''ammuhum 'al luhum, " xudu
ba(:)lku^ milli' fa:dil wi xu'du:h wajja:ku.

''ali.
xu'di:h ja fatma, ikminn'_ana ta'^ba:n.

la:
!
fat.
anajli manij ta'^ba:na

li,
âmm. iddih bita:''i min hina ?

5
'an_axdu
ma'-lehj.
xudu_nta mi:n xdd

!
il
mandi:l
isolated example of an active participle with past sense. " Before now," the only expression for " already." " 7 lively particle, " look you ^ Lit. " Your mind."
S
An
=min
illi.
'
Or ahsan ana.
136
Alt.
I

didn't take
it
! !
it.
Fatima
is
the one
it.
who took
it.
Fat.
Uncle.
I took
!
didn't even see
Both.
Ah then neither of you took it No, we didn't take it. Ah perhaps some imp took it or a she-imp took Uncle.
!
it,
eh.
Fatima

1.
The verbs with

present
first
radical
hamza
(e.g.
:
no
irregularity
Pamar],
are not very frequent, and " to command,"
[ju'mur, 'aimir, ma'muir])

[xad], for ['akal] past,
2.
except the two verbs [kal] and and ['axad], which are apocopated in their and take on a [w] in the participle active.
first
The verbs with
radical [w] present no irregularity
[e.g.
;
[waga"^] " to pain," [jiwga'^]
except the two verbs

in their aorist,
[wi'i'']
with alternative form [juiga"^]) and [wiîf], which are apocopated

'ali.
137
ana
ma
xdttu:J.
!
fQtma_lli xaditu.
!
fat.
ana_lli xdttu
'amm.
litnem.
ba'a
la:
ma ma xddnahj.
jimkin
?
wala Juftu hatta xdttuhjjntu litne:n.

!
'amm.
eh!
xddu
"âfriit!
walla
xdditu
"âfriita,
w IJ
kida ja fatma
as'ila.
(i.)
'al 'e(:)h 'ali
li
'ammu
(4.)
1
(2.)
gawbu 'ammu
bi 'e:h
?
(3.)
humma
ti'îb
raihu fe:n?
'eh
raihu rakbim walla zza:j

?
(5.)
mi:n
'ablima jiwsolu
?
muilid
talab
'
(6.)
lamma
?
wislu
?
mu:lid
'asadu
talabit
Ja:fu
mim
eih
?
(7.)
(8.)
"âli
min <âmmu
li
wi
?
fatma
illi
'e:h
kain gawa(i)b l_itne:n
(9.)
'e:h
"âli ?
(10.)
id ddrawiij ka:nu_b ji''milu 'eh
bd'-d
(11.)
wi
ba'^d*
kida
eh,
'a:lit
eh fatma?
(12.)
mi:n
Ja:l
il
'akl
illi
fidil?
(13.)
xabbama "ân iUi hisil fi 'îba:rit il mandiil.

w_eh huiwa
z zikr' bta'^hum
?
(14.)
id darawiij
ginsuhum
The Verbs
I.
[pa)kal]
and
[('a)xad
(ist
Radical Hamzated).
The Verbs
I.
[wi?if]
and
[wi'i'^]
with First Radical
[w].
140
XXI.
Verbs with Second Radical [w] or
[]].
For Reading. From

The 1002nd
(which) I
"
The Thousand and Two Nights."

Story of ye Ladye and ye Portere.
night.
happened a story in the town of Bagdad, Once upon a time, a certain you to-day. lady went to a fruit-seller, and said to him, " I told your man to keep for me a few bananas." Then the seller answered her, " Yes, he told me, and we are keeping what you want." " Lady. Good and what do you sell the oke at ? Seller. We sell them as we sold them yesterday. Lady. Do / know how much you sold them at ? Seller. Just as everybody sells them. Lady. Everyone else sells them cheap. Seller. Do you mean, we seU. it dear ? Say, madam, just what you please [i.e. to pay).
It is said there
want
to
tell
Is it / who sell You say Then they agreed, and the lady took her demand. Lady. I want you to get me a porter who wUl go and
Lady.
get
me one
Seller.
Go, Omar, fetch her a porter.
[Omar goes and

Omar.
Lady.
Porter.
gets one.]
Here, we've got you a porter and brought him.
Can you carry

I
(for
me)
all
those things
(can) carry
more than them.

carrying them, nor
{Porter carried them.]
Lady.
AU
right
Here he
is
is
he
tired.
Go
along with you to the house, and look out that the string does
not give
way
Porter.
Lady.
while you are on the way. Set off, good fellow Are you going to leave me to go alone. Don't leave me! Why should not I leave you ? Are you afraid ?
!
Don't be afraid
'
The Arabic name

fe:
for the
middle letter of the
triliteral,
being
and the third la:m, because the verb
fa''al
(f^l),
the first letter " to do," is
taken as the norm. ' For faikiha, p. fawa:kih.

3 Lit.
"
That which you
desire it."
illi
being an indeclinable article

it
il
I41
tamriin
il
'-ijrim.
'afâ:! illi_l 'ê:n' bita'';ithum

li 1
waw
walla
je:.
'irs:ja.
min
il
kita:b 'alf le:la_w leltem.
leilaj ?alf'_w
IJtnem.hikaijit
is
sitt'
wi
J Jajjail.
ji'u:lu, hasalit
n nahdrda.
fakha,^
'a'lit
'am
il
bajja:";
hikaija fi raadimit bugdaid, "âwzin ni?iilha_ jo:m min do:l raihit wahda sitt' li wa:hid jibi:"^ lu, " ana hilt' 1 illi wajjaik jihu(:)J li Jwajjit mo:z." ga'wibha, " aiwa hu:wa ?al li, w_ihna hajjim illi_nti
fi
"awz'aih.''^
sitt.
tejjib, bi_tbi:'ûj
wi'?a_b ka:m
bajja:"^.
sitt.
bi_nbi(:)';ha
"^drfa
zejjima bi'^na_mba:rih.
ana
bi'^'tuiha^
ka:m
bajja:"^.
sitt.
zejjima
bi_jbi''û:ha_nna:s.
gerku bi
ja'^ni
_jbi''u:ha_rxi:s.
bajja:"^.
hna
bi_nbi'^ha gaili
'uili
ja
sitt'
zejjima_nti
awza
'uili.
!
sitt. hu:wa_ana b_abi:'^ ? ?ul inta wi ba''dem_ittafa'u wi xddit is sitt' tolabha.

sitt.
'âwza_tju'fu:
li
Jajja:l.
mi:n
jiruili jigi(:)b li
wa:hid
bajja:*^.
ruh ja "ûmar Juf laha
Jajjail.
["umar rah gab.]
ûm.
sitt.
adi
hna
Juf'na: lik
ij Jajjail
il
wi
gib'na.'h.
ti'dar
tiji:l
{or ti'JiUi)
haga:t do:l
kuUuhum
Jajjail.
ana JajLaktdr minhum.

[J"a(:)lhum iJ Jajjail.]
sitt.
sahiili,
?aho Ja'jilhum wala huj
ta'^bain.
jsiid ruh
'
"âl
belt, wj[w'â_r rubait jisiib
minnak w_inta*
li
ra(:)jih.
'uim ja gad'â!
Jajjail.
sitt.
rQha_tsi(i)'biini aruih
wahdi
?
ma_tsibi'niij
!
asibakj' leih
inta xa(:)jif
ma^txafj
(rather than a " relative pronoun ") is supplemented by a personal pronoun, the case of which corresponds to that of the relative in the English. (See Ch. XXVIII.) 4 This w(i) is not the conjunctive participle, but rather a subordinating particle to be translated " as," " while," or by participle.
142
Porter.
I'm not afraid of anything for myself, only lest I way, for formerly I did lose it. Lady. How should you lose your way ? Lots of porters have gone to our house, and none lost their way. It seems you are perhaps it will be better not to leave you. Off a bit of an idiot
lose
my
with you, go before me Then they went towards the house

!
while they were going, the
lady increased her pace ("stretched") and passed him.
Then the porter

walk
alone.
Don't leave
said to her, "
" Are
you going to leave me
to
me
Lady.
Porter.
Are you afraid of anything or are you such a coward ? I'm not afraid of anything in the world. So long as
should I fear ? So long as you have repeated towards AUah, you are
Allah
is,
why
Lady.
Porter.
right not to fear.
Was
doing anything (wrong)
What
should
be
sorry for
just
I've been sorry over everything
wrong long
ago, but
now
was hungry.
Lady.
Porter.
Sitt.
AU
right,
when we
get to the house, we'll give you
tomething to
eat.
me
(ShaU I) have survived as far as the house ? do you mean to tell Get away with you, you wretch you're dying of hunger. This is no plea of a man who is (just)
!
hungry.
Porter.
You mean,
won't die
then, that you'U be glad
when
I die
on the
road
Sitt.
You
here's the house in front of us

[lit.
here
\To he continued,
"the remainder
is
coming").]
'
Notice government of " fear " verbs
min
for the thing feared, "iala
for the thing feared-for.

^
verb here used (without conjugation) for an adverb.

"
I is
3 Lit.
termination
ask Allah's help against you." A term of abhorrence. taken from the literary language.
The

Jaj.
I43
;
ana muj" xajif

tituih
izzaij
?
"âla
nafsi
min Raga, bass_atu:h

kitiir
'âlajan
saba'^ tuht.
sitt.
haddij
taih.
fih
Jajjali:n
'^dbiit
raihu
!
il
bajjin
innak
Juwajja
betna wala iLahsan bardu
m_asibakf'.
tejjib jaiia ruh ?uddami.
wi ba'^dem re:hu maddit wi faititu. 'am 'al lahaj

tfutiniij
sitt.
!
"âl
beit.
wi
humma
rajhiiti
'a:mit
is
sitt
Jajja:!
bi tfuti:n(i)_amji_l
wahdi
ma_
inta xuft' min haiga walla_nta kida xawwaif ana ma bâxsfj' min ha:ga fi d dunja. ma da:m Jaj. rabbuna mawguid, axa:f le:h ? sitt. ma dami tubt li_lla:h lik ha??' ma_txafj.
!
Jaj.
hu:w_ana kutt'
b_a'^mil
ha:g(a)
atu:b
"ânha
ana
gu'''t.
ta(:)jib "ân
kuU' Iia:ga battalia min zamam, bass' dilwa't'

tajjib
sitt.
lamma_nru:h
il
be:t,
ha_ngib
lak
haiga
ta-
'kulha.
Jaj.
sitt.
ana
"îJtUli)
haddjl
!
be:t
gu:"^ xa:lis ?
a'ûizu^ bi_lla:h
gi'âin
minnak, ba'a_nta mutt' mil
mij higgit wa:hid

Jaj.
ja'^ni
lamm_amu:t
il
fi
sikka
ji'^gibik
sitt.
ma_tmutj,
be:t
aho ?uddamna ho
[il
ba:'i ga:j.]
as'ila.
(i.)
hislit fern
(3.)
il
hikaija di
(2.)
'adit e:h
(4.)
is sitt' li 1
is
?
fakasilt'
(6.)
ij
ha:ni
'eh
?
kam gawa:bu
(5.)
laha
talabit e:h
ba'^dima ttafa'u
'ailit e:h is sitt'
talabit e:h ba'^d' kida mil bajjai'^
J Jaj jail
wi 'eh ka:n gawaibu
(7.)
'eh 'al
Jajjad H Jajjad
?
s sitt
(9.)
?
ma
tfutuij
kam xdjif le:h iJ wi 'eh kan gawabha ? (8.) kamit is sitt' mabsuta min talab iJ Jajjad innalia 'eh 'eh kan raddu 'âla kalamha ? (11.) (10.)
?
kamit "ûzuimit
is sitt'
lu
lamma
wislu
be:t
For Conversational Verb-Drill, and Analysis.
4:3
^
3
.3
'"'
3 -^
Tl
.Q
-t-""
-J,
+-r
-"tn
t^
II
B
-1^
oj
a a
03

Fny Systematic Grammar.
1.
I45
It
should be remembered that the roots of all these verbs have either [j] or [w] for their middle radical. The vowels
[i]
and
[u],
or the length
[:],
correspond to these weak
letters.
2.
The [a, i] and [u] forms come out most clearly in the aorist. The [a] is found in very few verbs, but those ones common. The
[i]
3.
and
[a] -verbs
[jiba:t]),
4.
[u] forms come out clearly also in the past. But sometimes make their past in [i] (e.g. [bitt] from sometimes in [u] [e.g. [xuft] from [jixaif]).
is
The
first
syllable of the aorist being open, its vowel

:
hable
to elision
5.
e.g.
[bi_thu:f, wi_tba:t].
The
characteristic long vowel (into

is
which the weak
letter is
transformed so often)
([Jilt]
shortened before two consonants

for [tijidha]).
sell,"
for
[Jiilt],
:
[tijilha]
And
also
when
it
loses accent
6.
jji'bii'û]
" they
is
but
[jibi'''u:ha].
The
true passive participle
(e.g)
[mabi:'^]
" sold " (for
[j]
and [mahud] "frightful" (for [w] verbs). But these forms are very rare, and other forms are requisitioned to reFor example, the weak letter is restored and place them. the participle becomes like an ordinary triliteral, e.g.
verbs),
[madjuin]
[ma''u:g]),
(for
[madim])
"indebted,"
[ma''wu:g]
(for
"crooked."
146
XXII.
Verbs with Third Radical [w] or
[j].
For Reading.
And when they

load in the house.
if
[Conclusion of Story of ye Ladye and ye Portere.] arrived at the house, tliey knocked at the door
and the concierge opened
And
to them, and the porter put down his the lady said to him, " What would happen
you stop the night chez-nous ? Porter. Nothing whatsoever,
if
were disengaged.
But
people like
me
are never disengaged.

all
Lady.
Porter.
I a
Of course,
who
are kings like
you are not
free.
What
Yes,
I
has happened that you speak to
me
thus.
Am
Take
king
Lady.
Porter.
have decided that you are to be a king.

it later.
care lest you forget
Lady.
:
to you and how many a woman has forgotten

Concierge.
Porter.
If that be true I must comply and not disobey you. But then I'm afraid lest [la] you forget my kindness for how many a one has forgotten my kindness to him,
!
Exactly.
first
Verily they aU forget.

called
At
?
you
me
a porter
did you find any
harm
in
me
Con.
She found everything about you good, and therefore
now
has called you a king.

Porter.
his voice
Then we have fixed up that and speaking with haughtiness.']
am a king ? [Raising AU right, fill me a cup,

! !
Murgan
How should he fill (it) for you What Before you put on your boots, would you begin (to walk) Porter. Seeing that you are a slave-girl, you'd better not get into a temper, lest I say to you, fill for me Lady. I beg your pardon, your majesty, the king! Murgan,
Lady.
! !
give
I
him
From
to drink.
Je:la, " a single) carrying," verbal
noun
of Ja:l.
("
the regular one to distinguish the infinitive Je:l single act (Jeila, " a carrying," " a load ").
tion
is
The terminacarrying ") from the

jigra,
'Distinguish
3
giri,
jigri,
"run" from;
g6rQ,
"happen"
(generally "inconveniently").
Or axaif.

it
il
I47
tamrim IJtnein wi
illi 1
"îjriin.
'afâil
laim bitai'îthum
li 1
w
J"
walla
j.
'irsija.
titimmit hikaijit is sitt' wi Jajja:l. wi lamma wislu 1 be:t xsbbatu 'âl ba:b wi fa'tah luhum il bawwa:b, wi J Jaj jail nazzil Jeltu' fi 1 be:t, wi s sitt' ?alit lu," jigra''
?e:h iza bitt' "ândina
1
leila
Jajj.
ma
jigraij ha:ga, lau kutti faidi.
laikin
illi
zejji:
ma
jifdaij.
sitt.
bi i tab"; kull'
muluik
illi
li
zejjak
ma
?
jifduij.
?
Jajj.
gdra^ ?eh
lamma
bi_t?u'li:
kida
hu:w_ana malik
iw''a
sitt.
aiw(a)_ana hakamt innak tikum malik.

iza
ba'^dem
ti'^sami.
Jajj.
sitt.
kan
sahi:li laizim
drda wal(a)_a'^saki:J.
laikin ba'^dem dxja' la tinsa fadli 'âleik, "âlajain
kam
wa:hid
il
nisi fadlina "âleih,
wi
kam wahda
nisjit.
bawwaib.
.
tamam
fi 1
ha'â'*
kulluhum
nisju.
Jajj
da'ê(:)timi
?awwil
Jajjail, la'eiti
minni haiga battalia
baw.
la'at
minnak kuUi
'âla
Je: tajjib,
wi 'alajain kida da''âtak

?
dilwa'ti malik.
Jajj.
ba'a risima
!
'inni
malik
tajjib
im'la:
li
ka:s
ja
murgain
sitt.
[rafa''
hissu w_itkallim mitkabbdr.]
jim'la: lak izzaij
ba'a 'ablima tihdi tibdi
Jajj.
mada:m
arguik
is
inti
mamluika'
ma tiz'âliij,
il
ahsan a?ul
is'?i:h,
likîm'li:
li_nti.
sitt.
simaih ja galadit
malik.
ja murgain.^
The termination is a relic of the
classical accusative, as is
the termination
-an in hailan and many other adverbs. 5 Orgdrja. LJi. " possessed as property." The " Mameluks" (mamluik, p. mamalilk) were the nobles of Egypt with a slave origin which is recalled
by
their names.
^
(N.B.
"âbd, a " black slave," mamluik, a " white slave."

" Coral "
slaves.
:
The word means

for
fern,
murgaina
(Morgana)
common
name
male and female
148
And when
she had thus said to him, Murgan got up and walked

it
away, to fetch a gold cup, and fill the porter said to him, " Murgan,
with sherbet for him.
Then
?
why have you walked away

it
Who
told
you
to go
is
?
fill
Lady.
Porter.
tell
He
going to
a cup with sherbet, and give
you
to drink [or give
you to
drink).
fill
Do
not go, nor
(it),
nor give
me
to drink until I
you something before I forget. Lady. Your Majesty has forgotten something.
?
What have
it's
you forgotten
Porter.
No,
have forgotten nothing important,
only
him a match-stick. And immediately he brought him the sherbet and gave him to drink, and after that the lady clapped her hands, and they knew nothing (more) ere there opened a panel of the wall, and (lo) coming down from it black slave-girls who run up and aU of them
that he should bring with
throw a salaam to the king. What has happened that these should come in front Porter. of me, and throw me a salaam ? Lady. Of course, everyone knowing you are a king will throw you a salaam. Well I never the world is verily not lacking in Porter. marvels The slaves know and I know not You've forgotten, and do not know Your Lady. What Here Morgana, give him to drink again, that Majesty is forgetful.
! !
he
may be conscious And at once the
of himself.
eldest of the girls arose
and gave him some

it.
water in which was a drug that puts to sleep

forgot to look into the water before drinking
And And
the porter
as soon as
he had swallowed
seeing her.
it
Morgana put out the

(him)
!
light,
without anybody
right,
And
the porter slept the sleep as of the dead.

let's
Lady.
Watch
hope the Lord guide him
and
he'll
go to sleep.
'
Notice shifting of accent
'jimla
;
jim'laiha
jimla'ha: lu.
jurb, " act of drinking " Jctrba, " a drink,'' p. Jdrbait (or, " a draught of medicine." p Jurab) Jdra:b, " syrup," " coloured drink," sherbet," p. (as here) Jdrbait Jurba, " soup."
==
;
For
nisiitj.
An
interjection to be variously translated.

wi
Jajjail,
I49
"âlajan
jigi:b
lamma
" ja
'alit
lu kida,
'am murga:n
lu'
?
miji,
kubbaija min dahab wi jimla'ha:
Jdrbait.^
?am
?al
lu_J
murgam
inta mjiit le:h
mi:n
'al lak timji ?
"
sitt.
rail
jimla kubba:jit Jarba:t wi jis'i'ha: lak
(or "âlajain
jis'iik).
Jajj.
"ala
ma timjiij wala timlaij wala ha:ga 'ablim(a)_ansa.

galaltak
na:si
tis'iniij
ammâ'ul lak
?
sitt.
ha:ga
e:hjlli_n(i)si:tu
Jajj.
la ma_nsitJ3
ha:ga_mhimma,
bassi "âlajan jib?a_jgib
li
ûid kabriit
wajjaih.
wi
is sitt,
fil
ha:l
gab lu_J Jdrbait wi

su:d, bi jigru
sa'?a:h.
wi
ba^^d'
kida sa'âfit
malik.
wi
ma
dirju 'ilia w_infatahit tai'a mil he:ta, wi nazliin
minha guwa:r
wi
kuUuhum
bi jinnu sala:m
li 1
Jajj
gare 'e:h 'alajan

bi t tab"" kull'
do:l
gum
'udda:mi wi ra'mu:
li
salaim
sitt.
min
jidra innak malik jir'mi: lak salaim.
Jajj.
jidru,
sitt.
amma'* d dunja ma ana m adra:J ba'a_nta nsi:t wala

!
tixlaij^
min garajib!
*
il
guwa:r
ja
tidraij!
galaltak
nassaij!^
murgama
wi
fi
is'i(:)h
tami, "âlajam jiw'â_n^ nafsu.
guwair wi sa'atu majja fiiha fi 1 majja 'ablima jijrabha wi masa:fit ma bala'^ha, murgama tafat in nu:r min ge:r ma hadd' _jjufha. wi na:m ij Jajjad no:m zejjij 'amwait.
1
had 'a:mit
wi
il
kibiird
fi 1
dawa jinawwim.
sihi J Jajjad jibuss'
is
sitt.
bussu, 'ijjak rabbina jihdi(:)h* wi jina:m.
xala, jixla, "to be destitute of."

;
The lorm expresses habituation cp. makkair, (makr) or a trade, cp Jajjad (porter).
6
;
" habitual in deceit "
For jiw''a
li.
" cp. the street-cry u:''a,

^
wa'â, jiw'â, or ju:''a, " to look out," " to be ware " "
ware
hada,
jihdi, " to lead aright " (always of God).
150

Mor.
See there, the Lord has guided him right, and he has
All right, carry
gone to
sleep.
Lady.
him away, but
quietly, lest
he wake.
Mor.
Sitt.
Don't be
afraid.
He
will
not wake.
Take him
:{c
to his house, so that he
may
find himself in
the morning in his
lair.
:{: 9[c :{:
:^
:):
And when
Vendor.
the porter woke, he found himself in his house
he got up and went late to the vendor, bemused.
Abraham, why have you deserted us all this time ? good Pray Why, am I awake Porter. If you please, stand off from me Look you, I need someone to pray that I should pray for you ?
for us a prayer of
! !
for
me
Abraham, what's the matter with you ? TeU me what happened to you ? Tell you, say to you, what? I am like one whose Porter. money got lost at market and he departed minus the beans.
Vendor.

1.
XXIL
i i,
Notice the four possible vowel combinations as between past
and
aorist, viz.:
[a a,
i,
ia].
No
[i]
rule can
be given;
each verb must be noted as

2.
it
occurs.
differ
Notice carefully the

[a]
;
way
the pasts in
from those
in
namely
their third person feminine
(i)
(2)
and plural
elided.
the liability of their

the
first
vowel to be
3.
Notice
reduction
of
length
wherever two consonants
succeed a naturally long vowel.
'
Lit. "
Why have you

and
also so
forgotten in our disinterest
"
Seeing the porter
come some
bemused, the vendor thinks he has had some supernatural experience, and so asks him to " pray a prayer of good" to secure
so late
of the blessing.
151
murgama.
sitt.
'aho rabbina ha'da(:)h wi na:m.
tejjib Jiluih ba?a, bass' bijweij
ahsan
jisha.
murgama.
sitt.
ma_txdfi:J
ma
jishaij.
joiia
wadduih
*
"âla
beitu ''alajam jisbah jiPa nafsu_f
mctr'adu.
i|!
*
f
be:tu.
He
bajja:'^
il
wi lamma sihi J Jajja:l la?a nafsu wi huiwa madhuij.

bajja:"^.
!
'am
ra:h badri
11
inta_shi:t
"âleina
le:h'
ja^brahiim?
id''î_jina^
da'^wit xe:r
Jajj.
min
fadlakjb'îd
"ânni.
hu:w(a)_ana
SQ:Ii(i)
ad'''i:
lak
d ana "âwuzjlli
bajja:'^.
jid''^!: li.
ma: lak ja^brahiim

lak a'ul lak
e:
?
ih'ki:li
"âlli
ga'ra: lak.
Jajj.
fi
all'ki:
aho ana
zejj_illi da'ît fuluisu
s su:'
wi
tili"^
minnu min
ge:r fiummus.
as'ila.
(i.)
"âlajan
eh
?a:lit is sitt
muj manzu:r
(3.)
jifSa
illi
(2.)
'eh
kam garadha min

lamma
tibdi
sitt
(8.)
fi 1
?
tasmijjitu malik.
risju 'ala ?innu

?
malik
(5.)
(4.)
?a:lu J Jajjad le:h is sitt' samahit lu jikal-
'e:h
limha bi takabbur
"
fassdr kala:m
is
sitt
" 'ablima tihdi
'eh
murgam wi murgama mim humma wi 'ailit is (6.) murgam? iftakdr ij Jajjail 'ala tu:l innu maUk? (7.) hasal eh lamma sa"afit is sitt ? sa'atu 'e:h il kibiird (9.)
li ?
guwa:r
(10.)
is sitt'
kamit xajfa min e:h
?
li
(11.)
'ul lina
ân Uli
il
hasal min ba''d
iJ Jajjail
ma
Jirib id
1
dawa
illi
?
gaijit
ma
'a:bil
bajja:''
tami jo:m?
1
(12.)
fassdr lina
masal
lu
darabu
J Jajjail.
(13.)
ijmi''na
bajja:*^
sa'alu innu
jid'î:
For
id''i
lina.
The verb
da'â, jid''i
[inf.
du'â)
(vb.
is
the regular word

is
for intercessory prayer,
petition.
The word sala
salla, jisalli)
properly only for public or prescribed prayer.
Ri
Co
ri
c?
:=>
ri
1 1
154
XXIII.
The
Note.
"
Increased " Verb.

(II.
These
" increased " forms
to X.) (which are not
taken in their usual order of numbering for expository reasons),

are all applicable to both " surd verb " (p. 130), and
radicals.
will
(a)
(c)
the " sound " triliteral verb, the verbs
(6)
the
weak in the
all
ist,
2nd, or 3rd
In the following pieces examples of

less
these applications
be given more or
indiscriminately.
(a) is
In the paradigms
for verb-drill the strong
form
treated
first,
and
(b)
and
(c)
thereafter.
[fa"al]
AND
[fail].
Scenes on a Journey
Dialogue.
Verbs of Form II. FOR READING.

[Packing.]
1.
2.
3.
4.
you Mahmoud, to pack (make ready) the luggage, haven't packed it yet. have you done so ? No, What has kept you from packing it till now ? Off and pack it, Patience, sir, I'll pack it immediately. and look sharp Patience (is for) when we have plenty of time. Well then, do get (me) somebody to arrange (things) with me ? There is no arranging that needs one to be with you. All
I
told
right, I'll
5.
do
it
as best
may
it off,
be.
All right, only do finish
and take care not

it off,
to forget any-
thing
6.
It's
done, I've finished bring
nor forgotten anything.
Here, you,
else
Mahmoud,
me
a cab.
Please
let
someone
?
than
me
bring
it.
7.
And why
trouble someone else than
you
since j'om are here
8.
9.
I have not yet got ready my own luggage, and I'm doing it now. And why were you not getting your luggage ready even (from) yesterday ? Yesterda)- 1 was busy packing the house-things. All right, finish your luggage, and then fetch the carriage for us.
Only that
From waddab with the second radical doubled. Inf. tawdilb. Notice form carefully it is the invariable and exceedingly common infinitive of the 2nd derived form of the verb. N.B. All these derived forms have regular invariable infinitives, the infiniti^'es of the simple verb being on the contrary numerous and entirely without rule. The infinitives of the derived forms should therefore be mastered thoroughly.
'
this

il
fi'^1
I55
il
maziid.
is siige t
tanja
fa'^'âl
aw
fa"^"^!!.
muhawra
li
fi?ahwa:l
I
is
safdr.
'ireija.
il
[tawdiib'
1.
"âfj.]
ana
e:h
'ult' lak tiwaddab
il
"âfji
ja
mahmu:d, waddabtu
?
la lissa
2.
illi
ma
!
waddabtuij.
li
3.
4.
5.
6.
jaiid waddabu tatwid lamma_jku:n 'ândina hadd' ma lu wa:hid wajjaik. drattibu zejjima_jkum. bass' tammim w_iw'â tinsa ha:ga. xala:s tammimt wala_nsi(:)tji haiga. ja mahmu:d, had'dar Sadd*
liaijak "ân tawdiibu
?awa:m
tawwil ba:lak
ba:l
li
hadd' dilwa't
ja
xawa:ga an_awaddabu
wa''t'
tewi:l.
!
ha:lan.
tajjib,
il
ma'*_t'gi(:)b
fi:J
jirattib wijjaij
tdrtiib
ji'ûiz
tajjib,
tajjib
"âleih,
'aleih
li
'^drabiija
i'^mil
ma''ru:f xdlli
ge:ri jihad'darha.
7.
wi
''ala
'e
takli:f
geirak
'îzaili
ma
da:m_inta mawguid
fi:h.
?bass'
lissa
ma
gahhiztij
?ana, wi b_agahhiz
8.
wi
le:h
ma_tgali'liizs'
"âf Jak
min
imba:rili
hatta
-ana
majgud
9.
bi taghiiz
"âfj il
be:t min_imba:rih.
tejib xallas 'afjak wi ba'^dem had'dar linaj. "^drabiqa.
Not negative nor interrogative, but introducing a vivacious command. Verbs ending in a sibilant (s, z, s, z) and suffixed by J of the negative, Make your greatly weaken the J so that it sounds hardly more than s. teacher pronounce the following ma tibhasj (" don't inquire ") ma_
^ 3
:
tgahhizj
tihfazj
{"
(" don't
prepare
").
")
ma
tixlasj
("
you don't
finish ")
ma
don't keep
156

[Bringing the cab.]
10.
Bridle the horses,
cabman
minute)
11.
till I I'll
sort the harness

bridling,
All right,
harness.
do the
bridle them, (but just a on them. and you do the sorting of the
I'll
12.
I've finished bridling
have you done the sorting
I've
done, get in please.

13.
14.
Did you speak to him, Mahmoud, about the pay ?^No, I did not speak to him, I left the speaking to you, ma'am. How much will you drive us for, from here to the station, cabby ? The drive from here to the station is a dollar
get in please.
15.
No, that's too

drive.
can't
much if you make the fare so much we won't make it less than that, because it's a long way.
;
16.
All right, get on
and
let
the servant drive

:
by your
side.
[To the station

17.
at the station.]
!
Cabby, think of a near(er) road by which to make a short cut No, there's no shorter cut other than the one we are going by.
18.
19. 20.
I'm afraid we shan't catch (the train), touch up [lit. advise) the cattle a bit, and drive (hard) They are going without any touching up. Mahmoud, have you made the necessary arrangements for
!
the expediting of the luggage
Yes,
did,
but
till
now
my
21.
arranging has
failed.
All right, get
someone
give
to help
you
in the weighing (-room)

train.
first
and
22.
in putting it into the

!
luggage-van in the
Here, Effendi
me
a ticket to Port Said,
class,
return (= going, coming).

23.
No hurry.
is
I've waited long,
and the train
close
on starting
starting,
no hurry
there's
indeed
24.
Why,
there are
still
two minutes
till its
and
the ticket.
25.
And
give
me
too a second class one, (same) description as the
previous.
'
^ 3
For ja USta (any master workman). Sing, bahiima, " a beast of burden."
as here.
The regular plural of all infinitives is the fern. pi. termination -a:t, But some infinitives have a broken plural, e.g. tadbiir, tadabiir From these two examples the form of the ta'^liim (teaching), ta'âliim.
broken plural of the
infinitive of
Form
II.
may
be deduced.

[m'giibit
10.
il
157
'ârebiija.]
laggim
it
il
xe:l
"âleih.
ja_ste
'
alag'gimhum,
wi
bass'
lamm_dsQllah
tQ?m
11.
teijib xdlli talgi(:)mhum "âlajja,
tasliili it
te'm
"âleik.
12.
ana xalais laggimt, inta SQllahtu xalais

rkab.
xallast,
jaiia_
13.
kallimtu ja mahrauid
il
"âla
'ugra
^la,
ma
kallimtuij, xalle:t
kalaim
li
hadritak.
?
14.
bi_trakkib
min hina
15.
la:,
li 1
min hina li 1 mdhatta_bka:m ja_ste mdhatta bi rija:l, itfad:aalu_rkabu.

;
tdrki:bi
da_kti:r
ma jimkinniij
{âl
madaim bi_tkattdr
a'allil
il
fi 1
'ugra kida, nia_b nirkabj.

il
'an kida 'alajan
masa:fa tawi:la.
16.
tajib jaiid, rakkib
xddda:m fi riiSak. mdhatta fi mdhatta.]

;
17.
ja_sta fakkdr
fi
sikka 'urajjiba tixarram

fiiha.
minha.
ma
fi:J
tdxriima ge:r illi_hna majjiin

18.
ana
su:?
xajif
!
ma
nilha'J,
Jawwdr Juwajja
'al
baha(:)jim/ wi
19.
humma majjim min

ja
ge:r tajwiir.
tadbi(:)ra:t3
li il lazma li Jahn il haddi dilwa'ti tadbiiri xa:b.
20.
mahmuid
"âmalt
it
"âfj ?
ana dabbdrt,
21.
taijib Juf
la:kin
hadd' jisa'^dak
fi
1
fi
miza:n wi tanziilu
sa'îid
fi
'odtj
buda:''a
22.
wabuir/
li
j_afandi,
ga(:)j !*
iddimi tazkdra
hadd' bur
!
biriimo' rajih
tawwil badak Jwaija

1
!
23.
ana_stanne(:)t kiti:r wi
ba:li_zza:j
babu:r ?drrab ji?u:m!
w_atawwil
t
24.
da
lissa
faidil "âla
'ijaimu
di'i'tein.''
w_a:di
tazkdra.
25.
iddimi
kaman wahda
sikundo* Jdrh
illi
faitit {or Jdrhu).
+
5
P.
waburait or ?atr, Or ddraga ?u:la. Or zihaib w_ija:b.

;
p. ?utura:t.
7 s.
8
da?i:?a, p. da'a(:)ji?.
Or ddraga tami.
158
26.

Here, porter, go before me, and look for an empty compartment.
When
I find
a compartment shall
put the luggage in

rack.
(II.)
Yes, of course, and put
up the big bag on the

this
To Illustrate the Weak Verbs of
Form
A
27.
Conversation in the train.
28.
your Sultan getting on ? God be thanked, it is a which makes one quite happy. Yes, he is a good (kind) man, and likes to make (people) happy. Has he kept on the Khedive's people in the Abdeen ? He's keeping on the honest or has he not kept them on ?
is
How
state of things
people only.
29.
30.
His keeping of them on is just because his nature (because he is patient). I hear that he wants the Egyptians to bring up the
is
patience
girls (with)
an education
like that of
Europe, because they do not bring

yes,
them up
properly.
Why
he wants to make them
like
the useful
women
of Europe, not
Uke those who ignorantly

!
31.
32.
ape Europeans. God keep you Well you have diverted me with this news Is there remaining much till we reach Port Said ? Why, my brother, the interest (sweetness) of your talk
has brought us there without our being sensible of the

journey.
'
^
3
P. Junat. P. rufu:f.
Lit. "
In the
name
of God, that
which God willed "
formulae to
mate
compliments acceptable.

26.
159
!
ja Jajjail, ruill 'udda:mi,

al'a
talla';
dawwar
il
"âla
diwain fa:di
?
diwain,
ij
adaxxal
1
"âfji
fi:h
lamm_ 'aiwa_uinma:l, wi
Jenta"
li 1
kibiird
il
'^sr
mff/
min
si:git fa"al.
tamsi:l
'afâil
mu'^talla
fi
1
[m^'hadsa
27.
izzej ji hail is
?atr.]
sultem bita<^kum ?bismil'laihi, ma: Ja 'aiiaih ^

tisalli'*
di ?ahwa:l
28.
?awi!
latiif
aiwa huiwa wailiid
wLjhibb
fi
il
xe:r
li
na:s.
xdlla
?
min m^xdlli n
na:s
29.
taxliijitu
bitu:<^ il
xideiwi
"âbdim, walla
ma
xdlla:J
na:s
il
?umana
bass.
fi:hum ikminn' tab'û
hilm
{or
ikminnu
1
tialirm).
30.
ana b_asma'^ innu "âiwuzjl masrijim jirabbu

zejji tdrbi:jit_urubba, "âlajan
bana:t tdrbiija
tamaim.
fi
^maho'
muj
ma hummaj
mrabbi:'jinhum
"âijiz
illi
jixdlliihum zejji_is sitta:t in
naFim
'urabba,
zejj
jitfarnagu^ bi gahluhum.
31.
?amma
hddritak
salle(:)tni bi
xabdr da
nu:sal bur
'awi.-
aiiah
jih-
fazak''!
fa:dil kitiir "âla
ma
sai'îd ?
32.
ja ?axi, di hala:wit hikajtak wassalitna
min
ge:r ma_nhiss,
bi
mijwair.
as'ila.
1 xawaiga li mahmuid wi e:h kam il gawab ? xdddaim min siidu ? (3.) tatwid il bad jinfa'^ (2.) fi kuU il ahwail ? lamma 'amdru 1 xawa:ga jihaddar 'drabijja (4.) rah hadan ? .ummal ma rah J' le:h ? (5.) mahmuid ma gah'hizs' 'ul Una hasal e: be:n il xdddaim wi 1 'drbagi. 'âfju le:h ? (6.)
(t.)
e:h
illi
?a:lu
talab
e:li il
(7.)
il
'eh
keifijjit
fi
1
ittifa'hum
'âl
'ugrd
?
?
(8.) (9.)
il
"^drbagi
'âgab
xawaiga
mijwair
il
li
mahatta
(10.)
tadbiir
tdrtiib
e:
1
mahmuid
il
nigih bi xsuis Jahn

kibiir
(12.)
"âfj ?
'ul lina
"âla
"âfj il
?
wi s sugajjdr wi 'at'' it tazaikir. (11.) talab Idxxas lina madmum il m'hadsa Hi hislit fi
The
"word
mij
?atr.
Jajjail
<
5
f"
means
" to divert," " amuse," " console."
'
Short for ma huiwa. From the quadriliteral root frng (Frangi, Feringi, Frank, foreign). The commonest reply to a compliment.
d c
I
rt
-75
Xi
^
rt
PI f3
^
erf
;
d
i3
cd
'a
'E
3
.S
$
10 Id Id la td
ja .J ja -' jc
:i .^
.
^
erf
erf
^
'^
^
^
^ -S _0 p ^ d ,^ "
-^
-ft
^ ^ S
43 Id
4; -g 55 -^
"
d *
erf
en
erf
erf
0)
-^^
J3
l62

1.
XXIII.
Notice that throughout this form, when the second vowel has on either side of it one of the consonants which modify [a]
to [d] or [a], then that
vowel
all
is
[a]
[i.e.
[fatha]).
Othera very
wise
is,
it is [i]
([kasra]).
And whichever of
the two the vowel
it
persists
throughout
:
the tenses.
This
is
important rule
e.g.
[nQad(Q)f, naff(Q)a, hdrr(a)f, ?aJJ(d)r],

first
but [sabb(i)n].
2.
The
vowel
is
is
[fatha] invariably.
Notice that the quadriliteral
constructed exactly in the
same measure, two

the doubled one:
different
consonants merely replacing
cp. [Idxbat
naddaf,
kdrkib
laggim].
[Idxbata
And
3.
rule
in
(i)
holds good for

is
all quadriliterals also.

e.g.
Only
the infinitive
there divergence,
tandiif].
4.
In the weak verbs of this form, only those weak in ist radical They are A I verbs, combining the call for any remark.
features of
[bana
jibni]
with those of this form.

[for [taswija]).
:
Their
(Con-
infinitives invariably take the feminine termination.
trast [tandiif
5.
taswijja]
form
[wi'i'']
e.g. Significations for this form " to fall," [wa^'a''] " to fell."
[nidi:f]
[liga:m]
['ibli]
Making an intransitive "clean," [naddaf] "make clean." Making a verb from an "bridle," [laggim] "to Making a verb from a substantive, " south," " go south." Making verb action
verb of
first
transitive.
transitive
adjective.
bridle."
transitive
['abbil]
of
from an adjective,
[segiir]
Making
[kibi:r]
"smaU," [saggar] "to make out small," "to demean." out, considering, somebody something.
" big," [kabbdr] " to

out,
make
out big," " exaggerate."
Making
but wrongfully.
N.B. [naggis] (from [nigis] "unclean") well illustrates the difference between " making actually so " (No. 11) and " making out so " (No. 12).
164
XXIV.
Verbs
of "
Form V." [itfaal, FOR READING.
itfa"U].
A
A
.
proposal for a holiday.

for
want
to
make an arrangement
!
you
to spend a holiday
at the Zoological Gardens.
B.
Fine idea
have long had a desire to see over the Zoo.

all
By
the way, will not somebody be necessary to show us

?
the
animals
what, didn't you know the way about them you one thing if it is not practicable for me to go with you, take care that none of you get near to the cages of the monkeys, lest they preoccupy you and get you off your guard, and put out their paws suddenly and scratch you. B. Gracious, why we'U keep right away from them, and give up a visit-to-see them, even A. I don't tell you to avoid them altogether, only keep edgedoff a bit from them. B. We know that you are looking to our good entirely, so, in any case, thank you very much.
A.
No need
yet
But
I'll tell
'
Form
Form Form
II.
fassah, " give (someone) a holiday."

;
2 3
Inf. of
raih (alternative form, rawaih)

jassdr, "to
lit.
:
" the-going-to-them."
II.,
make easy"
(jasiir)
Form
V.,
"to be made
easy."
t
II.,
'drrab, " to make near."

it
il
1 65
tamri:n
il
arba'â_w
"îjiim.
'afâil
illi
min
siigit " itfaal " (aw " itfa"il

li
").
'iraija.
[Ptirsih "âlajan fusha.]
A. _gnent
B.
ana "âwuz
il
a'^mil
lukum
tdrtiib
"âlajan
titfas'sahu'
fi
hajawana:t.
fikr'
gami:l
zaman.
A.
"âlajan
liija
ke:f
atfdrrag
'ala
"âleiha
1
min
alia
ma
jilzamna:J wa:hid jifdrragna
hajawana:t
lissa?
kullaha
muj" duruiri, hu:wa_ntu

an(a)_a'ul
lak,
ma
"^riftuij
'li:J
mirwahha^
walaikin
iw'â
in
ma_tjassdr3
aruih wajjaikum,
hadd' minkum jit'drrab* min 'ifisit^ il ?uru:d, ahsan jilahhuiku wi jsahhu.'ku wi jtalla'û 'ideihum "âla gafla wi jxdrbijuiku.
B. deh da! aleihum hatta
!
w_ihna
ma
nitba'^'âd
"ânhum wi balaj furga

bi
A.
B.
xe:rak
ana muJ b_a'ul lukum titganni'bu:hum^

ihna
ni'^raf
mdrra,
bass' txdlliikum'' mittarrafim* "ânhum Jwaija.
innak bi tunzur
li
salihna xa:lis, fa kattdr
kitiir 'âla kull' ha:l.
as'ila.
(i.)
e:h
iUi
nta
e:h
(5.)
"âwuz
ti'-milujina
(2.)
jilzam
?
wa:hid
inta
jifdrregna 'al gineina
waUa
?
il
jgu:z niru:h
(4.)
li
wah'dina
(3.)
bi_thazzdma
'ifisit il
min
?
'âlajan
e:li
ma_n''drrabji
min
bi
1
'uruid
(6.)
mdrrd
?e:h iUi
da ji'tidi 'innina ma nruhj nifhamu min tahzi:rak lina ?

xo:f
Sing. ?afes.
^ Lit. 7
is
" to make-yourselves-aside-(ganb)-from."
:
Not tixdlu:kum
the verb
when combined with a
reflexive
pronoun
always in singular.
8 Lit.
" keep-yourselves-to-the-edge-(terf)-of."
!3
^-1
rt
nJ
,ni
13
-^
^ ^
ccf
^ ^ s
42 >^
- "S t3
!
!
6
cd 3)
Si^s
ti
gist's
ni
-ij
a
d
X!
'"'+-'-'
.ti
.-y
cd
^->
ni
'-'
+j
3 g g
j^
d
cd
-S^
6
4C
cd
CO
Si,
d
cd
cd
1=1
cd
a)
4C
cd
jil
"T
cd
?^
bjO
T-H
CO
cd
'tt cd
:;:r
o
E3
eo
^
d
r^ ;^
cd
;j:h
II
^ 6
d
^
cd cd
B B
-
^
6
cd
cd
6
i?w
s 3
r>-.
ton '^'
cv. n..
0-.
cd en
*S -iS cd ja
en cd
^
cd
+-;
42
J"
"c/i
'3
-ti
'-!->
^
-
+^ 43
cd
-^ =3 Co j_)
en cd M-H
)
.^
ja
cd
c/i
^
-^
cd
'c?
cd
ffi
6
Cd
cd
^
'e e:
cd
cd M-(
I
X! i3
^
:3
__,
CO
i 13 i
cd
^
.t:
--'
cd ;=! cd
cd
1=1 cd
:=! cd te
^ ^ *
d
x)
3
T3
-O
.J
S
6
PH
cd
D
T3
6
ri
cd
a e
1=1 cd
a
cd
6
1=1
6
;=! cd
d
cd
cd
^ ^
H
CO
s
"ft.
Rh ;;
i66
en
J3
a c
ai
S3
a
-5 =3
"ir^
-S
d
=1
Id
d X
d
43
r-'
iH
5
-3
"^
-d -^ +j
S
d
^ ^ ^
)
oi B r? 6
-^ ,G
6 S a 6
rfS
Oi
T3
-B?
d
;3
-=3
1=1
1=1
1:3 of
'd
03
l68

1.
XXIV.
"
Sound on p. 162, Nos.

infinitive
" verb.
Apart from the prefix [it] the rules given and 2, apply to this form, and its corretasawwur],
sponding quadriliteral, absolute^.

2.
The
form
[ta''allum,
etc.,
is
scarcely a
colloquial form, the infinitive of
Form
II. [tafîil] is
usually
borrowed and substituted

3.
for
it.
The only weak verb

exemplified in No.
in
is
of this
9.
form calling
(like
for notice is the
one
But whereas the corresponding verb

verb
[bana
jibni]), in
Form
II. is
Form
V.
it
AA
(like ['are ji'^re]).
Contrast
sawwa, jisaww[i].
itsawwa, jitsaww[a].
4.
:
But
partic. mitsaww[i].
Significations of form () To do the action expressed in Form
oneself
e.g.
[it*âllim]
II. to oneself or in " to teach oneself (have oneself
taught)," and so " learn."
Middle, or reflexive, of
II.
Apply
(6)
this
to
[itfassah,
issawwdr,
ifaddim, it'oxxer,
[itkabbdr] " to
itldxbat], etc.
And
so,
(c)
make And so
oneself out. ..." e.g. oneself out great," " to be proud."
" to
make
" to pretend to be. .," " to ape. .," e.g. [iddarwij] " to pretend to be a dervish," [itfcimag] " to ape foreigners."
II.
(d)
Merely passive of
" to be bridled."
[laggim]
" to bridle,"
[itlaggim]
Notice the assimilation of the
[tj
[issswwar, miggawwiz]
and other consonants.
lyo
XXV.
Verbs of " Form VII
[infa^'al
(it-)
"
and
"
Form
VIII."
and
ifta'âl.]
FOR READING.
[{a)
The Appointment.]
you, you must wait for [or expect)
I will
A.
If it's possible for
me to-morrow
at
your house, and
be found there between
three and four o'clock.
B. Why I have an appointment with so-and-so at that time but just (wait) until I excuse myself to him. A I think that however much you excuse yourself to him he
;
.
won't accept the excuse. B. Oh come if he does not accept, that is his affair. A Now then you must be sure not to vex him, seeing that
! .
!
you previously gave him an appointment. B. No that man annoys me and hinders me from my work. I only hope he will get vexed and give me up and have done with it. A. Considering you have a meeting (of a Society) once a week, where does this " giving up " come in ? B. The best thing is for me to leave the Society, since my inclination will not allow that he should meet with me, not even
;
once a week.
C.
[(&) The barrister {advocate).] your opinion of that barrister, my dear friend. I think he's a man (who) works conscientiously. Well then, shall I rely on your word and get him to plead
What
is
D.
C. for
me
D.
C.
in
my
law-suit
Even though
(leaning) nevertheless be
do praise him to you. let your rehance on God (and then) youil succeed.
but you know what
him
I
in
is relying on Him will never fail Hadn't we best direct ourselves to order to make conditions with him for his labour ?
Of course everyone who

I
mean
if
D.
Do
just wait,
only a moment, until
I finish
the thing
have
^
in hand.
after a conditional tense in the past tense, without the sense
The verb
(cp.
is
being past
^ 3
our "
if I
knew him,
would, etc."
VIII.,
from nazar. Or anwigid. Both forms
are VII. from

;
wagad.
+ Colloquial
change of d into d
root-word dajji' (narrow).

it
I7I
tamrim
il
xamsa_w
"îjriin.
11
?aFa:l
illi
min
siigit
" infa'âl" (aw " itfa'âl") wi "

li
ifta'âl."
'iraija.
il
[{a)
mi'âid.]
A.
iza ka:n'
mumkinak,
laizim tinti'zirni^ bukra

is sai'â
fi
be:t,
w_an(a)_at'wigid3 <ândak be:n

B.
talaita w_cirba'â.
d_ana
"ândi
mi'âid
rai'^
fula:n
fi
wa't' da,
ummail
amm
a'^ti'zir lu.
A.
B.
aftikir mahma_(i)'^ta'zdrt' lu
ma
ji'balj
il
"ûzr.
deh da
iz zaij
!
w_in ma_'bilj
ji'^raf
Juglu
A.
B.
jiz'âl
madaim
iddet lu mi''a:d ma^tza'^'-aluij abadan!
la:..., da bi jda:ji?ni'* wi bi wi jirtigi*^ "ânni wi s salaim A. mata kam' "ânduku gtima:'^

!
j'âttalni "ân 'ajgaili,
ijjak
fi
kull'
'usbu:"^
mdrrci,
irtiga:'-
ji:gi_mn_e:n
B.
ahsan
Je:'
an_atruk
fi 1
il
gam'îija
he:s
nafsi
muj
?abla
tigtimi'' wijja:j,
wa law
[{b)
gum'â mdrrd.
abuka:tu).]
?
il
m'haimi
(1
C.
fikrak
aftikir
fi 1
m''ha:mi da ?eh, ja habiibi

ra:gil jijtigil bi
'âla
D.
C.
innu
ba'(a)_a'' 'timid
?
zimma. kala:mak w axdlli:h

fi:h,
jitra(:)'fi'^''
li
fi_l 'adi:ja_bta'^ti
{or drtikin).
D.
in kutt'
b_am'dah lak
!
la:kin xdll(i)_i'^tima:dak
irtikamak 'al aiia:h ting ah ma''lu:m kull' min jiku:n mi'-timid wi mirtikin C.
"âleih
ma_jxibj_abadan.
lu
il
ma''su:d''
muj ahsan
?
Je
nitwag'gih
hadan
D.
i:di
"âlajan nijtirit wijjaih 'âla îfâibu
ma
tintizir
wa law burha
sgajjdra
"-ala
balma (a)xall95_
illi f
mata, " when " is The " VI th form "
treated like a conditional particle (cp. note

of the verb, see
(i).
XXVI.
itself like this
7 Lit. "
the intended thing," used
by
to bring a discussion
back to the point, or to cut short irrelevant objections.
172
C.

No,
in to-day,
if we don't go to him now I fear he won't be found and that would be something (which) would be a loss to me. D. My good man, don't be afraid, to-day or to-morrow are all the same, and loss there is not. If you please, either come with me now, or give it up, and C. I'll go to him by myself. D. Have it your own way Please yourself and go if you
!
must.
Weak Verbs
.
of these
Two
Forms.
The closed bridge.] [(c). A The boats that were behind the bridge all passed through, all except two which were held up. B. Hard lines For that bridge only opens once a week, and the boat that gets held up must wait for the whole of that interval, and that is an interruption (in which) there is loss. A Well, and if they need food during that time ? " B. If there are villages all round them where does " need come in ? There is even a village right adjoining the bridge, in which is everything.
! .
A.
True, the adjoining of that village to the bridge
is
very
useful to people like that.

[{d).
An
odd incident.]
and from my extreme weariness my bed like a corpse, and the paraffin of the lamp got exhausted and the lamp went out of itself. While I was sleeping, after the light went out, I felt someone enter the room and (heard him) groping in my desk. And in my fear of him I was perplexed what to do in order that the thief might go out of the room, and after a little I chose (made up my mind) to attack him, and attack I did indeed, and caught hold of him and in his fear of me he threw himself on to the ground, for he was (only) a poor hungry man who wanted a loaf of bread to eat, not a thief. And he was very advanced in age, a very old man. And had I been aware that the case was so, I needn't have been perplexed.
I
was awfully
tired yesterday,
lay stretched the whole night on
Used
in
humorous expostulation,
especially
in
objecting to over-
rigorousness.
^ 3 Lit. " with your mind (or feeling)," xaitir. Or ja ?imma. " (if) you go, you do go." So sikka nafda, " a thorough-fare" sikka muj nafda, " a bhnd
; ;
+ Lit.
5
alley "
naffiz, " put through," " accomplish."

C.
lai,
I73
iza ka:n
Je:
ma
nruh
'lu:J
dilwa't,
axa:f
ma
jinwigidj
innaharda, wi da
jiku:n darar
txafj",
'âlajja.
D.
fi:J"
ja Jeix,'
ma
innahdrda wi bukrd
zejji ba'^d,
wala
darar.
C.
min
fadlak, ja^ t'u:m wijjaija dilwa^t, ja balaj,
w_an_aruh
lu_l
wahdi.
D.
bi xatrak^
<âla
keifak
tiru:h,
tiruih.*
il
'af-a:!
il
mu''talla
il
mis
1
si(:)g.te:n do:l.
[(c).
kubri
ma?fu:l.]
A.
B.
di
il
mara:kib_illi kainu wdra_l

ill(i)
kubri nafadu' kulluhum,
bassjltnein
inhaiju.
ilia
il
saba'''t,ijja:m mdrrct,
BoSh "âleihum! '-alajan il kubri ma jinfitihj wi 1 mdrkib illi tinha:J laizim tintizir
kuU'
mudda
kuUaha, wi di 'âtala fiiha xusaird. A. tejjib, w_in_ihta:gu fi 1 mud'dai di li 'akl ? B. iza kam hawaleihum bilaid, jikum "ânduhum izzarj ? hatta fih balad mittisla* bi 1 kubri tamam bi
fi:ha
ihtijaig
jinba:''
kuUi haiga.
A.
sahi:h, ittisad
il
balad di bi
kubri bi
jinfa''
na:s zejj'
do:l kitiir.
[(li).
nadrd
gdriiba.J
amm_ana
il
li
kutt' ta'^bam imbairih, wi

il
min
Jiddit ta*'abi_tmadde:t
le:la di "-as siriir zejj
'ati:l,
wi g ga:z
xilis
mil lamba
intefat
wahdaha.
wi_f 'asna:
ma
kutt' na(:)jim ba''dima_ntafa

fi 1
n nu:r
wi min
jitla'^
hasseit inni waihid dnxdl

xo:fi
il
'oida wi bi jda'^bis
a'-mil
izzejj,
bure:(h).
minnu 'umtîhtdrt
wi
'aleili,
lagljl haraimi da
''aleih,
mil ?o:da.
ba'^d' Jwajja_xtdrt''
inn(i)_ahgim
fi
1
wi
fi'^lan
hagamt
wi min xoifu minn(i) Jtrama
'ard, "-ajan innu
kam ra:gil galba:n wi gi'âm, "âwuz ragiif jaklu, muj hdraimi. wi kam kibiir fi s sinn' ?awi, ja''ni ra:gil ixtija:r.^ wi law kutt_a''raf
inn
il
ha:la kida,
ma
kanj' laizim afitair.
From ittasal
VIII. from root
length,
for
iwtasal,
r
VIII.
of
wasal.
So,
ittahad
for
iwtahad, ittafa'
7
for iwtafa'-
for ixta(:)rt
is
where the weak
letter is represented
:
by the
which however
suppressed before the two consonants
3rd sing, ixtair. ^ Inf. of the above, the weak letter reappearing. It is difficult to saywhy " choosing " should mean a very old man. Perhaps a man who is
allowed to do just what he
likes.
c
.a
3
CTJ
t-r
TO
.^
'-i^
.rt
^
;-!
s ^
6 a 6 6 a
iS +3
'-i^
'-S
s
C/1
s ^ a
c/)
c/)
to
-q
-^
jg
CO
176

1.
XXV.
[a];
Past vowels always

sionally heard,
[jintizir].
e.g.
aorist, regularly
[jintazar]
[i], but [a] is occa("he expects"), alongside of
2.
Notice elision of unaccented

kit]).
[i]
([tin'bis(i)ti], just
as in ['mis(i)-
3.
VIII.,
first
radical [w],
[ittahad] for [iwtaliad], etc.
(Form
VII. no irregularity.)
4.
VIII., second radical weak-;

[ihtaig, jihtaig].
conjugated like [jinaim],

similarly
:
e.g.
(Form VII.
[jinha:J],
e.g.
[inSaiJ],
" to
be kept back,"
5.
but no
infinitives.
VIII., third radical

e.g.
weak; conjugated
like [bana(:), jibni(:)],

e.g. [intefa],
[ibtada, jibtidi].
Form
VII. similarly,
(if
"to
be extinguished,"
6.
[jintifi],
infinitive
any)
[intifa(:)].
N.B.
Second
VIII.
is
and third
{e.g.
radicals the same, conjugated like

jindarr]).
[sahh jisahh]
[imtadd jimtadd, indarr
Form
one of the few in which a passive participle appears in a few verbs it is always in [a] e.g. [muhtdram] second radical weak, [muxtair] (same as the active).
:

as'jla.
(il
^L^^
mi'âid.)
?
(i.) ma jimkinakJLt'aggil il mi'âid wejja fula:n haiga kbiird "ândak iza zi'îl ma'âik ? (3.) ma tjufuij
(2.)
iz
za:j,
ma da:m
(il
ma'^ ba'^d
fi 1
gam'îjja?
m'haimi.)
(i.)
fikrak e:h
fi
zimmit fulam
?
il
m'haimi
(2.)
il
'âlajan
eh ti'aiwil waihid m'haimi

ji'^timid
e:
(3.)
'âla
mim
laizim
?
'insain
"âlajan
wi
jirtikin
fi
Li'"tima:d
li 1
'âla
z za:t battail
?
(4.)
bi tista''gil
(il
mirwaihak
m'ha:mi
kubri
(i.)
ma'fuil.)
li
1
gdra 'eh
?
mara:kib
?
illi
wdra
kubri
(2.)
umma:l
z zejj
fih
kida darar kibiir
(3.)
tajjib
jidabbdni "ê'Jithum
wa't' wu'uifhum
(nadra gdriiba.)
(i.) (2.)
(4.)
eh kamit ahwailak wa'tima ddxal "âleik wi lamma ddxdl "âmal e: ? (3.) 'e:h kam sabab 'axi:ran "âmalt e: wi Juft eh fi:h?
ir
raigil?
ihtijairak.
178
XXVI. Verbs of " Form IV." FOR READING.

[The Messenger.]
A. I sent you a letter yesterdaj^ with your servant, why did you not inform me (about what I asked), though I said to you, inform me and send the answer with the messenger ? B. Is it my fault, if I order your messenger to wait a little just while I should write the message for him, and it does not please him to stop ? A Say, didn't you show him that the message was essential (or your message to me) ? B. My good sir, I did so, hard, but he made it appear to me that he had no time. And it appears that you had not told him Moreover, I saw him signify that he was to wait for the answer.
.
tired.
A. You are right in what you say, for I should have obHged him to wait. My mind was occupied with an important affair, and that is what caused me to forget. B. But for (the fact that) you were careless, and if he had stayed, it would have saved me coming to you all this way. A. I do see that you have troubled yourself, and I beg you
to forgive me.
me your " Arabic Comsomeone with us who knows how to write and wants to teach me how to do it. A. Is he the man who teaches you dictation ?
B.
Don't mention
it
Just give
position " though, for there
is
B.
A.
B.
Yes, he
is
the one
but he dictates to
me
very
difficult
sentences.
Well, here's the book for you.
Grateful and obliged
'
Or ?afadt.
IV. of root
d from
?afa:d.
(IV. with 3rd rad. weak).
'
IV., imperative of 'drsal.
3 II.,
synonymous with ?awrQ(:) above
I79
it
tamrim
il
xamsa wi
1
'-ijrim.
li
'iraija.
il
'afâil
min
si:git 'aFal.
[il
mirsa:l.]
A.
leih,
'arsalt' lak
ma'^ inni ?ult' lak, fi(:)dni
gawaib imbairih ma'â 1 xdddaim ma fidtiniij' wJrsiP ir redd ma'âj mirsail ?

iza kutt' ?amart' mirsailak jistanna Jwejja
'ifaida,
B.
a'^'mil
lak
ei,
1
masaifit maktib lu
ma
xallssuij jistanna
A.
'ifadtak
alia
liija).
ma
'awre(:)tu:J inn'
'ifa:da
darurijja
(or
inn'
B.
ja siidi wdrreitu^ ?awi, la:kin 'ez'hsr
li
'innu
ma
'ânduij
we't' 'abadan.
jintizir ir
radd.
hadritak m_axbdrtu:J b innu wi zijaida 'ala kida Juftu bi jizhir innu ta''bam
wi
ii?;har*
iim'
A.
lik
ha?"
illi
bi.t'udu, li'innu
kam
jilzamni 'al'zimu^
bi Lintiga:r...ka:n fikri majguil bi
'amr'_mhimm, hu:wa_lli 'ansami.

hu:wa_(i)stanna,
B.
lau la_nta 'ahmalt,
-"au
kam
il
'ag'nami
an*
il
migij
li
Iiaddi_hna.
A.
B.
'ala kuUi
had
bass
'af'abt' nafsak
w
il
arguik
m^samfta.
il
"âfw
iddimi
kta:b
?inja_bta:'âk.
"âlajan
a'^raf
fih wa:liid "ândina ji'-raf jinji "âwuz ji'âllimni 'anji.
Jwajja "âlajan
A.
B.
huwa r raigil dajli bi_jddr'ris lak ?imla ? aiwa hu:wa, laikin bi jimli "âlajja gumal
itfaddal adi
sa'^bi ?awf.
kitaib.
B.
mitjakkar wi
mamnum.
4 1st Form, " appear " this IVth form aorist, " causes to appear," would be jizhir (as in next sentence). 5 These two words bear the same relation to each other as jizhar and
;
jizhir.
6 Lit. "
made me
rich from,"
i.e.
" able to dispense
with."

as'ila.
(i.)
l8l
e:h
illi
?arsaltu
?
lak imbairih
?ult'
(2.)
?
ma''
mi:n
(3.)
leh
ma
'afattiniij
il
muj ana
ir
lak tifiidni
(4.)
iza kutt
(5.)
'awreitu 'inn
di
li
'ifa:da darurijja
ummail
(6.)
ma
stannaj" leih?
fi
1
saba' ana 'ult' lu jintizir
radd?
ijjak 'ihmaili
"îba'ra:
ma_jkunj sabbib lak 'atela! (7.) ge:t mcixsuis "âlajan tiwaddi: radd walla "ândak Je ta:ni ? mi:n bi jddrris lak il 'inja ? (8.) hu:wa_b jimli "âleik gumal sahla ? biddak tisaimihni (10.) (9.)
r
?
an ta'xiiri iza kutt addi: lak tedabak

1.
The
aorist is identical
[i]
with that of
in
[i].
But unhke
I it
takes
2.
invariably.
(I.),
Distinguish [jilzam]
"it
is
necessary," and [jilzim] (IV.),
"he compels";
" he shows."
[jizhar]
(I.),
"he
appears," and
[jizhir]
l82
XXVII.
Verbs of Form X.
FOR READING.
Dialogue between a Doctor and a Patient.
From what village are you Bagur Menufiya. Doc. What's wrong with you ?
Doc.
Pa.
Pa.
Doc.
am
ill
in
my
ill
inside.
felt
Since
I
when have you

felt
bad
like this
Pa.
Doc.
have
like this for

I
about two months.

!
Upon my
word,
am
astonished at you, you fellaheen

ill,
(To think that) one of you can feel

himself.
and be so
careless aliout
No, doctor, I was not careless about myself. .only more than this, but felt the distance (to here) too far. Doc. Such considering-too-far should be in anything but health. No, the fact is you thought stopping at home did not matter, and rather preferred it (thought it nicer).
Pa.
.
was
ill
Pa.
it
;
No,
I
neither thought
it
did not matter nor preferred
but after
had asked
to be directed to your place here, I came,
as
you
see.
I
Doc.
am
surprised at you.
?
need directing to
you're trying to
Why,
it's
!
known
What, does our place here to everybody. I'm afraid

say such
gammon me
how
could
I
Pa.
Oh, doctor, how can you

try to
a
!
thing
You
know
everything,
Doc. Pa. Doc.

Pa.
of the
gammon you Well, look out you don't. Tell me the real If I told you, you might think me either a Oh no
I
reason.
simpleton
or an idiot even.
won't
only do say.
till
The reason that made me wait
now was
the death
grandmother of the wife of my maternal cousin. her soul, she was a good woman [lit. saint).
Allah rest
e.g.
to be easy-going, tolerant. inf. tasaihul ru:h, a rather more intimate word for " self " than nafs or za:t 'irham ru:hak, " have mercy on your poor self."
'
;
For jitsa:hil,
3 +
From hajjin (easy, light). " To consider sweet" (hilw).
183
it
il
tamriin
is
sab'â
wi
"îjriin.
'afâ:!
illi
min
siigit " istafâl "

li
1
aw
" istafîl."
'irsija.
fallaih.
m^hawre be:n haki:m wi

hak.
fal.
inta_mn_inhi balad
h.
f.
ana mil bagu:r minufijia. "âjaik 'eh hu:wa ?

il
marad
bitai'î^f
1
batni.
h.
t.
istaj'ârt' bi
'âja:
ana_(i)stahasse:t
ja sala:m,
da_mn_emta ? bu min mudda tigi Jahrem.

!
S.
minku
f.
jib?a 'âjjam
ana bâstagrab luku ja fallahim wi jissaihiP fi ru:hu^ m_a'^rafj' le:h. ana

ma_ssa(:)'hiltij
fi
il
wa:hid
ja gana:b id dakto:r,
ru:hi,
bass'
kutt' 'âjjain aktdr

h.
min kida wjstab'âdtjl masa:fa.

fi
Listib'âid jiku:n
1
lia:ga ge:r
il
mdrad.
inta
lli
kutt*
mistahwin' wi mistahli*
la:
'a''
da
fi
balad.
f.
la kutt'
mistahwin
'âla
il
'u'âid
fi 1
balad wala mistahliih

geit.
innama lamma_stadalle:t'
h.
mafialluku 'adimi
ana b_asta''gib
li
lak!
;
huiwa mahallina
''a:wuz_iU-istidla:l
!
da
ma''ru:f
kulli
wa:hid
inta ?ijja:k bi tistaghilni''
f.
la,
il
"âfw ja sa'âtt id doktoir,

izza:j
!
inta_b
ti'^raf kulli
haiga,
w_astaghilak
h.
f.
tajjib,
ma_b
lak
tistaghilniij.
"âla
'?ul
il
li
"âla
ha?i:'it
il
'amr.
in
'ult'
Iia'i:'it
?amr jimkin
tistdgjimni''
wi
tista'^batni*
kaman.
la:, la:,
illi
h.
f.
la:,
ma
b_asta'^batakj,
bass'
li
'u:!.
is
sabab
xdlla:n(i)
astanna'
fiadd'
dilwa't'
mo:t
sitt
mdrQ:t
ibn' xdlti.
aiiah jirhamha ka:nit wili:ja'_kwaijisa!
6 7 8 9
1st Form dall, "to direct (a person) From ga:hil, " a fool." From gdji:m, " an inexpert." From '^dbi:t, an idiot."
''
to Câla)."
For ista'anna.
' Lit.
" saint " (Moslem).
184
Doc.
tend) that

Hullo
all
!
why, according to
that,
you could claim

to fetch
(pre-
the people in the world are your relations.

look here, do you want
?
Pa.
Doc.
reject
it
Now
me
you out a
reason from below the earth
No, but anyone who heard you teU that tale would
and
I
disbelieve you.
Pa.
can teU you the true causes, only please don't deride
them.
Doc. I call you to witness, you who are sitting, did we hear from him anything rational, and called it strange ? Bysitters. No, if he told us of anything rational, we should not call it improbable {to the patient) For we have heard many stories from others and did not call them impossible. Pa. Well, it's beyond my power! Since you are so domineering, then, there's nothing in it more than the matter of Ramadan and the Feast. Doc. And why didn't you say so from the first, and it would have avoided all this trouble and waste of time for nothing. Enough of this. Used you to ask-to-be-given medicine at home ? Pa. I used, but I did not obtain any benefit from it. Doc. What didn't you ask advice of any doctor ? Pa. No, why should I consult any doctor while the druggists are to be found with us ? There is no need to consult (them). Doc. No wonder you too did not profit at all from the medicine you asked for. Pa. To come to the point, here we've come to you to see what you'll do to me.
:
[Here the Doctor submits the patient
to
a thorough examination.]
Doc.
in the
Off with you, strip off these dirty clothes, take a bath,
I trust you'll
put on clean clothes, and go into hospital, and
wake
morning
jidti''i,
feeling better.
VIII.
of
'For
' 3
da''a,
"to
call
oneself,"
"pretend,"
"make
claim" (da'^wa(:),
p. da'âiwi).
From
?abi:h, " vile."
Or jikazzib, "belie," "deny," 'call false." sadda' is also pronounced sadda'. * From gdrilb, "strange," "odd," "unlikely"; cp. istab''ad, with same meaning." 5 Lit. " I ask for you as witness " (Jaihid). * Or ma_b jaddilj' hi:la often means " I can't, or couldn't, help it."
;
" Making-yourselves-rulers "
(haikim).
'

h.
illi fi
f.
185
'inni
deh da da_nta "âla kida tPdar d dunja kullaha 'arejbak

!
!
tiddi'î'
n na:s
il
ummail
la:
inta 'âiwuz astax'rag lak sabab
min taht
'ard'
ba'a?
ti.
bass' kull'
min
lak
sim";ak tPuil
il
ka'lam da jista'bahu^
is
wala_jsQdda'J"3.
f.
an_a?dar_a?ul
"âl
?asba:b
sahiiha,
bass*
ma
tistdgrabhaij*.
h.
ana bâstaj'hidku' ja_lli

'aidin.
la:
(lil
!
?a'^dim
?
alla_hna_s(i)mi'^na
minnu
ha:ga ma'^'uda wjstctgrab'naiha

il
lau
'al
lina
"âla
ha:ga
ma'â''u:la
ma
nistagrebha:J.
kiti:ra
f.
mari:^)
'âlajan
simi'^na
min ge:rak
liikaja:t
'awi wala stagrebnaha:J.

?eh!
ma_b
jaddi hiila!^
mada:m
I
intu mit}iakkimi:n^ ?awi,

'î:d.
fa mafij ha:ga ilia mas'alit ramad:a:n wi
h.
wi leh
ma
'ultij
kida mil 'aw'wil, wi ka:n balaj

. .
it
ta'âb
da
!
kuUu wi deja:*^ il wa?t "âla '?alla Je:* ? inta kuttLb tista'^ta dawa fi 1 balad ?
f.
.ma
"âleina
min da
kullu
kutt' b_asta'^ta dawa,la:kin ma_stahsaltij
minnu
"âla
fajda.
hu:wa_nta ma_stajartij' wa:hid llaki:m ? f. la:, astaji:r wa:hid haki:m leh, mada:m il 'âttari:n mawgu:din "ândina ? mafi:J luzu:m li I_istija:ra {or li_stija'rithum) h. atari:k" inta raxar ma_stafattij ha:ga mid dawa_ll_
h.
ista'^te:tu
f.
il
ma'suidâdiini getku 'amm_aju:f ha

[hina
ti''milu:
li e:.
haki:m wa"a^
niai:fa,
kajf
il
ij"
Ja:fi "âl
mariid.]
h.
jaiia ru:h_i?la'^
hudu:mak
w_idxul
il
wisxd
di,
w_istahamma,'^
w_ilbis
hudu:m
mistajfa, in Ja 'aiiah tisbah
mitna'^wij.
8
"
The no-thing."
"
" What is on us in all this ? " advise " Ja:wir or istaja:r, " ask advice," Ja:r, jiju:r Câla) ; " consult " ; ij'ja:wir, " be consulted " ; Jo;ra or majwdrd, " advice "
9 Lit. '
istija:ra, "consultation";
mustaja:r,
;
"
consulted-one," "adviser."
is
Take-a-bath (hamma:m distinguish hama:m " pigeons "). This a variant of the Xth Form, combining its features with those of Form II.
(no
inf.),
" "
Or igrannak.
:
istahamma, istahamme:t, jistahamma, mistahammi

istarajjah below.
cp.
l86
Pa.
Doc.
Why
Yes,
hope to wake feehng well again, and with

to
my
strength quite
come back
I
me
again.
recovered from this
hope that after a week's time you will have quite illness, and return home as fit as anything.
Pa.
illness will
I'm only afraid, Doctor, that when I go back home, this come back on me again, and I get as pale (yellow) as I
Don't be afraid
rest
am
to-day.
Doc.
why
!
did you get pale, for any reason
except your having been
ill
so long?
Come,
my
good
fellow, in
you
go,
and
come then
Pa.
Oh thank
you, thank you. Doctor

!
Allah bless you in
everything you set your hand to

!
Allah keep to you your offspring,

case.
and preserve to you your life Doc. Thanks very much Attendant, bring on the next Only let it not be a chatterbox like this
!
'
^ Lit.
rs:', lit. " be dear " " taking spoil."
fa:',
''
recover," " get over (an illness)."
3 IXth Form, only for colours and deformities, i''Wagg, " be crooked." The third radical is doubled.
e.g.
ilimdrr, " blush,''

aorist
is
The
jisjarr.

f.
187
heili
d_ana
'âjami
inn_asbah m'farfij wi mailik

wi
'awi
h.
aiwa, in Ja ?iiiQh ba'^cLusbu:'^ tiru:'
tfu:?'
mil 'aja:
da
bi
f.
mdrrdi wi
tirga''
baladak sa:lim gainim.^

il
bass' ja sa'âtt
baj hakiim ana

tami, w_Qsfdrr'
xajif,
zejj'
lamm(a)_arQwwah
jirtadd' 'âlajja_l
mdrsd
m_ana
dilwa't.
h. la:, ma_txQfJ, liu:wa_nta_(i)sfdrre:t3 ilia min tu:l il marad wajjaik ? itfaddal ja Rabi:bi_dxul gu:wa "âjan tistdrajjahjtfaddal
f.
kattdr xeirak ja hddrit id doktoir.

hatteit 'i:dak
!
aiia jibai'rik lak
fi
kuUi
Je:
fi:h,
wi jxdlli: lak_anga:lak/ wi jih'faz lak

.ja
haja:tak
h.
rabbina jih'fazak!. ma_jkunj gdlabaiwi kida
tamdrgi, ha:t
illi
ba'^du.
bass'
as'ila.
(i.)
il il
istdgrab
mari:d hassLb ?e:h. hakiim mil fallaliim
.min emta
(3.)
?
(2.)
'âlajan
e:h
lil
"âlajan
e:h
ma
rahj
tiakiim awwil
illi
1
ma
Ja''Qr bi
marad
(5.)
'ul lina "âla kulli_l 'a''za;r id
fallaih
'ad'dimha.
"âleiha
(6.)
(4.)
?
'ibil
daktoir
il
'a'^zair
do:l
\yalla
gaiwib
zzejj
eh
komu
fi
il
t'dxxar ? baladu? (7.)

?
"âlajan e:
ma
sabab il fta'ii-'i fi kanj istajair waihid hakiim

is
kam
'al luj. hakiirn ji^'mil e: ba'^dima wa'â''

il
'aleih
?
kajf
1
(8.)
e:h ka:n "âjam
fallaili ?
?
w_e:
'eh
kam
illi
xo:fu
(9.)
da'â
falla:h li_l
?
hakiim bi 'eih
(10.)
nifâllimu mil
hikaija di
It has not been thought necessary to elaborate this very Inf. isfirair. simple form in a verb-drill section.
4 PI. of
nagl, respectful word for " son."
o -M rU
ro
_^
CO
^ ^
1^.
r=^
OT
X
8
s
i-ss
s
5S
>
d
cd
ni
M
a
,-k
si
3
-(J
q
1^
-rl
D
n!
tn
^-'
-H
o
oj
O 2
rt
1^
>V,Xi
-. jG
13
ni
iS
jG
10
-s /3
. S ^-
G
oj
s
ni
tu) ."2
G
ni
O S
-it
-G
nJ
oi
:
nj
o-
oj
P<
-JS
" a
H
CD
'TT'rG
rG
ni
o
oJ
-a
S 6 6
Co
'-'
^
^j-
CD
qj
oj
^-.
"3
cd
':o
'
'^'
ni
ni
g
"^
îl
cn -M
!-<
^ 1
J-
tl
)
" p
cd
J3
-fl
^ ^
r^
ni
-*-'
ni
j> cd '^ r^
rt
^-^ +-'

1
IQI
(XXVII.)
is [a]
The penultimate vowel

final
throughout and invariably.
The
vowel
laid
is [a]
or
[i]
according to exactly the same rule as

II.
was
2.
down
for
Forms
and V.
as
(See pp. 160-166).
In the verbs with second radical weak the infinitive takes on

the feminine termination
[-a],
did the corresponding

[istifaida]).
verbs of
Form
IV.
(cp.
[ifa:da]
with
And
in
other respects the two are parallel.

3.
The verbs with

ji'ra],
third radical
jibni].
weak
are conjugated like ['ara
not [bana
4.
Signification of this
form
(a)
To
8,
consider a thing or person

11).
[b)
thus or thus (see above Nos.
To ask
4, 6).
for the
doing of such and such an action
(see
Nos.
thus [ista'^gilt] may mean " I N.B. -(2) may be reflexive or "I asked so-and-so asked myself to hurry," i.e. "I hurried "
:
to hurry,"
[ista'^gilt 'âli],
"
hurried Ali up."
192
XXVIII.
FOR READING.
A.
reUgion.
I
want
Dialogue on the Courtesies of Debate. to have a discussion with you on the subject of
B.
Please do
only on the condition of our maintaining
each other's dignity.
A.
disputed with a
man
lately
on a certain
subject,
and he
contradicted
me and
did not maintain
my
dignity.
B. He was wrong in contradicting you. Perhaps, though, you disputed more than was necessary. A No. The man annoyed me much he would even inter.
rupt
me
B.
at every sentence.
Well, truly, beyond
all
dispute, interruption of one's talk
disturbs one's thought and contravenes the courtesies of discussion.
A.
B.
Que voulez-vous
Whoever mixes with

even
if
fools merits this.
I'd like to say, though,
he did cross you, you

in
must nevertheless condone him seeing he is ignorant. A Oh, come now I have compliance and condoning
. !
more
I
(important things) than this

B.
I see
that a
man must
observe the rules of debating,

(too) strict
mean, not to be
other.
(too) lax
on the one hand, nor
on the
I agree with you on this idea; I don't want to make confrom truth on the one hand, nor to be dictatorial with whoever disputes with me on the other. B. Truly, when one of us controverts with another he shouldn't one must bar quarrelling in controversy. quarrel with him
A.
cessions
In that case the controversy should be conducted on a recognised order.
A.
'
An
elastic
word
is
(sing.
?adab), meaning
" courtesies," "
humanities,"
" ethiics."
2
Form
III.
direct',
ana(:)'(i)Jak.
"
The
reflexive VI. needs the pre-
position wajja.
3
hafaz,
"
keep"
III.,
study to keep."
t
5
*
''
bahas "enquire," baihis, "discuss with." From galst, " a mistake." The J is hardly more than a s see p. 155, n. Originally from root dj^ " narrow " (VI., ana midda:ji',
:
" I
am
an-
noyed
8
").
Or m=naz''a.
From nazar,
a view or opiniou.

it
I93
tamriin
fi
it
tamanja wi
1
"îjriin.
m'hawra
A.
B.
''a(:)da:b'
li
U m'na'Ja.
'iraija.
fi
ahibb_atna:'ij" wajja:k^
mawdu:'^ id dim.
itfaddol bass' taht' Jarti nhaifiz^
<;ala
kdraimit ba'^dina.
mawdu:"^,
A.
B.
gQ(:)'litni5
ana ba(:)Ilisti* wa:hid min 'urajjib wala iia(:)fii5ji^ "âla kdramti. ma lu:J ha"' fi_mgaltitak jimkin,
;
fi
wi
ja
'axi,
na'iftu
zijaida 'an
il
luzu:m.
A. gumla.
B.
la:,
da
daji'ni^
'awi,
hatta
ka:n
ji?a(:)ti'^ni
kull'
amma min ge:r

il
nizai''* faj. m''''Qt''a fil
kalaim tijawwij
"âl
fikr wi_txa:lif ada:b
m'nazrd.'
il
A.
B.
ahoJ.li_jxa:lit
guhala
jistaha''''
kida.
a'ul lak,
in
kannu"
''ârdak,"
bdrdu jilzamak ti'samhu
he:s innu gaihil.
A.
B.
ja'^ni
deh
da,
d ana
"ândi tasaihul
wi tasaimuh f_aktar min kida.
an_aju:f innij wa:iiid laizim
ma
jirai'-i 1 'usu:!^^ fi 1 m'naard, jkunj missa:hil min giha wala mda"a?'* min giha.
A.
il
ha?'''
ana mwaf'ak '-al fik'ra: min giha waLathakkimJ'^
di,
fi
waLatiibbiJ atnaizil'^
"ân
llLjga'dilni'''
min
giha.
bdrdu, lammajl waihid minna_jga:dil it ta:ni muj la:zim jixdnû'^; la:zim jimna"^ il m'xdn'a fi 1 m'gadla. {or xina:', gidail). B.
A.
'ala kida tikuin
il
m^gadla
bi tdrtiib ma'^luim.
'
''
Also 'aijir, " to come into contact with." The complement of kam is the objective case in Arabic.
This queer
construction here appears to
mean
" If
it
be him (who) thwarted."
" And
'3 Sing. '+ So,
'5
so mami'', "thwart," "try to prevent," (mana"^).
?asl, "root." tad'i:'. "accuracy," or " over particularity." And so in good sense, " to coBdescend."
'^ Lit. '7
"to make oneself a ruler" (haiklm). The word means more distinctly "dispute" thaneithernai'ij, naiair,
" try to strangle " (xana').
or ba:his.
'8 Lit.
194
B.
Certainly

;
other, so that he
may
namely, that everyone should wait for the answer him just as he expressed his thoughts
without (the other) interrupting him. A I say, my dear man, you may announce this rule to others, but not to Egyptians. Why, if you are in any gathering you find them aU putting each other out, so that you can't tell the one who
.
is
speaking from the one

of
who
first
is
listening
call
!
so that
if
you hailed
if
any
them he would not hear your

In that case, the
is
B.
thing
we have
to learn,
we want
his turn
to get on,
forbearance, I
mean
that each should keep his temper

in fuU,
with the other, untU he gets his right (s)
and takes
and
finishes his speech.
A.
B.
Excellent
So then, do we want to debate together with

?
!
a debate that conforms to these principles
With much
satisfaction
agreed
But
the
present
moment
A.
B.
does not enable us
(to do) this.
Well, let us wait untU a not-distant day.
Good-day.
Good-day
to you.
'
From abda
Ile:s,
(IV.).
;
" since "
bi he:s, " in such a manner that "
(the
bi
of
manner).
3
X., from root wfj,
meaning "
full," " complete.''

B.
tab'ân, bi he:s kull* wa:llid jintizir it ta:ni
I95
hatta_jgawbu
zejjima
huwa_b
jibdi' fikru
min
;
ge:r ma^j'at'û.
A.
geir
il
amm_a?ul lak
masrijjiin
!
ja 'axi
il
hukm' da tiMar tPu:lu

fi
li
da_nta,
iza,nwagatti
?ajji
galsa
tila:'i
kulluhum bi_jjawwiju 'âla ba'^d, ma ti'^rafj illi bi jikkallim milli _b jisma"; bi beis'' law nade:t "âla 'ajji waittid ma jisma'^Ji nida:k.
;
B.
ba:lu
"âla
nit'addim,
li
kida 'awwil Je: la:zim nifâllimu, iza kunna "âwzim hu:wa_t ta'anni, bi hes inni kull' wailiid jitawwil
ge:ru hatta jistawfa^
ha"u wi
ja:xud doiru wi_jtammim
kalaimu.
A.
li 1
kwaijis xadis!
?
izan-*
nihibb* nitnai'ij m^na?Ja_mteb'a=
maba:di<^ do:l
B.
bi
kulli_rtija:h,
ana_mwa:fi',
?urajjib.
la:kin
il
wa't'
da ma_
jsa'îdnaij'' "âla kida.
A.
B.
tejib nintizir li jo:m nahairak m'ba:rak.
natiairak
sa'îid.
as'ila.
(i.)
e:h
awwil Jart
?
li_lli
jhibbu jina'Ju ba'd

?
(2.)
lina
ha"
fi
mugaltit in
fi 1
na:s
(4.)
wi_mdajîthum
(3.)
ti'^mU
e:h
il
m^'at'â
kalaim
tcirtiib
iza ka:n waihid ga:hil ji'ârdak ti'^mil

e:
lu'e:h?
(6.)
(5.)
nihfaz tari:'a mitwassata be:n

illi
il
wi
il
?e: fi
e:h
it
laizim m^'ra'âitu wa't

kursi
? ?
1 m'bahsa? m^gadla ? (7.)
eh wazi:fit saihib
di:jahi:ja
"âl
il
(8.)
jimkin nitabba?
illi
il
mabaidi
maerijjim balad
it
(9.)
e:h
il
laizim ddrsu
1
fi
masr hatta
tit'addim
ta'addum
matluib wi
mdrgu:b?
Or fa ?izan elegant The root means fold

:
for " therefore," " well, then."

:
cp.
;
tabba'
il
mabaidi
"âl
"âmal, " he
for " enable.''
applied his principles to action "

6
it
tatbi:', the application.

help," the regular
Sing,
mabda.
' Lit. "
word
s o
W3 >1-1
<l 3
<:
o < 2 m w
>
< 2i O H
o
o
< en > 2; o
-^
r^ ;^
rt
s'
II 11^ ^ ^
r^
erf
cd
cd
cd
D> CD CD 0> CD
' ' ' '
<^
e c n
4g
r,
4=
cd C7)
erf
^ ^ ^ ^ cd rt
erf
tlj
oi
o^
erf
)
13
CD CD CD
erf
CTJ
Cti
i i B
^ a
PIi
o w X E w K
Pi
a!
'S
I
3
o^ CD
+-1
oi
T3
"3
t3
>
o
cn
_rt
en ><
i-J
<J
<
Q <
jj
P >
1-1
2 m M
U
o
fe
o H < en > o
I99

1.
(Forms
III.
and
VI.)
all
Notice that the vowel scheme throughout these forms in

three parts
it is [a:
is
[ai i],
except with third radical weak,
when
a].
Form
III.
has two infinitives
the one in [m]

of a
is
much
the commoner.
The other
a verb.
colloquial
The
infinitive of VI.
noun than can hardly be said to be a

is
more
infinitive of III.
form at all. That of III. is substituted. The with third radical weak is very rare, and
that of VI. non-existent.

2.
The
(a)
signification of III.
is
to perform
on a person,
directly
I.,
suggested by a verb in
Form
and with intent, the action by an adjective, or by a
noun,
e.g.
[gaiwib], to perform
the action in [gawa:b]
on a person directly and with intent (" an answer "), viz. " to answer
him."
[sai'îd],
to perform
the action in
[naizi*^],
[sai'îda] ("
on a person directly and with intent fore-arm "), viz. " to help him." on a person directly and with intent " to strive with on a person directly and with intent "), viz. "to deal with hi.m"
transition " to have intent to do " to try to do it."
to perform
the action in
[naza*^] (" to pull "), viz.
him."
["âimil],
to perform
the action in ["âmal] (" do
and so
{b)
by an easy
an
action on a person,"
['a:til],
to try to do
"),
("
kiU
viz.
on a person the action of " to fight him."

" to race him."
[''atal]
[saibi'],
to try to do on a person the action of [saba']

"),
(" 3.
precede
viz.
The
signification of VI. is [a) reflexive of III., e.g. [iddaira]

[itsaibi'],
"he
;
hid himself,"
" he raced himself with [wajja]
motion already e.g. [itsa(:)b{i)'u], " they latent in III. is fully brought out raced together"; (c) passive of III., [mitsa:'îd], "helped"; {d) the combination of the conative sense of III. with the
and
so
(6)
in the third plural the reciprocal

;
reflexive,
" he ignored "

[itnaisa],
produces the signification oi feigning e.g. [itga:hil], [if-aima], " he turned the blind eye to ";
:
"he pretended
to forget."
VERB SUMMARIES.
VERB-SUMMARIES.
I."
II.THE "
DER
WEAK "
VERBS.
-THE "DERIVED FORMS."

Aorist
(similarly Partic.)
and Imperative.
201

id ddrs
it tis'â
il
wi
"Jijnin.
XXIX.
maf''u{i)le:n.
" idda " (timassil
'af'a.'l illi
luhum
The
It
verb
[idda], representing verbs with two objects.
nouns
would be tedious to exhaust the possible combinations of proThe following specimens show sufficiently the grouping and accentuation of the pronouns, accusative and dative
in these verbs.
:
1.
Simple
form
(past).
'idda(:),
'iddat
id'de:t
etc.,
etc.
(aorist).
'addi(:), 'jiddi, 'jiddu, etc. (imperat.).
'iddi(:),
'iddu
(partic).
2.
'middi(:), mid'dijja, middi'jim

objects,
(No inf.).
walad.
1
With nouns as With With With

direct
'idda
object.
kita:b
li 1
li
3. 4. 5.
pronominal
id'da(:)h
id'da:
wala:d.
kitab.
indirect
pronominal
object,
lu_l
The indirect (with [1]) is placed both objects pronominal. second and throws the accent on to the immediately preThe suf&xing of the e.g. [iddat'ha: li]. ceding syllable
:
negative
e.g.
[J]
again shifts the accent on to the indirect object

'liij].
[ma ddafha
6.
Shifting of accent.
'iddat
id'de:t
;
Compare the following ma_ddatha iddat'ha: li ma_ddetha id'de(:)tha idde(:)t'ha: li

id'datha
; ; ; ;
'liij.
'H:J
'J.
{a)
id'dah
Third masculine pronoun {direct). H ma_ddah'li:J" id'duh li

; ;
ma_dduh
'U:J.
idde'tuh li'(you
idde'tu:
(5)
li
{p.)
(s.)
gave
it
(you
gave
it
me) ma_d'de:tuh 'h:J.' me) ma_dde:tu li:J.

; ;
Third feminine pronoun

li,
{direct)
;
iddaha:
8.
ma
ddaha
'U:J
iddet'ha:
li,
ma
dde:tha
'U:J.
Treatment of indirect
i.e.
laha, Una,
first
liki,
pronoun when dissyllabic, lukum, luhum.

:
{a)
The
vowel gets eliminated after a vowel

;
e.g.
iddat'hajkum, ma ddathaJ'ki:J idde'tujkum (I gave it to them); ma_d'deituj'humj.
With
(6)
[lina]
the
[n]
then gets assimilated:

1
e.g.
[iddat'hanna],
cp.
[id'dujma
kita:b] for [Jna].

:
But after a consonant no elimination takes place det'hum luhum, 'ma ddet'hum lu'humj].'
Where more than one accent appears
be found that the
last is the strongest,
e.g.
[id-
'
to fall
it will
on a single word-group, and the rest secondary.
202

The hook
.
. .
The napkin
?
I.
Did
give
it
you
(her),
or not
No, you didn't give
it
me
(her).
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
No, he didn't give me. Did she give or not No, she didn't give Did we give you, or not No, you didn't give me. Did they give him, or not No, they didn't give him. Did they give them, or not No, they didn't give them. Did you give or not? No, didn't give you.
Did he give
it
you, or not
it
it
her,
it
her.
it
it
it
it
it
it
(/.)
it
us,
it
8.
9.
Why, am giving you Give am giving you. to me, Fatima. Why, Give to me, children. Why, we are giving you Will you give won't give or no No, you.
(a)
Give
it
to me. Ah.
it
(fn.f.).
(b)
it
it
(c)
it
it
{m.f.).
it
us,
it
10.
Will you give them to

(her).
him
(her)
No,
won't give them him
203
1.
idde'tu: lak
ma_d'de:tu
walla la
?
'li:J
iddet'ha: lak
idde'tujha iddet'hajha
2.
ma_d'detha
la:,
li:J
ma_dde:tu_l'ha:J
ma_d'detha_l'ha:J.
la:.
id'dah lak
idda'ha: lak
ma_ddah 'li:J. ma_ddaha 'li:J.
3.
idda'tujha
iddat'ha_lha
la:,
'ma_ddatu_l'ha:J.
I ma_d'datha_J'ha:J.
la:,
4.
idde'nah lak
iddeina'ha: lak
ma_dde:tuh li:J. \ ma_d'de:tuha 'li:J.

r
5.
id'duh lu
iddu'ha: lu
6.
id'duh luhum
iddu'hajhum
7.
ma dduh
lu:f.
'lu:J.
la:.
{
la:,
'ma dduha
idde'tih lina
id'de:tiha_nna
la:.
iddethum
(a)
lina
!
j id'dih li, ja "âli I iddi'ha: li

r
m_ana
!-
ma d'duh lu'humj. ma dduhajhumj. ma dde:tu_lku:J. ma ddethaJ.ku:J. ma ddethum lukumj.
mid'dih lak.
middi'ha lak (middihajki)

'middi'jah lak.
[_lki).
iddi'ha
li li
ja
fatma
,,
^'
I iddi'ha:
!- -
mid'dij j a'ha: lak (middij j ahalak.

[Iki).
{o)[
idduh li ja wla:d idduha li
ma_hnamiddij'ji:nu
,
middij j in'ha: lak (middij j inha

?
tiddih lina
walla la
tiddi'ha_nna
10.
la:,
ad'dih luku:J.
tidduhum lu tidduhum laha
"
"
'
''
/ a- niddihum 'lu:J. \ ma 'niddihum la'ha:J.
204
XXX.
Exercise in the Relative Pronoun.
Story of the Clever Detective.
The story which I shall relate to-day is concerned with the Relative Pronoun. Whoever wants to understand that, well, let him attend to the story.
[A
.
Relative in
nam. with copula
{is,
are); antecedent {a) indef.
(6)
def^
There
(so) clever
is
a certain one of
my
friends
who
is
a detective, one of
the cleverest and sharpest of men.
Well, this detective,
who
is
and sharp, told me about an incident which happened him, and which I think will please you when you hear of it. to
\B.
Relative in nam., with verb:

"
antecedent
(c)
indef.,
{d)
def.]
One day I was walking in the street and saw a certain criminal, one of those under the observation of the pohce. The moment I saw him he got into a carriage and went off without seeing me. Immediately I hailed a disengaged carriage which was standing FoUow the by the pavement, got in, and said to the driver,
'
carriage
pull
[C.
which started
till
in front of us
wherever
it
goes,
and don't
up
(when)
it
pulls up.'
{e)
Relative in accusative : antecedent " It happened there passed by one
indef.,
I
(/)
def.']
whom
knew and whom
knew our friend in the carriage also knew. So I said to this man whom I met in the street, Did you see so-and-so who is in the carriage which is ahead ? He said, Yes, I did.' Then I said, Well then, jump in beside me, for I want us to be together when we catch him up.'
' ' '
'
[D.
Relative in genitive
antecedent
(g)
indef.,
(h)
def.]
"So
at a
in
we
got and went together right along until
we
arrived
Just then we saw the carriage in front of us come to stand at a house the owner of which was one
narrow
street near the Faggala.
of those
known
to the police for rascality
behind
got
whom we had
and evil. So the man gone and whose carriage we had caught up and when he got down we
also got
down opposite down a little short

^
this house,
of the house, so that he should not observe us.

illi
is not reckoned a pronoun in Arabic. more than a longer form of the definite article. Case and number are expressed by a supplemental pronoun, as will ^ Or illi hi:ja 'uddaim. be seen. 3 The a is intoned and prolonged to give the idea of distance, "all the way."
Lit.
"
the joined noun," for
It is indeclinable
and
is,
indeed, no

it
205
tamrim
l_ism
il
it
talatim.
mawsu:!/
ij
hikaijit.
il
il
muxbir
Jaitir.
hika:jajli
illi
h_allki:ha_nnahdrda
muxtessa
bi
l_ism
il
mawsu:l.
jhibb' jifhamu taijib jaixud ba:lu minha.
A.
fill
ajter
il
min dimn_Qsha:bi huiwa^"^ muxbir wi hu:wa min muxbiriin w_an'bahhum. wi 1 muxbir da^*^ Hi huiwa Ja:tir
waillid
?al
li(:)
wi nabiih
'âla
nadrd
hasa'lit lu,
aftikir
innaha tibsitkum
lamma
tisma'ûiha.
'a:l.
B.
"fi jo:m
milli
min
do:l kutt' ma:Ji
fi
s sikka,
wi
Juft' wa.'hid Ja?i
humma
"^drabiija
tahtLmra'bit il buli:s. wi tannu ma:Ji min ger ma

il
wi ?awwil
jjufni.
ma
Juftu rikib
na(:)de:t
wi
fi 1
had
âla "^drabiija fadja<^'^

'ult*
li
1
kamit wa?fa gamb
ir rasi:f,
wi_rkibt fi:ha wi
<;cirbagi 'itba"^
'^drabijja^'^Jli ?a:mit
hi:ja.'
?udda:m matrah
ma_tru:h, wala ti?afj ill(a)_amma ti'af
C.
"wi hakamit wi mdrr'

sahibna dajli
âbiltu
fi
"âlema wa:llid a'^rafu/^^ wi
"^
draft inn^
fi 1
"^drabiija "^drfu
kaman.
illi fi
1
fa 'ult
li
r raigil
s sikka,
li,
'intajuft fula:n
'^drabiijajli
da'^LUi ?udda:m^?'
'am
?al
'aiwa Juftu.'
gambi,
"âlajan
'umt_ana ?ult' ahibbLnkun sawa lamma

D.
lu 'taijib, ta'âld.rkab
nilha'u.'
" fd_rkibna wi_mjina sawa lam'ma:^ wasalna

'ariib mil faggaila,
wi'fit* 'ând' beit*^^^
sa'a.'la
Jairi*^
dajja?,
lahza di JufnaJ "^drabiijajli 'uddamna ka;n sahbu mil majhu(:)ri:n 'and il buli:s bi s
wi
fi
wi r razada.
fa r raigil illi_mji:na waraih*^*-'
wijhi'na 'ara-
bijtu, nizil
'uba:P
il
be:t da,
wi
lamma
nizil
nizilna_hna 'abLil be:t
bi Jwaija "âlajan
ma
jidriknaij.
important point here. The English infinitive " come " is rendered in Arabic by a past verb because the observed action is momentary and is conceived as past as soon as observed. The aorist is only used when the
An
observed action goes on for some time, or habitually occurs, 5 Or ?usa:d. the next paragraph.
e.g.
jisallim ia
206
[E.

Relative governed by a preposition
:
(i)
antecedent indef.,
(j) def.]
"The
instant the
man
got
down
saw someone greet him,
of
whom I was at once suspicious, though I did not know him. man of whom I was suspicious, when I afterwards enquired
of which the whole country has heard
[F.
tell.)
(This
about him, I found had a hand in the affair of the robbery of X. Pasha,
Relative preceded by preposition, being itself in the genitive.]
"After they had greeted each other,

each other, and the one
saw them whispering
who had
ridden in the carriage pointed
the other to a house over whose door (there was) hung a lantern with red glass, (the house being) like a hotel. And immediately they both went to the house over whose door there was hung the red lamp, and knocked twice at the door, and there opened to them a woman on whose face appeared the marks of badness and crimiAnd they both went in, and the door was shut to. nality. "Then I said to my companion, 'Go and knock at the house
which these people entered, and request to meet the man between whom and 5'ourself there is acquaintance, and keep on talking to him until I come, and see he don't get out of your sight.' Off went
And then I spoke to the police-station on the telephone to send me a force of the police there, and barely on my just finishing the message, lo and behold comes a posse of police. I took them, raided the house, and arAt the enquiry in the police-station we found them rested all in it. They all to be revolutionaries dangerous to the public security. were all sentenced to banishment, including the woman."
friend without a word.
of that locality
my
ADDITIONAL EXERCISE IN THE RELATIVE.

[The numbers correspond
to those
in the preceding
story.']
A.
[a)
Among my
and
friends
is
a certain lady
who
is
one of the nicest
prettiest of
women.
Among my
(6)
friends are people living in H.,
who
are
among
is
the best of
my
is
acquaintance.
travelling to
This lady
who
Europe to-morrow
not
returning.
Beware
'
of those persons
who
are under police-inspection.
See note on section D. The action of greeting being not a momentary not put into the past. ^ Here, where the continuance of the action is emphasised, the verb is further strengthened by bi (contrast preceding note).
one,
it is
3
In these three sentences the word which
is
nominally attached to the

E.
207
"wi
hal
ma
nizil
ir rsigil
Juft wa;hid jisallim' "âleih, "âla
tu:lW ijtabaht'
jadd' hadsit
fi:h,
ma'^
inni mâ'^rafiuj".
(wi r raigil da^-'^J]
ijtabaht* fi:h lamma_tharre(:)t 'ânnu ba'^dein, simi'^t_innu

fi
kan
lu
is sir'a^btai'ît
fulam ba:Ja,
F.
<^^
illij 'utri kullu simi";
*ânha).
"wi ba'^dima illi kan ra:kib

'âl
sallimu 'ala ba'^d, Juftuhum bi jwajwiju" ba'-d,

il
"ârebiija
Jawwar
li_t ta:ni <âla be:t m^âlla'
ala ba:bu fanuis^ bi_'za:z_alimar, jijbih lukanda.
wi 'ala
tu:l
raihu Ijtnem
be:t
illi
mit'âlla''
wi xebbatu
"âl
ba:b mcirratein,
il
ba:buj fa:nus Lahmar,^ wi fatahit luhum hurma ba:jin

""ala
ala wijjaha 'alamait'
?aba:ha wi
Ja'a:wa, wi daxolu l_itne:n
wi_trQdd_il ba:b 'ala
tu:l.
'
" 'umtâna 'ult' l_illi gih wajjaija, ruh xabbat 'al be:t illi daxaluih ig gamai'â do:l, w_utlub m^'ablit ir raigil illi bemak wi be:nu ma'^rifa, wi tannak ithaddit wajjaih lamm_a'gi_lkum, w_iw''a jitxdbba'* minnak.' 'am sallibna ma kaddibj' xabdr wi ra:h "iala tu:l. 'umt ana kallimt il karakom illi fi_n nu'ta di bi_t tilifom jijaj'ja'^ Ji 'u:wa mil buli:s illi 'andu, wi ja do:b bijngdrrad ma kammilt il 'ijaira, Llla_w gih 'u:wa mil buliis, fa xattuhum- wi hagamt' "ial be:t wi zabatna_lli fi:h kulluhum. wi bi t tah'i:' ma''aihum fi 1 karakoin la'e'naihum kulluhum min bitu:'' is sawre,
illij xilluj
'amn
1
il
'â:m(m).
fajiSakam
"âleihum
bi
nafj'
kulluhum hatta
mdrct kaman."
tamrim
()
?ida:fi
fi
ism
il
mawsuil.
min dimn ashaibi wahda sitt agmalhum. min dimni habaibi na:s sakniin
ma'ârfi.
is sitt'
hi:ja
min
altef is sittait
w_
fi
hilwam
humma min
afdel
(b)
dijli hi:ja_msafrd bukra 'urubba mij rag'â.

do:l
illi
iw''U
min_na:s
humma
really
tahtLmra'bit
il
buliis.
antecedent
in its
(m'''alla'
clause.
to
belt)
agrees
with
a,
subsequent
noun
do
own
The whole
clause in fact is attached to the antecedent

it
by means
of the adjectival predicate, though
logically has nothing to
with the antecedent. 4 Or jistaxdbba.
208
B.
(c)

I
hailed a lorry which
was standing
in this place, but
it
wouldn't come.
I
sent for
two carriages which were standing at the stand,

just.
but they wouldn't come.

(d)
We caught the train which left at 5 yesterday, but only Catch up those folk who have just started
!
C.
(e)
There passed a
girl
whom
didn't know, but
whom my wife
knew
well.
There walked in front of us a lady

casually before.
whom we had met
We saw a person whom the people with us knew well. We saw an Italian woman whom I think you know quite well. We met a party of people whom I was wanting to see very
much.
We met
(/)
a party
So we did see
the station.
whom Zeynab was wanting to see. Mohammad whom you like so much!
at
The person you met chez-nous to-day we met yesterday

D.
(g)
We We
stopped at a palace whose late owner was one of the
notables of the place.
saw a
lot of prisoners
whose
clothes,
poor fellows, were
all in rags.
(h)
E.
(i)
Where did the lady get down whose carriage we saw passing ? Where did those people, etc. There met me a female of whom I suspected straight-away that she was bad.
.
enteitained some people the day before yesterday of

I
whom
se-
had heard that they were the best
sort possible.
(j)
Aren't you the ones of
whom we
heard that you were

I
questered in Malta
See, 1
am
the one of
whom you
heard that
was sequestered
sitting
in Malta.
Aren't you the one

in Sidnaoui's
we passed
?
that day
when you were
shop
F.
was dehghted with some houses

fine balconies.
in
H. whose windows had
Just look at that grand palace over whose gate a crocodile

is
hung.
[Or
"âla
kume:J
il
bawwa:ba
bta'îtha
over
the cornice of whose gates.]

B.
(c)
209
na(:)de:t "âla karro ka:n wai'if
fi 1
hitta: di, wala^jdiij jiigi.
talabt '^ctrbijtem ka:nu wa'fim

{d)
fi 1
maw'af, walajduij
s sa'5.
.
jiigu.
lihi'na
'atr
illi
'a:m mil mahatta

illi
.imba:rih, laikin
bi z zu:r.
ilha' in na:s do:l
'a:mu taww' bass.
C.
(e)
wahda sitt* ma kuttij" "ârifha, la:kin zogti tamam. mijjit 'uddamna wahda sitt aftikir 'abilna:ha misahijja. Jufna wahda kam illi wajjama ji'^rafuiha 'awi. Jufna wahda taljaniija (a)ftikir innukum "^drfinha tajjib. ?abilna gamai'â kutt* ''aiwuz ajufhum 'awi.
fa:tit
"âleina
"arfaiha
-abilna gamai'â
(/)
kamit ze:nab 'âwza_tjufhum.

{e),
[Repeat these six sentences
placing
[il]
before antecedent,
and
[illi]
after.]
adihna Jufna
mhammad
illi
ntu bi_thibbu:(h).
fi
1
illjntu Juftuihînnaharda 'ândina ''abilnaih imba:rih
mahatta.
D.
(g)
wi'ifna'ând' sdraija
fkam
j
il
kamit
il
mdrhuim sahibha min mdrhuima sahbitha la'^jam

)
ikamu 1 mdrhu(:)mim ashabha J

Juffi
il
balad.
gamai'â
'usard (masakim
!)
hudumhum kuUuhum
illi].
'
m'Jdrmata.
{h)
by supplying [il is sitt illi Jufna "^drbi'jitha fajta nizlit fem ? in na:s illi Jufna 'drbi'jithum fajta nizlu fem
{g)
Make above
definite
E.
()
?ablitni
dift'
wahda zanneit
'andi
fiiha 'âla tu:l
innaha battada.
kuttLsmi''t
gama:''a
?a\vwil_awwil_imba:rih
anhum innuhum min ahsan ma_jkum.

ij)
Make above [i) definite. muj intum illi_,smi''na ''ankum innukum mahguzim
aho ?ana_lli smi'^tu "ânni ?inni mahguiz muJJntiJJi futna "âleiki di:k in naha:r w
sidnaiwi
?
fi
maita ?
fi
fi
maita
inti 'a'^da
bank
F. '-agabitni buju:t
Ju:f
is
fi
hUmiija
1
fi
Jababikhum
tarasinait 'ad.
"âla
sdraija
!
'ubbaha_Jli_jn'âlla'
bawwa(:)'bitha
timsa:h
210
as'ila.
(i.)
1 il
hikaija di_smi'^taha
min mim
(3.)
(2.)
il
mim humma
muxbiriin
e:
il
Jugluhum
'arabijja
?
'amal e:h
'alajan e:h
Ja:f ij Ja?i rikib
(4.)
?
muxbir lamma rakkib il muxbir

(7.)
sahbu
fi
'drabijja wajjaih
(5.)
'-drabijjit iJ Ja'i wi'fit fern

1
wi 'and' be:t
ir ra:gil Uli
mim
(6.)
iwsaf Una
ba:b
be:t.
?
'irif
eh
'ân
Jtabah
fi:h
ba'^dima thdrra 'annu

"âla
1 ?
(8.)
il ?
mim
fatah
li
luhum lamma xabbatu

Hi
1
(9.)
?al 'eih
muxbir
(11.)
lli
kam
?
wajja:h
(10.)
fi 1
huiwa
ha:l
?
"âmal zejjima ?al lu

(12.)
wi
gat
e: ?
il
muxbir
"âmal 'e:h
"âmal e:h bi
fi
1
'u:wa
lu
(13.)
wi bLt
taft-'i:'
wajjaihum
'e:.
kdrakom
zethar
(14.)
<âm
inhakam 'âleihum bi mazbuit fi masr ?
(15.)
fikrak
innjl
'imn
211

1.
XXX.
[illi]
[il]
When
clear
Juft
il il
it is
grasped that
is like
an enlarged connective
il
particle like the second
in
[il
be:t
kibi:r], it
becomes
why
il
it is
omitted after an
indefinite antecedent.
Juft
saw the big house." (huiwa) kibiir, " I saw the house which Juft be:t kibiir, " I saw a big house." Jujt be:t (huiwa) kbiir, " I saw a house which is big."
be:t
kibiir, " I
belt
illi
is
big."
2.
Thus
to lack
all
sentences related to an indefinite antecedent seem

call
what we
a relative pronoun.
N.B. [kuH' wa:hid, ajji wa:hid] are reckoned as indefinite. So [kuU' waihid jitlub ji'bal] means " Every one who asks receives " not [kuU' waihid illi. .].
;
. .
But
in [kull_illi jitlub], etc.,
[illi] is
in the genitive ("construct
state").
3. 4.
[illi]
Similarly [kuUi min....].

itself,
can be used by
" he
who," " him who."
[illi]
being an indeclinable connecting link, the case of the relative " who," " whom," " whose," is determined by
a personal pronoun (caUed [il "âi'id], " the returner ") in the relative sentence [sila]i e.g. "who," [ir raigil illi misik where the nominative pronoun is concealed il hagait. .]
.
in
[misik]:
{"whom")
.
[ir
raigil
illi
miskuih
il
buUis...]
raigil
illi
where the objective pronoun is [h]: beitu "âgabna. .] where the possessive pronoun
l^' whose"),
[ir
is [h].
212
XXXI.
Conditional Sentences.
dialogue about a return

I.
from
travel.
{Condition alluding
to
a possible event in the past.]
Anees.
heard to-day that our friend Marcus came back
yesterday from Europe.

Boktor.
If
he has come
if
{or
him.
And
Gindi.
(even)
he did not come,
came) reaUj^ we must go and greet we (should) have lost nothing.

I myself, too,
No, he came for certain, for
saw him
in
the Muski.
A.
going.
Well,
But
if
if you really saw him, there is no dispute as to our you did not ascertain him perfectly we shall possibly
have out trouble
for nothing.
(II.)
[Condition a supposition which supposes a past event reversed, and

is
therefore impossible of fulfilment.]

letter
[Enter the house-servant with a
in his hand.)
Here is a Well, here is an odd and wonderful thing. from our friend Marcus, in which he says that he wiU come in October, and that the cause of his delay is something in which there is great advantage to himself. Since the letter is from him, I turn out mistaken in G.
A.
letter
my
view of the
B.
man whom
saw.
But if he had already started from there, it would be for it gets very stormy on the sea in October. better for him A. But if he had not stopped on there, we should not have experienced the pleasure of the news about which he has told us
;
in the letter.
Also iza, but not lau. kam does not by itself signify the past in conditionals must be conveyed by a second verb in the past.
'
"
the past sense
3 t
Or in
ma
kanj' hadar.
"if it be that I aaw "). Also in. kam also possible for kutt' ( 5 A very useful way of rendering the verbal-noun of any verb by means of the verbal-noun of kam (kom == " being "), " our being we-go,'' " oar
going."
213
it
tamriin
il
waihid wi
Jsrtijja.
t talatiin.
gumal
m'hawrit
lluflu:r
I.
mis
safar.
ani:s.
ana
in'
smi'^t
innaharda
inni
seiiibna
mur'us hadar
imbairih min_urubba.
bu'ter.
âleih.
ka:n gih^
wa
la
budd, jilzamna_nru:}i nisallim

zaiti
w
fi 1
in
gindi.
kan ma hadarji' ma xusumaij haiga. la:, hadar bi kull' ta'kid, ''alajan ana
kaman
Jnftu
muski.
tejjib iza'^kutt' Juftu
ani:s.
nru:h.5
walaikin iza
fajda.
ma
kuttij*^
tama:m mafij niza:'^ fi ko(:)nna_ ha"a'tu tama:m jimkin nifâb
min ger
II.
[wi
aniis.
fi
had ddxdl xddda:m

Je
il
be:t
i:du gawaib.j
amma
gdri:b wi 'amr'
bi_j?u:l
min sahibna mur'us,

sabab ta'xiiru 'amr'
gindi.
f_illi
"âgiib aho da gawarb fiihjnnu rah jihdar fi_ktoibdr, wi

!
fih fajda "^dziima lu.
he:s
il
gawaib minnu, 'ab'(a)_ana galtam
fi
nazari
Juftu.
bu'tar.
laikin lau ka:n 'am'' 'abl' dilwa't'
min hina:k ka:n
jikum ah'san lu 'âlajan bi_jkum fih hawa_kti:r fi 1 bahr fijitoibdr. A. laikin lau** ma kanj' fidiP hinaik, ma kun'naj Jufna' 1 farah bi 1 xabar illi 'al lina ''ale(:)h fi 1 gawa:b.
iza kutt' ma ha'-'a-'tuij, or iza kain ma The two last less common. kanj' ha'-'a'tu. ' lau much better than in or iza. If kam were omitted, the sentence would be more suppositional and less vivid, " If he were to have started."
^
Or
in.
Alternatives
ha'â'tuij, or iza
ma
Not very good.

8
Better than iza.
in not correct.
Or lau kam ma fidilj, or lau ' Or ma kunnaj nijuif

9
ma
fidilj.
214
In truth, but for our receiving this letter, I wotild not G. beHeve that he has not come. A. Aha, if we had believed, my dear fellow, we should have
had
all
our trouble for nought.

III.
[Condition a supposition relating

position
G.
If
to
the present.
The sup-
may
or
may
not be a feasible one.]
Marcus were here to-day, he would go with us to Giza according to our custom every Friday. B. I think, if our friend were to change his mind, and started from there with all despatch, it would be better for him. A. And if he did (does) not change his mind, what do you suppose would (will) happen to him ?
B.
I
think his remaining
is
a danger to him, in consideration
of this affair of the war.
A.
No
If
God
will,
He
will protect until
he comes safely
IV.
[Condition alluding
G.
to
a possible event, in the present.]

is
What
is
it
that you think that Marcus
doing at this
hour in which we are ? But first, three o'clock here corresponds to one o'clock and a little there. A. Reckoning so, if he is not still at table, he will just have risen from table, and gone to rest. B. And if he doesn't rest after his meal, what will he be doing ? If he doesn't rest after his meal, he'll be reading a little G.
in a book, or something.
V.
Condition alluding
to
a future possibility
whether of a real or
supposed
event.]
A.
When Marcus comes from Europe do you

?
think he'U
get off at Alexandria or at Port Said

'
istalam.
lau la ("but for") requires a noun. istilaim is verbal-noun of Other equivalents lau ma kunnaj istalamna, or lau ma stalamna:J, or lau kunna ma_stalamna:J (rarer lau ka:n. .. lau ma
: :
kanj...).
^
Or
Lit.
ma
"
behaved."
i
kuttij sadda't, which means, however, " N.B. sadda't often pronounced sadda't.
should not have
the not-thing."
is
lau, because the condition
impossible,
in and iza would both sug-
gest possibility.
5
Omission of
kam
would make meaning
" he will go."

G.
215
kuttij asadda'''
ha>'a lau lastila(:)mna'

ga:]".
gawaib da,
ma
innu
ma
A.
aho lau kunna eadda'na ja habi:bi
kmma
ti'îbua
''ala
'?alla3 Je.
III.
G.
lau'^
kam mur'us hina_nnaharda

kuU' jo:m gum'â.
kan'
jiraill
wajjama^g
f
giiza
hasab
''a(:)ditna
B. 'aftikir lau gajjctr* sohibna fikru wi 'am min hinaik a'rab fursa, jiku:n ah'san lu. A. w_in'' ma gajjdrj'^ fikru wala gaj, jig'ra: lu 'eh ja'^ni ?
B.
[nr bi
aftikir,
li.
u'âidu
.
xatar
"âleih
naaaran
li
li
mawdu:'^
il
Iiarb
n nisba
la:,
.).
A.
sala:ma.
in
Ja
'aiiah,
rabbina jistur
IV.
haddima
ji:gi
bi s
G.
fi:ha?
is sai'â
illi
tiftikni 'inn'
mur'us
sa:'â
bi ji'^mil e: talaita
fi
s sai'â di_lli_lina
'abl'
kulU
Je:,
'is
hina tiwa:fi' wi_tna:sib
wahda wijwajja
'âla
hina:k.
A.
B.
G.
fi
kida in'
ma
kanj' lissa bi ja:kul, ja do:b jiku:n 'a:m

'akl, jiku:n bi ji'^mil e:h
mil 'akl' wi ra:h jina:m.
w_in ka:n' ma_b jinamj'

in
ba'^d
il
il
ma
kanji' bi_jna:m ba'^d
'akl jiku:n bi ji'ra Jwajja
kta:b walla ha:ga.
V.
A.
ri:ja
lamma
"âla
ji:gi
mur'us min urubba

sa''i:d
?
tifrikru jinzil 'âla_skindi-
walla
bur
* This condition not being inapossible we may have iza gajjdr or iza ka:n jigajjir. Also, lau ka:n jigajjdr. ' Or lau, or iza. 8 Or w in (w iza) ma kan or w in (w iza) ka:n J' jgajjdr fikru. .. ma gajjdrj. But in these cases lau is not permissible because the meaning would then be, " if he had not changed." 9 Or iza, but not lau. ' Or iza. Notice the alternative positions of the negative. The positive would be in (or iza) ka:n bi jna:m, "if he is (actually) sleeping."
,
2l6
B.
I

think the probability
is,
as
suppose, that he'll get
off
at Alexandria, for his relations are there.
A.
get off
If
he really got
off there, I'd
go meet him at the harbour,
for I shall
be in Alexandria during October. But if he doesn't there I shan't go and meet him at Port Said, for it would
be a most wearisome errand. B. If he does get off at Alexandria, he'll stop a few days at his relations so if you are to be found there at the time you will
;
go to him. A Of course,
.
if I
should be there,
go to him, that's certain.
If
I'm
not,
then
it's
not
my
fault.
[Here, lo
and
!
behold, enters Marcus.]
[All rise dumbfounded.'] Good-day to you What's this Marcus?? Why of course, is it his ghost ? M. WeU, this is odd I saw him himself in the Muski. B. Why, I said that
M.
A.
G.
letter
Why, my dear
!
feUow, there arrived only this
moment
from you, that you were still in France, and were coming in October M. The will of Providence ordained that I should come at once, And, in any case, in consideration of the present state of things.
I
sent
you a
.
cable.
In truth, had that cable reached us

all this
:je
we should have
:{c
spared
ourselves
argumentation.
H( H^ 4=
The Reader.
lesson
But in that case we should have missed a upon the conditional particles
!
great
Or iza. Or aruih a''ablu, " I will go and meet them." The other construction (ruht) is more hypothetical in meaning. Notice the complete absence of past significance in the " past " tenses in the sentence in nizil, ruht
'
cp. the English " if he landed, I'd go," where " landed " though past in form. Also possible in kan jisahh' a'ablu here ruht is inadmissible.
:
is
quite timeless,
jinzil,
aru:Ii

B.
aftikir
il
21']
gailib
"âla
zanni 'innu
jinzil
''ala_skindiri:ja,
"'alajan 'arajbu hinaik.
in'
sahhLw nizil
'âla
hina:k ruht 'abiltu^
fi 1
mi:na. "âlajan
rahâkum fi_skindiri:ja fi J JahrLkto:bdr. hna:k m_aruhj a'ablu fi bur sa'îid "âlajan

giddan.
la:kin iza^
ma
nizil JL
jiku:n mijwair mut"îb
B.
iza ka:n jinzil*
"âla
skindiriija
ha
jifdal
kam
jo:m
lu.
"ând'
?arajbu, fa 'in' kutt' tinwigid^ hina:k wa'taha tib'a_t'ruh
A.
bit
tiJ^
tab*^, in''_inwagatt'
hna:k rah't'
lu.
w_in ma_nwagat-
ma_b
[wi
jaddi hida^
fil
had
illa_w
mur'us xdjji
!
''aleihum.]
naharku sa'îid [?a:mu kuUuhum mafgu(:)'i:n.] ani:s. d_eh da inta mur'us ? mur'us. amma "âgaijib wi gara:jib ummad xajadu ? bu'tar. ma 'ultijkum inni Juftu fi 1 muski_b za:tu gindi. ja 'axi, da_wsilna gawa:b minnak dilwa't* bass, innak lissa f firansa wi ga(:)j fi_kto:bar.
mur'us.
! ! ! ! !
mur'us.
li 1
ira.'dit
hada
ani:s.
hadrd.
wi
rabbuna hakamit 'âlaij_a:gi hadan nazaran "âla kull* had ba'âtt'Jku talligraif.
ha"a
-|C
lau wisilna_t talligra(:)f da
kunna waffdrna
"âla
nafsina
m^naz'â di
kuUaha ....
5p
*(C
;|C
il
'a:ri.
walaikin
fi
hal da kan rah
minna_hna ddrsLkbiir
fi
mawdu:"^ 'adawait
ij
Jart
Or in, or as in next sentence, Or iza nizil, in nizil. in inwagatt, iza_nwagatt.

See note
(3).
see note
(2).
s
or
iza.
7
8
Or w_in
Or
ma
kuttij anwigid, or in kutt' m_anwigidj.

Lit. " there is in
(The
constr. with
9
kam not so good.) ma_b jaddilj' hida.
my
hand no device."
2l8
as'ila.
(i.)
inta simi'^t
e: ?
e:
"ân
(3.)
mur'us
iz zejj
(2.)
in ka:n
badar sahi:h
lissa
fi
jilzamna ni'^mil
bdrrct
?
itha"a'tu innu
blad
mur'us fi gawaibu ? "âlajan (5.) 'eh lau kam mur?us 'am min hinaik 'abl' dilwa't kam jikuin ah'san lu ? kuttu ti''milu 'e: lau kam mur'us ha:dir? (7.) (6.) sai'â talaita hina_twa:fi' kam fi 'urubba ? (8.) il gadib is mur'us kam bi ji'-mil e: sa'ît ma kam asliaibu bi jikkallimu 'ânnu f masr ? e:h id dai'î Hi juigibalc li_m''ablit mur'us aw 'illit (g.) m'?ablitu ? e: istdgrab mur'us konkum ma 'âlafan (10.) J mintizrimu ? lau kam it talligraij wisU, kunnajina kuttu: (11.)
(4.)
eih
illi
'a:lu
stafadna
219
XXXI.
RULES FOR CONDITIONALS.

1.
The
if must always be followed by a past,^ either the auxiliary [ka:n, kutt, etc.], or some other past. But this " past " does not express past time.
"
" particle
2.
If
{a)
the thing to be expressed
is
a supposed event in the past, [kam],
etc.,
must be supplenot
[lau]).
mented by a verb
(&)
in the past,
[in,
iza,J
a supposed event in the present,
[ka:n], etc.,
must be supple-
(c)
mented by an aorist with [bi]. ([in, iza] not [lau]). a supposed event in the future, or a pure supposition,
etc., must be supplemented by an aorist without But here an alternative is possible [kam], etc., may be dropped, and the verb in the apodosis be put into the timeless "past " tense, e.g. [iza (in) kuntu ti:gu,
[kam],
[bi].
ni'abilkum, or iza
for [lau], see note
3.
(in)
(3).)
ge:tu,
'abilnaikum].
([in,
iza]
Only
"
if
if
the condition expresses a past impossibility does the
itself convey a past meaning, e.g. [lau^ ra:h = he had gone." But as this might also mean present impossibility ("if he were to go"),^ it is better to add here
past verb in
also the auxiliary

4.
[lau
kam
ra:h].
The answering
[lau
{or
clause to this
etc.,
may
be either a past tense, or

etc.,
a past with [kam],
or [kam],
with aorist
e.g.
kam
ra:h ruht ana
kaman
("I should also have gone")
kutt' ruht or kutt aru:h)].
5.
When two
to either
verbs occur together the negative

:
e.g.
[lau kutt'
ma
ruhtiij or lau
e.g. [iza
6.
[kam]
may be
used impersonally,
may be attached ma kuttij" ruht]. kam ruht] "if (it be

is
that) I went."
But with the
negative this construction
to be avoided.
'
Only lau
is
rarely found followed

;
by an
aorist.
Ex., iza kam ra:h, but not in. iza with auxiliary also possible " if he had gone." the hypothesis is improbable 3 lau raih suggests that he will not go or impossible, in rQ:h (or iza) suggests that he might quite possibly go.
^
220
XXXII.
Concessive Clauses.
Indirect Questions.
to
letter
of congratulation
from one friend
another on the occasion
of his success in
an examination.
My
dear Sa'd,
my health is askew and does not enable me to perform any work whatever, still my love for you has incited me with regard to congratulating you on your success in the examination for the
Although
I waited to hear of your aware whether the result had appeared or no, nor, on the supposition of its having appeared, was I aware if you had passed or not. And over and above this I was not clear whether you had good hope of passing or no, because I heard that you had been very seedy while going through with the examination. And when I heard to-day that the result had appeared, I sent the servant to the Ministry, and bid him meet one of the employes whom I know, and say to him that I had heard that the list of names of the successful was complete, and that I was longing to hear whether so-and-so's name was among them. So forthwith the servant went and quickly returned with the news of your success, and that you passed the examination with all ease, in addition to your having got high marks in all the subjects. So it occurred to my mind, even though you had easied off in your study a bit during the year, you would all the same have passed. In special sort do I congratulate 5'ou on having succeeded so brilliantly, though you were ill during the examination. I beg you to inform me about your help, even though there is trouble for you (to do so).
certificate of the
Baccalaurea this year.

;
success with impatience
nor was
And may you
remain.
friend's
Your
Faheem Fahmi.
^ 3
Inf. of Inf. of
hanna.
?a:m.
mina(:)s(a)ba,
inf. of III.
4 The termination is a classical relic denoting the genitive of an indefinite only found after ajj when followed by kam whatever it be.''
'
Lit. " longing," see
milta:' below.
" seediness."
^ Qj-
kutt.
7 *
The
infinitive is
xdstaka,
the pluperfect
9
Notice that in the Arabic the auxiliary is fixed by the past " simi''t."
kamit
is
dispensed with, as
Inj. of ni., 'a:bil, or
amdrtu
ii'a:bil.

it
221
tamriin Litnem wi
t talatiin.
xiteib tahnijja'
min habi:b
f
li
sadii'u
hi
mnasbit^ nagaihu
imtihain.
âziizi sa'^d,
ma'' ko:n sihhiti
munharifa wala
Jiliaidit
il
tsa:''idni:J
"âl
-"ijaim' bi
''ajji
Juglin'^ ka:n, laikin ij Joi'^^
nahwak hamalni
"-ala
'inni 'ahanniik sa'na: di.
bi
nagaihak fi_mtiha:n
bakaloiria s
ana
ntazart asma'' bi nagaihak bi furu:g sabr, wala kuttij a'^lam iza ka:n in nati:ga zahdrit walla la:, wi 'âla fard' lau kamit zahdrit
m_a''lamj iza ka:n^ nagaht' walla

kuttij
la:,
wi ''ala:wa
'âla la,
kida
ma
afham
iza ka:n ''andak "âjam bi
naga:ll,
am
he:s simi'^t
innak kutt' mxdstik'' -"awi wa't' ta'dijjit_il_imtilia:n. wi lamma _smi'^t innahdrda inn in nati:ga zahdrit' ba'-att il xddda:m li n naga:ra wi 'amertu bi m'ablit' wa:hid mil mistdxdimi:n 'a''rafu, wi_jqul_lu inni smi'^t inn' kajfâsma n nagiii:n tamm, wjnni wi 'ânha ra:h il xddda:m mijta:' asma"^ iza ka:n ism' fulain fi:hum.
wi gih 'awa:m bi' xabdr naga:}iak, w_innak mdrre:t fil_imtil5a:n
ko:nak" xdtt' nimdr" "âlja fi kull_il walau rajjaht' nafsak fi 1 m'zakrd Jwajja fi ?asna_s sana kutt' bdrdak nagaht. wi_b no(:)'^ xa:ss_ ahanni:k "âla 'innak'^ nagaht in naga:h il ba:hir da ma'' innak'' kutt' ''ajja:n wa'tjljmtiha:n. w_argu:k tifi(:)dni ''an silihatak
bi kuU' suhu:la, fadlan "ân
'ûlu:m.
fa xatar bi ba:li hatta
w_in'* ka:n fih kalaf
''ala
hddritak,
wi dumtum,''
li_mhibbak,
fahi:m fahmi.
" This bi of accompaniment practically makes the intransitive " come transitive ("bring").
'
ko:n, (being) enables you to form teMse-infinitives your having taken " koinak bi ta:xud, " your act of) taking (now) " ko:nak ha ta:xud, " your being about to take " ko:nak kutt' xdtt, " the fact that you had taken," etc. " Sing, nimrd, " a mark." '3 Or ko:nak ; and, conversely, in (2) we might say innak.
jm/.
e.g.
"^ N.B. The ko:nak xdtt,
"
;
'
'5
Or walau.
optative, the '' past " tense being here quite timeless. the colloquial are more usually expressed by the aorist jihfeieak, " may God keep you " where hafazak_alia:h is
An
Optatives
e.g.
in
'alia
somewhat
literary.
223

Contrast
1 2. 3.
Will you stay, or go
Either stay altogether, or go at once.

I
haven't heard whether you are staying or going.

or go, I shall go on working.
4.
Whether you stav

Concessive Sentences.
XXXII.
If
the
"though"
clause concerns an
actual event, [ma'' inn] or [ma'' kom], "in spite of the fact that,"
must be
if,"
used.
If
it
is
a supposition, [w_in] or [walau], "even-
are used.
Indirect Sentences.
When
the introducing verb "he
said,
commanded, asked,
etc.," is past, the tenses of succeeding verbs

I
are not changed as in English: e.g. I said that ""am") longing: ['ult inni mujta:'] or [ajta:'].
was
(originally
223
1.
biddak tistanna walla trawwah

ja(:)
2.
tistanna
"âla tu:l,
ja
trewwah
hailan.
3. 4.
ma
smi'^tij iza kutt'
ha tistanna walla trswwafi.

tiru:ti,
sawan kutt' tistanna aw

Where the
an_atann_ajtigil.
alternatives are in doubt.
2.
Or ja 'imma.
3.
The second ja may be ja 'imma or walla or aw. For the presentation of mutually exclusive alternatives, one of which IS to be selected. Ordinary " indirect question," the subordinate clause being introduced
4.
by iza. sawan, Uterary sawai'un,
" equally," which

is
is
also heard.
Here the subordinate clause
disconnected from the principle one.
224
SKELETON CONVERSATIONS.
The
following outlines for talks on specified themes are intended
to help the student to break
new ground
in conversation for himself.
This he should be always trying to do, as exclusive application to text-book work has a weakening effect. The themes must of
course be talked through with the teacher.
The vocabularies supplied are arranged according

progress of thought.
It
to a natural
would be easy
for the student to multiply these sketches
for himself.
He has
fill
only to think out a conversation on some topic,
write out the vocabulary which he foresees he wiU need, get his
teacher to
talking
it
in the equivalents he does not
know, and then
start
through.
I.
Summer Holidays.

(b)
225
Abroad.
rasiif
fi
blaid bdrrd.
bila:d in
quay
harbour
Austria
Syria
Palestine
nimsa
italja
mi:na Italy
customs
expedite
gumruk
xqIIqs
''ala
suriija,
bdrr
ij
Ja:m
falastiin
il
steamer cabin
sea-sickness
wabuir
diwa:n
il
bahr Lebanon
doixd Hebron
dawawim Jerusalem
[jaifa],
libnam il 'uds
il
xdliil
be sea-sick calm storm

horizon
da:x jidu:x Jaffa
Nazareth
[il
fin naisird],
hawa
ha:di
Jordan valley
[bahr
of
lu:t],
goir]. Salt
Sea
hawa_Jdi:d
ufu?
Jericho [ariiha], Mt.

[gabal
iz
Olives
ze(:)tu:n],
Switzerland
suwisrd
it tulu:'^
Haifa
lahm].
[heifa],
Bethlehem
[be:t
climbing
fo'
il
gabal
2.
I.
Conversation with Child.
Pupil{s)
tilmiiz (talamza)
school-year
sanamadresijja
id ddxlijja
boarding-school
day-school
226
5.

Games.

ablution tank
227
meida
228
elevation

buildings
abniija, binaja:t
(c).
229
After the building

na"a(:)Ji:n
gi:r
lay foundations
wads'' ?asa:s,
painters
gada:r colour-wash
(unworked) stone (worked) do.

brick
dabj paint hag or to paint

tu:b
buija
jin'uj, jidrab
woodwork
furniture
xajab
farj
âfj
mortar cement
plaster
mu:na asmant
gibs
giir
mobiljait
'asais'
lime
wall(s)
he:t (hetsm)
sa'f,
furnished
{inf.)
mafru:J
farJ, ta'si:s'
roof
corner(s)
sutu:h furnishing
zawja zawa:ja
6.
Book.
correct
(a).
The Composition
il
it ta'liif
sallah
the author
m^'allif page(s)
wiJJ wija:j
compositions
style
m?allafa:t
uslu:b, inja
sheet of 8 or 16 pp.
malzama malaizim
make-up
stitch
inventive-faculty
'ari:ha
tabba?
xajjat
imaginative faculty
'u:wit
il
m'xajjila cover
(-a:t) (-a:t) (-a:t)
gata
''inwam
novel (s)
article (s)
riwa:ja
title
(c).
ma'ada
magalla
The binding
it
tagliid
magazine (s)
newspaper(s)
writer(s)
(6).
binder
m^'gallid
gari:da garaijid cardboard, cloth, leather
gurnail garaniil
ka:tib kutta:b
it tab''
kartom,
''umaij, gild
back
[d).
ka''b
The printing
The distribution
it tawzi:''
press
matba'â mataibi'' bookseller(s)

gammi:'', saffiif colporteur
tabbi:''
kutbi kutbiija
m^wazza''
compositor
machine-man
types
24-point
proof(s)
profit
maksab
''umuila
'a:ri 'urra(:)
huru:f commission
bunt
arba*-
wi
''ijrim
(-a:t)
reader (s)
sale
miswadda
mabi:''
broiwa, broiva, bro:fa
'
From
classical root ?66,
not 'ss.
230
EGYPTIAN ARABIC READER.

PART
I.ANECDOTES, DIALOGUES,
AND
STORIES.
[A specimen conversation lesson on
this first " anecdote " will he
found
of
below.
this
It is intended to indicate to teacher
and pupil
the sort
way
Reader shoidd be used.
It will thus he seen that lessons
based on these pieces
may
he conducted entirely in Arabic,
and
the
pieces themselves explained without the use of English, from a very

early stage indeed.]
A. A.
B.
The Teacher.
B.
The
?
Pupil.
Read the
What
first anecdote. does " anecdote "
mean
in
A.
B.
" Anecdote "
means a story
laugh.
which there
is
a humorous
point (that)
makes one
And
A.
" humorous-point " means what ? Something odd (which) pleases the hearer.
[The Pupil reads the Story of the Inexperienced Policeman.]
A.
''
" There was once a certain policeman "
" Once " means
in the past time "
B.
What
"a certain policeman. does " policeman " mean ?

;
."
.
A.
Like those
whom we
see standing in the streets wearing
the uniform of soldiers, to keep the order of the goers and comers
in the street,
these are policemen
(plural of policeman).
Do you
understand
B.
I
now understand " policeman." Where did this policeman come from
?
B.
This policeman " came from the country."

" Country "
" Country "
means what
A.
means the lands

?
of the peasants;
opposite
the
of " big towns."
And
this policeman,
when he came from
country, where did he stay
B.
in Cairo.
This policeman
when he came from the country stayed
B.
Just so. Had he been there long ? No, he had not been there long he " had come recently."
:
"

kita:b
'iraija.
23!
il
guz waihid.
fukahait wi mhawrat wi
fukahait.
I.
hikajait.
ka:n
il
kain mirrd waihid Jawi:J gih gidiid mil 'drja:f. wi lamma fi J Jugl' fU karakoin wa"afu:h "ât tilifom "âlajan ja:xud
'ijarait. fa mdrrd mil mctrrait lamma da'-'J.l garas wada''_is samma:''a 'ala widnu wi 'al " mim ? " fa 'al lu " 'ana 1 hikimdair. fa rama_s samma:''a min_i:du w_idda ta''zi:m, wi sa:b_il hikimdair
min
ge:r fajda.
A. A.
B.
i'ra
1
il
m^'âllim.
1 ?
B.
it
tilmiiz.
fukaiha
?awwilanijja.
fuka:ha fukaiha
ja'^ni ei
ja'-ni
A.
B.
hikaija fiiha nukta tdahhak.
wi nukta
ja'^ni e: ?
is saimi"^.
il
A.
Je gdriib jibsit
[it
tilmi:z ji'ra hikaijit ij JawiiJ
gdji:m.]
ja'^ni,
fi
A.
illi
" ka:n
mdrrd wa:hid
."
.
JawiiJ."
mdrrd
zaman
fait.
" wa:Sid J"awi:J. JawiiJ ja'^ni

zejj
illi
B.
e: ?
A.
bi
njufhum wa?fi:n
illi ?
fi
Jawairi"^
illi
labsiin libs
fi
il
âsaikir, "âlajan
jihfazu tdrtiib
raijili
ga:j
Jairi'^,
do:l
Jawi'Jijja, gam"^ JawiiJ.
faihim
B.
A.
B.
ana dilwa'tLfhimt Jawi:J. iJ Jawi:J da gih min em ? " gih mil drjaif." iJ JawiiJ da
1
drjaif ja'^ni
ei ?
A.
drjaif ja'^ni bilaid
il
fallahim, didd
il
?
mudun
il
kibiird.
w iJ J"awi:f da lamma gih mil drja:f nizil "âla fe:n

B.
iJ
JawiiJ
da lamma gih mil
drjaif nizil "âla
masr.
A. B.
tamam.
la
kain gih min zamain
ma
kanj' gih
min zaman,
laikin gidiid.
232 A.

In other words, he was
of his
still
inexperienced.
And wheie
said
?
was the place

B.
the caracal."
work
in the streets, like as
we
No, his place of work was not in the
streets, it
was "
in
What
does " caracol "
mean
A.
town.
B.
The " caracol " is the police-station in each part of the Every district must have a " caracol " or police-office.'
And who
are in the caracol
There is a chief, called the "Commissioner," and under him the "Adjutant " and the " Superintendent," and the constables. So then, what was the work of this policeman at the station ?
A.
" They stood him at the telephone." B. It says " they stood him " mean ?
:
What
does
It
means they ordered him, caused him,
to stand.
B.
I still don't
understand " they stood him."
A. Listen. You are now sitting. Please stand up. See now have " stood " you up. Please sit down now I have " sat " you down, i.e. made you sit down. Well then, where did they "stand" the new policeman ? At the (door of) the Commissioner's room ?
I
B.
sioner.
"
.
No, they did not stand him at the room of the CommisThey stood him at the telephone."
B.
They stood him at the telephone for what purpose ? They stood him at the telephone for the purpose
" of
taking the messages."
What
does " messages "
mean
All the requests
and orders which come to the station by the

["
telephone.
So
then on one occasion when the bell rang
he has
rung, I rang, he rings, ring the bell, Ali "] what took place with him ? " He placed the receiver to his ear." Make me understand B.
the meaning of
"he
placed."
:
A.
"
I
He
it
" put "

it."
as,
put
on
And
" I placed the book on the table," the " receiver " is the thing by which
i.e.
hear the voice of the person

did the policeman say B.
He
.
said "
!
who is talking with you. when he put this recei\'er to his ear Who ? " i.e. " who is speaking ?
you And what

?
B.
Exactly and what did the owner of the voice say ? The owner of the voice said " I am the Chief Commissioner"
Explain to
me
that word.
Arabic "eighth," because of the original eight districts of Cairo
city.

A.
ja";!!!
?
233
fe:n, fi J Jawairi"^
geijiim lissa.
wi mhall'
Jiiglu
ka:n
bdrdu
B.
la:
mahall' Juglu
?
ma kanji fi J Jawairi'^, kain " fi

il
karakoin."
kardkoin
ja''ni e:
il
A.
B.
kardkoin mahall
buli:s
fi
kull'
guz mil madima.
ja'^ni kulli
giha la:zim jikum fiiha karakom

1
aw tumn.
wi
fih
karakom
fih
mi:n wi
1
mim
A.
win wi
fi
wa:hid 'mjjis ismu m'laihiz wi J Jawijijja.

?
ma'mu:r, wi taht' minnu il m^'â:tajjib, ij JawiiJ da kam Juglu 'eh

tilifom."
tumn
B.
wa"afu:h
fern
bi j'uil "
wa"afu:h
ji'af,
"ât
wa"af
ja'^ni e:h
A.
B.
ja'^ni,
li
amdru:h
xallu:h
ji'af.
hadd' dilwa't' ma_fhimtij wa"afu:h.

inta dilwa't'
tejjib,
'ai'îd;
A.
isma'^.
'min fsdlak
;
dilwa'ti wa''?aftak.
min
il
fadlak_i?''ud
'a'^"âdtak, ja'^ni xdlleitak ti''ûd.

il
tajjib
?
i'af. aho ?ana aho ?ana dilwa't' humma wa'?afu J Jawi:J
gidiid
da fem
la:,
'ând 'o:dit
ma'mu:r
B.
ma
wa"a'fuhj'
''and 'o:dit
il
ma.''mu:r.
"wa"a'fu:h
ât tilifo:n."
A.
B.
wa"afu:h
wa''''afu:h
"ât tilifo:n
''at
bi xusu:s
bi
e: ?
il
tilifo:n
xu&u:s innu ja:xud
ij6ra:t.
iJ(IirQ:t ja'^ni e:.
A.
ja''ni
kull
fa
it
bi t tilifo:n.
mdrrd mil mdrra:t lamma da'? da"e:t, jidu", du" il gdras ja ''ali] hasal minnu e:
B.
talaba:t wi
'awa:mir
illi_b ti:gi
il
li 1
kard:kon
gdras [da",
"wada"'
is
samma:''a
''ala
widnu."
fahhimni
ma'^na
wada''.
A.
ja'ini
ma'^na wada'' hatt.

''ale:ha.
zejji
s
wada'-t
il
kita:b 'ala t tarabe:za,

1
hatte:tu
illi
wi
samma:''a hi:ja
J Jawi:J
ha:ga_lli_b tisma''
bi:ha so:t
bi_jkallimak.
wi
da
'al 'e:
lamma
hatt
is
samma:''a 'ala widnu.

B.
'al " mi:n," ja''ni "
mi:n
illi_b
jikkallim."
A.
B.
da:r
tamam
?
wi
'al lu 'e sa(:)hib is so:t.
'al lu sa(:)hib is so:t "
ana
hikimda:r," fahhimni hikim-
ja'Jni e:
234
A.
It
means the
chief of all the police in Cairo;
i.e.
the
biggest (possible) person in the estimation of that policeman.
When
B.
the policeman heard the voice of the Chief Commissioner,

?
what did he do
When
the policeman heard the voice of the Chief
Comis
missioner he "flung down the receiver from his hand." the meaning of " flung " ?
What
throws (down) a thing and leaves it is said to " fling it down." ["He flung, I flung, he flings, fling the Well then, he flung the receiver letter into the post-box, Ali."]
A.
The person who
"
"
from
his
hand
"
and
saluted."
B.
What
and do
does "saluted"
like this
mean?
this in front of his
A.
officer,
Doesn't every policeman stand like
with his hand ? WeU, that's what this policeman did. So then, why did he fling down the receiver ? B. He flung it down so that his hand might be free for the
salute.
him doing this ? The Chief Commissioner did not see him do this, because between him and the policeman was a big distance. A. Just so, and that is the amusing point of the story. And
A.
did the Chief Commissioner see
And
B.
No.
not only
B.
so, I
but he
left
the Chief Commissioner speaking to vacancy.
think the language of the Chief Commissioner was some-
thing very grievous on that occasion.
A.
it.
Goodness me, we must thank AUah that we did not hear

?
Well, and what do you think they did with that policeman
B.
I don't
know
3'ou tell
me.
stables.
A.
Perhaps they sent him to sweep
'Twould be
better for him.

A. nazar
ja'^ni 'rajjis
ij
?
235
kuUi
buli:s
illi f
masr
fi
Jawi:J da.
lamma_J
ja'^ni
akbdr waihid
il
JawiiJ simi'^ soit
hikimdair
"-amal ?e:h
B.
lamma
J JawiiJ simi'^ so:t

e:h.
il
hakimdar " rama
sammai'â
min i:du."ma'-na rama

A.
illi
jiMif haiga wi jsi:bha 'ismu ramaiha.

1
[rama, rame:t,
tejjib,
jirmi, irmi
gawaib
fi
sandu:'
il
busta ja
"âli.J
rama
sammai'â " B.
idda ta'^ziim."
idda ta'^ziim
ja''ni e: ?
A.
ji'-mil
muj
kida
?
kulli JawiiJ ji'af
aho
?
J JawiiJ
?adda:m iz zaibit bitai'û kida, wi da raixar 'amal kida. ba'a rama e

tikum fadja
li
samma:''a leih
B.
ra'ma:ha
"âjan i:du
t ta'^ziim.
A.
B.
wi
la, il
iJ
hikimdair Ja:fu bi ji'^mil kida ? hikimdair ma JafuiJ bi ji'-mil kida,
"âlajan
ka:n beinu
wi be:n A.
JawiiJ masaifa %awi:la.
tama:m, wi.hijja di_n nuktajli_tdahliak fi 1 hikaija. wi muJ kida bass, laikin sa:b il hikimdair bi jitkallim "âl fada. B. dzunn kalaim il hikimdar ka:n haiga sa'^ba giddan fi 1
!
wa't' da
A.
tiftikir
ja salaim!
laizim nijkur alia:
illi
ma
smi''na'ha:J
alia
'amalu fi J JawiiJ da 'e: ? B. ana muJ 'airif. ?ul li hddritak. A. rubbama wad'du(:)li jiknis taht il
xe:l
wi
sala:m
ah'san
III!
236
K2.
waihid hajjaij kan bi jidrsb humairu, fa Ja:fu wa:hid ingiliizi wi wadda:h_il kardkom, fa daffa'ûih m'xQlfa"âlaJan kam bi jista'^mil fa lamma dafa*- il m^xalfa li_^ gaibit il ?asa:wa ma''a_l hiwam.
bsss'
1
humairu wi
?al lu,
"d_ana
ma kuttij "âirif innu

kiti:r.''
li:k
^draijib
hina jihaimu "-annak.
''u:!
kattar xerhum
3-
bi_j''udu inn' waihid fallaih firansa:wi rsh bariiz wi
ma
kanj'
wi lamma ka:n marj' fi Jairi"^ illa_w Ja:f 'asr' 'ubbaha xa:lis wi waihid "âskari wa:'if "âleih. wi 1 ''asr' da kan sdrajit naibli'jom. fa_l fallaih rah 'ândjl "âskari wi sa'alu, " ?e:h il bina;ja di ja JawiiJ ? " fa gawbuj "-askari (wi huiwa Ja:jfu innu gajirm) "da wabu:r tihim ja siidi." fa 'al lu "fi baladna bi ju'af " 'udda:m il waburait himiir kitiir, wi hina wa:?if waihid bass
saba? Jafha.
,
V-
4.
waihid fallaih raih
msadfa wi'if il lu_s sa''a:ti " ''a:wuz_eh ja raigil

fallaih,
muski wi kam ra:kib huma:ru. wi_ humair 'udda:m dukkam wa:hid sa'âiti. 'am 'al
il
?
ruh min hina."

il
'am
'al lu
'ana
muj 'aiwuz
"
!
ha:ga, bass
huma:r
wi'if.
ta''a:la_msahu
wi_niddi: lak 'irjem
5-
asad wi
ta''lab
wi
di:b
issahbu sawa.
wi
lu_d
jo:m min do:l

fa 'aiLil
il
xaragu
li
1
li_s se:d,
fasta:du
human
wi 'dmab wi gazad.
'asad li_d di:b, " i'sim benna."

'asad, wi
1
'am
wi
'al
1
di:b, "
lijja
humair
'drnab
li_t ta''lab,
gazad
(a)na."
'am
darabu 1 'asad fi 1 had wi mawwitu. wi ba'^dem bass' li_t ta''lab wi 'al lu "i'sim inta ja_zmidi." fa 'al lu, "il mas'ala basiita. il huma:r li ga'daik, wi 1 gazad li "âjaik, wi 1 'drnab li J Ja:j bitai'-ak."
'am
'al lu
illi
'asad, "
mim
''allimak
il
hikma
!
di
"
fa 'al lu, " ra:s
id di:b
te:rit
'udda:mi dilwa'ti ho
6.
drabijja da:sit walad sugajjdr, wi 1 '^drbagi giri bi:ha xa(:)jif. wi kam Jafha waihid JawiiJ. fa lamma hidru li 1 kardkom 'alajan
il
mahdar
jawiij "
sa'alu
m^'-aiwin, "fern
il
''drbagi_lli
'riftij'
da:su? "
?
'am
'a:l
ij
ma
giri
j_afandim."
"
ma
j_afandim."
"tajib hi:ja
ka:m?"
V
7-
"xdttaha " hala'tem wi nabbuit!"

nim'ritu
"
waihid gadiil in'âzam
"-and'
waihid sahbu 'ala

jiktib lu_zzej
gdda, fcU
nbasat mil
'akl, fa talab
min sahbu
bi
jutbuxuj

'akli da.
237
'am sahbu katab lu_l wasfa, wi ra:h is su:' ijtard lalima. wi lamma kan ma:Ji fi s sikka ti'îb, fa 'a'âd "âlajan jistdrajjah, wi hatt_il_lahma gambu. illa_w kalb' xa'tafha wi giri, 'am 'al
lu
1
ga:hil "
min
geir
manij middi: lak " wasfa zza:j

!
il
wasfa
amm_aju:f ha tit'buxha
8.
itnem
fi s
gum masr
mil 'drjaif gidiid, wi

'âlja
lamma kainu majjim

'al
it
sikka Ja:fu madnit gaimi"^

"âili
Ju:f ja: 'axi burg* ba:bil
'add
?awi. " e:
!
'am 'am
wa:hid minhum. tami 'al lu " la:

fi 1
inta 'âbi:t
di bi:r 'alabuiha "âlajan jinajji'fu:ha

9-
hawa."
l_ii
fi
jo:m mil 'ajja:m kamit wahda fallaiha 'aguiza rajha

tigiib
ni:l
"âlajan
majja.
wi
kam
wajja:ha_hma:r.
wi
lamma
kamit maJja fi_s sikka 'a'bilha walad Ja'i. wi lamma Jafha 'al laha, "nahairik sa''i:d ja_(u)mm_ul huma:r." 'aimit il faUaiha 'a'lit lu " naha:rak muba:rak ja_bni." wi lamina 1 walad simi'^ il gawab da miji maksuif.
10.
kan
za:t
il
fih
wa:hid
fallaih fa'irr,
wi
ka:n, 'a:''id
fi
'ajja:m
jiftikir fi mista'bilu.
'am
'al
fi
'odtu jo;m min nafsu " ana "ândi
Jwajjit samn, dru:h abi''ha fi s su:', w ajtiri bi ta'manha na'^ga; wi lamma tudid in na'^ga ha_jkum "ândi gdnam kitiir. wi ba'-dein wi lamma jiktdr il ba'ar, aggawwiz; abi:*^ il gdnam w ajtiri ba'ar wi lamma_j'gi: li walad, a'gib lu m^'âllim ji'âllimu_l "ûluim kuUaha: wi ba''dem a''ul lu, " ja walad hat kaza," w_in ma smi'^J' w_aiia:hi h_ad'rabu bi 1 "âsaija di kida !...." wi fi_l had rafa"^ il "âsaija wL darab is samn illi kam 'ala r raff, wi xusur sahibna_s samn wi
;
mista'balu sawa.
m^hawrait wi hikajait.
il
''drbagi
iz
?
zibum.
zi.
^dr.
fa:di ja_(u)sta ja '^drbagi
aiwa faidi ja si:di_tfaddal.

ta:xud
zi.
"^dr. zi.
kam min
hina
li 1
gizi:rd
'ajrd sa:g, la:kin "âjan xatrak tamanja.

la:,
ana dajman
fiij
il
b_adfa''
xamsa.
!
^dr.
ma
. .
takli:f itfaddal
irkab
.
zi.
nazzil
kabu:d ja_sta.
.a'ul lak irfa'û

!
tami
"âjan if
il
JamsLktiir.
kida,
.su:'
'âle:k.
bLJ-Jwe:!, 'ala mahlak
ma
tidrabj
xe:l
hara:m
238
"^dr.
maho
laizim nisu:' bi
''agal "âjan nillla'
il
kubri 'ablima
jiftah.
zi.
lissa badri, nilha?

!
bLr_ra:ha
vSal
milaff, inta "âiwuz
timawwitna
"^dr.
ma
wdra
txafj ja beh
!
!.
.haisib ja gada*^ u:'â riglak
hasba
ja hurma, u-M wijjik

zi.
jaste
^dr.
liaidir ja
siidi
?
!.
.iw'â
dahrak
ja
raigil
int_a'^ma
hi:ja s sikka bta*^!

zi.
abu:k
it
aho_l
be:t,
tami "âlajmailak.
."ândak ja_ste
xud
(i)Lugrd.
^dr.
d_eh da
zejj'
zi.
^dr.
ma_ttafa?na, xamas 'uruij sa:g.

!
zi.
taixud
[nizil].
m_axudj nai'is ''an tamanja malliim waillid balaj kalam kitiir. il xamsa walla la ?
inta muj" saimi'' kalaimi
?
''dr
zi.
jaiid_l
karakom.
ma'^lehj ja xdwa:ga, iddi: In
"îzzinnak' saraftu
wa:llid wa:?if.
wailiid tami.
tailit.
zi.
kaman
?irj.
!
taman fingam 'ahwa
an_ad'fa'û
min
!
ge:bi
ta''a:la ja
JawiiJ
Ja.
"^dr.
xabdr_e: ja_stQ
Ju:f
il
xdwaiga da gajibni hina min *'a:wuz jiddimi xamsa saig. raikib min_e:n ja xwaiga ? Ja. raikib min mahattit hilwam. zi.
Ja.
a;xir id dinja
wi
Lugrd di ja_sta. muJ muslLmim ? muJ Jaifiin il haiga galja ? muJ lldraim "âleik ja xwaiga ? bdrsiim gaili wi kull' zi. jaiid 1 kardkom ummail.
tajib bi zijaida "âleik
"^dr
(lil
wa'fim).
ja na:s intu
"^dr.
ma"^ lehj
!
d_ana
x.
ra:gil
''ijad
kaman
!
!
[il
ma
gawbu-.J]
maskim, wi galbain, wi sa-.llib rabbina_jxdlli:k wLjtewwil

lak angailak bi gaihjln
il
ûmrak
nabi
[wi
[ma
fi:J
gawaib] aiiah
. .
.
jixdlli:
[bdrdu mafi:J gawaib]

rarkib]
[m'bawwiz] ha:t
xamas
?uru:J.
huiwa 'mai lu wi
xdwaiga
bi_l
hamm
jiruih jirkab himiir
ma J
''arabijjait
'
''izzinn
just the
"it
is
for a special
an anomalous word, meaning "you may reckon it " For example, if a man demanded payment as if job done within his working hours, you say i''zinnak.
. .
.
same
"

hika:jit
il
239
kutbi wi
barbari.
fi
1
ze:d
alia
(li
"ûbeid).
jijtiri
ana_sini'^t
inn axuik bi_jta:gir
kutub.
kutub ?adi:ma bi 'asd jibihha ta:ni ? -ubeid. aiwa mmail, dâktcir Juglu fi 1 hagait illi zejji di. ze:d. hu:wa bi jru:li jijtiriihum mil buju:t, walla bi_truh lu fi d dukkain ? "ûbeid. bi_truli lu fid dukkain. laikin amm_a'?ul lak "âla nadrd sa'^ba giddan hssalit lu ûrsijib ze:d. minfadlak ?ulha_nnawalaufi:ha Jwaija 'âleikmin gihatna.
!
hu:wa_b
'ûbeid.
la
ma
fihaij lla:ga,
an_a'ulha
Ikurii bi kull_irtija:h
"-alajan hi;ja sahiili sa'^ba la:kinnaha
mudhika
?awi.
hikaijit axu ''ubeid. ana kutt' 'ai'îd fi d dukkam wi 'gai li wa:hid barbari ma'âih Juwaijit kutub ?adi:ma tagli(:)dha firangi, wi ''al li "ijtiri do:l minni." ?umt_ana 'ult' lu " eh do:l ja Jartir." ?a:m il barbari 'al li "kutub ingilizijja firansawijja ana 'âirij? ma tjufhum ? huiwa da Jugli ? " ?umt ana 'ulti lu " inta gajb il kutub do:l min
e:n
"
'am
'al
li
"
inta mailak, inta_b
tijtiri
wal]a_b tis'al?
wi min Jiddit kalaimu ?umt_ana_z'Jilt, wi ftakdrt' tamam innu sari^hum, fa nadaht' li J Jawi:J wi 'ult' lu "laizim tiwad'di: -"aim il "âskari 'abad "âleih wi rulina_hna_t li da_l kardkom." laikin il ma'muir wi 1 m'^'-aiwin kamu talaita 1 kardkom sawa.
"âlajan jinaimu. u ba''dem ddxxolu 1 hadd is subh. wi lamma tili"^ in nahair wi geh il ma'muir 'am fatah mahdar li_l barbari wi sa'alu gajb il kutub di_ mn_em. 'am il barbari 'al lu "siidi middiha: li." 'am 'al lu 1 ma'muir " il xdwaiga btai'âk mi:n?" 'am 'al lu, " il 'assi:s 1 'aim il ma'muir ba'ât li 1 'assiis illi 'ail ingli:zi_lli_f ba:b il lu:'." "aleih il barbari, wi gaibu wi sa'alu "-an il kutub iza kainit bita''tu walla la. 'am il 'assiis 'al lu "amma 1 kutub di bta''ti w_anajli middihum lu." 'aim il ma'muir 71*^11 ''alajja wi 'al li " ummail gajbu leh ja magnum " 'umt ana 'ulti lu " ma tiz'âlj sa'âttak,
rawwahu
barbari
buju(:)tlium
s sign'_l
kutub galja xailis wi lamma sa'altu hiija_mn_e:n ma gab liij siirit il 'assiis abadan! " 'am il ma'muir 'al li "taijib ja siidi, aho nta hmair il bi'-iid, wil barbari 'ahmar minnak il ab'-ad " adi ntu "âttaltuina min ger fajda. itfaddalu_t]a'û
âlajan Juft
il
!
12.
XGiga_b jiddi ddrs

u'afu b intizaim!
wi'i''
li
saff* talamza.
!.
.
sukuit taim(m)
.ma taxudj
!.
. .
il
kitaib
!
illi
ja
"âli
xdlliih dilwa't
wi
xdlliik wai'if
.u'^'udu
240
mim
jitzakkdr mawdu:"^ id ddrs

illi
il
maidi
balaj titkallimu
;
sawa, bass
ji'^raf il
gawa:b
jirfa''
.
i:du
wi
jxdlli:h sa:kit
wi
ma
haddij jigaiwib
illa_lli
'as'âlu.
.tajjib,
inta ja
girgis
'u:!.
intu ja tanjim nazzilu (i)de:kum

il
ahibb' lamm(a)_as''al wa:hid,

. .
ba-'jim jinazzilu (i)de:hum hailan.

la:,
.'u:l
dilwaH' ja girgis
-"abLilli fa:t.
!
ja girgis, inta bi^t'uil

!.
.
"âla
mawdu:'' id ddrs
?u:l inta, ja_lli_f ri:hu
.ja girgis,
U'"'ud_int_umma;l
kull_illi
ma_jgawibj' jui^-ud
hadan
fi
vvala jistannaij waîij.
ma
jsahhij
jikuin fi:h_itne:n wa'fiin
wa't' wailiid.
fi
tajjib ja nagi:b, 'ud

il
tama:m
ttlla''U t
ja nagiib;
talxiisak
la:kin
mawdu:''
ddrs_illi fa:t kwajis.
tawra:.
ma
;
tiftaliuha:J lissa.
intibhu dilwa'ti kullukum

majjit,
lau wa:liid xajjdrak be:n asad

?
aw
kalb' hajj, 'ajji wa:hid milj.tne:n tifaddal
aidi su'ad
gdri:b, balaj
gawa:b
''ale:h
dilwa't, la:kin niju:f 'eh
illi
jPuil
il
kita:b bi_xsu:su.
nimrit
kuUi wa:Ilid jiftah it tawrs: il wiJJ' kaza min taht.

!
.
fi
l_asha:ll
il "îjrin
min
sifr'
?
kaza,
lissa
la'e:tu_l ?a:ja
kullukum
ja girgis
.
.
'allib
kaman
saliifte:n.
ji-'ra
dilwa't' ni?ra_l fasl, kull' wa:hid

ja "-abd ilmin'îm.
''alii
'adad
bLd
do:r.
ibtidi
so:tak
muj
il
?awi
ifsih 'irajtak
fi
1
dilwe't' nijrah
fasl'
da.
.
bussu
.
"âdad
it
ta:ni
eh
?
m'nasbit
. .
il
kala:m
fi 1
"âdad da.
fi
;
.ja busxaruin, fa:him in
nu'ta
.tajjib, nitalla'^ ?a:ja
l_ingi:l
nnaj ?a:ja ja busxaru:n tamam irga'û dilwa't' li 1 ma tdajja''u:J il matrah lamma ttalla''U_J_Jawa:hid mhimma, la:zim tit?ammilu:ha tajjib.
!
tiwaddah lina_n nu'ta i''ra_ Jajif wagh_ij Jabah be:n il ajte:n ? ?a:ja 1 ?awwilani:ja. daj ja'^tu_l matrah ?
. .
!.
.il
'a:ja di
e:h
illi
1
nifâllimu mil
liika:ja
di?
nitabba'
il
hika:ja
'âla
'ahwalna
hadrd wi
il
'ala hija(:)tna.
''i:d
nildxxas
ddrs f_drba'^t_awguh, di:ru balku fi:ha

. .
xula:sit id ddrs ja gubrija:n.

i'filu 1
.ja
'âli,
du''?
U gdras.
u'afu
!
kutub
bijwe:j.
huttu:ha
fi
l_adra:g.
uxrugu
b intiga:m.
13ir raigil
il
illi
sa'â fi
'irda kulli_ii_na:s.
hika:ja_lli
rah ahki'hajkum min mu'tadaiha innjl wa:hid
ma jimkinj jirdi kulli_n na:s. kan fih ra:gil 'âgu:z xarag ma'' ibnu wi xdd ma"âh huma:r rakkib ibnu 'âle:h, wi miji hu:wa wara:h. ?a:mu_n_na:s lamma Ja'fuh kida ?a:lu " ja sala:m,
24I
'amma 1 walad da ma
'ânduij Jafa'a
wala
zo:', Ju:fu z zaj
ra:kib wi mxcill(i)_abu:h
ir rdigil il 'âguiz
maiji."
'aim
il
hu:wa wa:d_
inkasaf wi nizil wi rokkib abu:h, wi miji hu:wa.

fajti:n
fih gamai'â
lamma
'Qbb_illi
ma
."'ma: Ja 'siiaih! Ju:fu_i " "ânduij liinnijja_mxalli_bnu ma:j"i wi 'huiwa ra:kib

Ja:fu_I
!
manzar da ?a:lum
il
huma:r humma Litnein. wi lamma n na:s Jaifu kida 'a:lu, " Je 'âgiib 'âla d dunja di, Juifu 1 itnem do:l illi ma jixtijuij rakbim il humair il maskim humma 1 itnem, ma ahsan ninabbih 'aleihum bitu:'' g.am''ijjit fi:J fi 'albuhum rahma!
'aim
ir rsigil
wi_bnu rikbum
ir
riP bi
hajawanait "
!
ba'-dem a:xir
ma gilib
1
ir raigil 'al
l_ibnu,
"il
'ahsan bij 'ahsan nimji wi_nmajji
humair 'uddarrma ho."
'a:mu_n na:s lamma Jafuihum bi J Jakl^ da 'a:lu, " 'amma garaijib âla Litnem do:l_il maganim majjim humma bi nafsuhum wi sajbim " 'aim il 'abb' 'al, "saimi"^ il huma:r fa:di min ge:r ruku:b ja3ni kalaimjn nais ? rikibt il humair wahdak, ma xallashumj. rikibna hna rikibt il humair ana wahdi, bdrdu ma 'agabhumj. mijiina Litnein, nasa'bu_nna 'asaiwa wi 'illit rahma wi rip. hna Litnein, istaxaffu "â'lina, w ista'-batuina w_istagannuina.
!
aidi hail id dinja!
mahma 'amal
il
waihid mahuj xaiU mil malaima,

!
fa laizim hatta lau kunna JilnaJ humair wijnji'nai bu ji'^mil il waigib illi "âleih, wi ma jis'alj' fi kalaim in nais."
14il
il
waihid
jijiil "âleih waihid ma minnu. wLr raigil da kan m'gaffal, ja'^ni '^dbiit li wi f joim min doil kan maiji_f sikka w gairir humairu 'aixir ddraga. wdr'aih bi habl. 'am Jaifu waihid min wilaid il balad ij Juttair wi 'al Lixwainujli wa'fiin wajjaih, "tihibbu 'a'xud lukum il humair mir raigil da min ger ma_jhiss' wala jidrd ? " 'a'lui lu " tajjib wdrriina." 'am 'drrab 'al humair wi fakk il habl' minnu bLJweiJ" wi hattu_f ra''abtu 'huiwa, w_idda 1 humair Lixwainu wi tannu
kan
fih
m'gdffal wi J Jaitir. </ hiltuij haiga ger hittit humair
wi
jifâjjij
maiJi
wdra
m'gaffal Juwajjitem, w_jtwa"af
'an
il
majj.
'am
il
wdraih wjtxadd' w ifâfrat lamma la'a_nnu gairir " 'al lu "gara xeir, ibn' 'aidam, wi 'al. "gara 'eih! 'inta miin! " il kalam da 'eih 'izzaj ti'ul humairi wU 'ana hmairak." 'ail da Je "âgiib! " 'al lu, " d ana_hkajti 'a'^gab; hail innak 'insain? wi hiija...nni fi 1 'asLibn' 'aidam wi lamma kutt'^sgejjdr kutt' Ja'i wi_f leila mil lajaili za''''alitni 'ummi, 'mnti darab'taha "âla 'aimit da'ît "âlajja wi talabit min rabbina jimsdxni hmair; rasha. wi heis innaha wilijja salha rabbina simi*^ minha wi masaxni_hmair
^dbiit baes'
!
!
242

;
wi wa"a''ni taht iidak
wi_fdi]t 'ala di
s
hail
li
haddima 'am
il
?awa:n w_itzakkdritni ?ummi min^Qiiaih jiregga'^nij ''asli,

'abl."
'al lu "
sanadi wi
ridjit "âlajja
tslabit
sahibna_l m'gsffal ddxdl
adimi ba?e:t insain, zejjima kutt' il kalaim fi "â'lu wi sadda'u wi
drguik ja 'axLtsamillni
illi
tisfah 'aiini wi ma_ttaxizniij

'azijja
âla t ta''ab
"ândi,
sabbib'tu: lak
mid darb* wi 1
muddit xidmitak
w itfaddal ba'a min ge:r matruid rswwall Lummak, bass jw'â

'al lu,
tidrabha tami."
" ajkurak 'ala ''ilisa(:)'sa:tak," wi

il
xdd
bd''du tannu ma:Ji, wi silkit

ba''d'
hi:la 'ala sahibna.

"-ala
kida rawwall
"
il
m'gaffal
"
be:tu,
'al
min
ge:r
il
humair,
inti
wi lamma_inra:tu "drfa Ui gara 'eih

haddi^j-'ul
li ? li 1
sa'a'litu 'an is
?
sabab
laha_" skuti,
mij
-"a'lit lu,
il
izzaj ratL.a'^raf
?
hu:w_an_a''lam
'a:xir
ge:b
"
min ger ma 'am hakajhaj. hikaija

il
mil
'awwU
ba''d'
wi
hi:ja
tdra rabbina_.isamillna kida 'a'âd

il
"-ala 1
L.uxra sadda'it " gariima di

!
kalaim wi 'aiUt " ja
'armit maraitu wi ba''de:n ja raigil Sa tifdal kida bairik fi 1 be:t ? la Jugla wala majgala? 'uim ijtiri: lak liumair ge:ru w_is''a "âla hailak." 'am ra:li is sui' wijinaik la'a ftmairu za:tu bi jinba:"^.
ra:gil
fi 1
be:t bala Jugl.
'alit lu, "
'am 'drrab minnu wi
majjil 'aleih wi
?
wajwiju
il
widnu wi
"
!
'al lu,
" inta detrabt_ummak tami
manij
15-
Jar'i:k
mdr'ra: di
hadsa gariiba.
masr, 1915.
1
min agrab
in naha:r
il
hikajait iUi_smi''taha
jomein
do:l,
innu di:k
1
kam
fih
1
'draifa nawaihi
min Jairi'' m'hammad 'âli "âla 'aFa, wi kan wdra n na"^! kabjit niswam bi
majhad
fa(:)jit
sawwatu wi b
fi 1
jindibu.
wi ba'^dein waillid mil

li
buli:s is sirri_Jtabali
li
'amr, wi
1
fidil
'a{:)tirhum
ftaddima wislum
turab wi
gum
jidfinu
majjit.
fa kajaf in na'^J
wi la'a
fi:h 'aslilla
wi
liagait
tifdr'a"^.
wi
illi
"âla
kida zabat
bi
n niswam
kardkom.
majjit da
kamu
il
'a:m
?
ir riggailajli kamu JajUm in na"^/ wi jsawwatum, wi waddaihum kuUuhum ''al ma'muir sa'al in niswam " ji'rab lukum e:h il
"
'a'lu:
lu,
" la ji'rab
lina
wala
ni'^rafu.
bass_ir
nadahujina w idduma kam 'irj, wi 'alujina ta'âilu sewwatu wara 1 majjit da, tiksabu sawa:b, lahsan huiwa gdriib wala lu:J hadd' fi 1 balad." 'am lamma J"a:f U ma'muir minîn niswam ma "âleihumj* ha", sajjibhum. amma r riggaila habashimi kuUuhum.
riggaila do:l

l6.
il
343
xdli:fa
w
'al
abu n nawwais.
lu_l xdliifa,
le:la
wa:hid mil xulafa kan lu nadiim nukatLsmu 'abu_n_nawwa:s,

wi_f
le:la
min
laja:li J
Jita
" aii_ahdi:k hidijja

"âs
mu'^tabara, bi Jartjinnak tina:m_il
di
sutu:h min ge:r

'ibilt,"
gata wala na:r tiddaffa 'âleiha." 'al " na:m bi 1 kefi:jja di, wi gih_is subh jigri
hidijja.
tajjib,
"âl
wi raS
1
xdliifa jitelbu bi
'al lu "
'am
sa'alu "inta
tammimt
fi
ij
Juru:t?"
mma:l
ja malik iz zamain,
nimt
'^drjain
"îzz il
bdrd wi kutti
Jajif na:r
m'walla''a_f be:t bi'îid ?awi wi -"add eh kutt_ajtihi adaffi git'titi aleiha " ?am il xdliifa 'al lu " fisdit iJ Juru:t, li 'innak madaim
!
Juft' nair laizim iddaffeit
"âleiha
!
wa
lau Jwajja_sgQJjdrd xadis,
wi ma tistaha''''ij_il hidijja " abu_n_nauwa:s xdd "âla xatru w_inga:z fi nafsu, wi habb' jxallas gulbu. 'am ba'^d* kam jo:m
"azam
il
xdliifa 'al
gdda
fi
beit id duhr.
il
'am
"
il
xdliifa 'ibil
il
''uzuima
w raih
wi
fait mi'âid
gdda wi
il
'akl'
?
ma gaij. 'am
'al lu,
sa'al
abuji_nawwais, wi
stawaij."
'al lu,
" fein
'akl
" lissa
ma_
kaman, wi 1 'akl ma hadarj, wi kuUima jis'al il xdliifa jigawbu 'abu_n nawwais zejji ma gaiwib fi 1 'awwil, li haddima zihi' il xdliifa, wi talab jijuif il 'akl fein bi jintibix. 'am xddu 'abu_n_xiawwais 'ala Jagdrd, wi 'al lu, "aho_l 'akl' foi' 'am iltafat luj. xdliifa w iJ" Jagdrd, wi di n nair gamb' gidraha."
fait 'iimit sai'â
'al " ja raigil ja

keifijai
magnum,
iz zaj
tintizir inn_il 'akl jistiwi
bi
di!"
illi
'al lu "
w_inta z
zaj tintizir inni
kutt_addaffa
"âla
il
n nair
Juftaha min
bi''iid ?
ahi
wahda_b wahda."
wi 'an'âm
"âleih
'am
xdliifa fihim in
nukta
w mait mid dihk

17-
bi_hdijja
muftaxdrd.
fisail
bein taigir wi_z'buinu.
i/
'ijta.
taigir.
ahlan
wa
sahlan
nahama
zejj_il
itfadded
ja xawaiga.
zibuin.
tai.
"ândak sagagiid "âgami mil
"âil ?
ummail, 'andina kuU' haiga.

wdrriini ^saggaida 'agami zejj'
itfsddetl istdrajjah.
ha:t
'ahwa
zi.
ja walad.
talatt_imtair fLtnein.
!
tai.
zi.
tai.
zi.
da tamaim, nimrd waihid lo(i)nha ji'^gibni, laikin il 'umaij wihij. ma fiij uxtaha 'abadan itfaddol wahda gerha he
adi
bij. ma'ais
!
wahda
bi
kam
tibi''ha
244
ta:.
il

itkallim xslaisak.
injaiia_t'u:l bi
'irj'
waihid!
be:n
baiji"^
zi.
wi
J Jairi jiftah 'aiia.
la:,
itkallim inta
ta:.
zi.
dijb ''ajra_gne:h.
ja sala:m
!
it
min bu''''ak_alila. innama 'alajan xatrak bi tamanja. taman da 9a:li 'awi. ma tiswa:J zija:da
! !
'âii_drba'â.
ta:.
dij. geirak bi tna:Jar
fi:h, 'âla ra? j_il

zi.
masal " ja mistdrxas
di
nazari
ma
tiswaij
il 9a:li tamanu lahm 'and il mdrd'a tindam aktdr min dr'ba'â, aw bi_l kitiir
di_rxi:sQ xa:lis.
il
arba''a_w nuss.
ta:.
zi.
itfaddetl
il
xudha.
an_addi'ha: lak
min ger
fLlu:s xa:li&.
'âfw ja siidi
kattdr xe:rak.
[siktu
habba
sgajjdrd.]
;
adfa"- xamsa gne:h. kalam bi'î:d, muj li_l bi:*^. zi. ja si:di ana tamalli b_ajtiri:ha_b xamsa. jigu:z ta:. bass' muJ mis sanf da. di_bda:'â wa:rid biladha, in laffeit is su:' kuUu ma tla'i:J minha. v/i ma'^ za:lik ruh
zi.
Ju:f.
la:,
ni'sim
il
balad nusse:n
ta:.
''abla_(i)s''al fi s su:'
zi.
'ablima
zejj_il
il
tijtiri.
ma
ti'^milj'
migla'wa:nijji:n ja Je:x
'â:rif 1
ana muJ
zejjak
mis sawwalli:n.
ana_bn
balad wi
atma:n wi
as''a:r
tamam.
ta:.
zi.
wi kaman agib lak zaba:jin kiti:r. ahlan wa sahlan. bass' muJ bi t taman da. ta:xud xamsa w nuss ?
ja si:di balaj m'nakfa.
zejj id
ta:.
hina kala:m wa:hid wi_t taman
malldu:d
zi.
dakaki:n
!
il 'âlja.
deh da
.a'ul lak, addi: lak sitta gne:h ilia rub"^.
ta:.
jizhar innak
muJ
Ja:ri.
fisa;lak
da
ma
jgibj'
nuss
!
it
taman.
zi.
w_ai'ia:h_il "âziim di 'âlajja b_aktdr
min kida
inta
"âwuz tixassdrna.
ma_tbi:'^
il
muJ hara:m
"ândi.
?
!
be:'â di ja Je:x
id dinja
wa'fa wi ?azma.
'asli
ba.
ikra:mak
Ju:f
addi'ha: lak bi
1
tamanhaj
!
wal_
aksabp minnak.
zi.
;
ha:t sab''a_gne:h, a:di
fa(:)tu:rd he
a:xir
?
kala:m sitta_gne:h wal_azidj' malli:m

si:di bi tijjattar ''ale:na 'awi.
wa:liid.
xal'lasak walla la
ta:.
da nta ja
[ragga'û]
zibu:n].
"âjiz e:
ma
jxallasni:J.
[''a:m iz zibu:n
ta;.
[rigi'^ iz
zi.
jirawwah.]
ja
ta'â:la
t'â:la
xawa:ga,
inta_z<îlt ?
ja
si:di.

ta:.
zi.
245
tidfa'' sitta
w nuss,
walla la
ma
'ult' lak ja fe:x sitta
gneih waLazidJ'
'irj' wailiid.
ta:.
[bi lahgit
wa
lau inni
zi.
huzn wi wijju_mkajjdr] xud. xasrem. di bi:*^ wi Jird jizahha'.

inta kasba:n kwaijis in Ja 'aiis:.
ha:t
il
filu:s;
la:,
ta:.
[zeji'
wa:hid
mit-'assif 'awi]
xud
ja
si:di.
[ba'^d*
it
mirwaill
il
xawa:ga.]
ta:gir
[li
Jariiku].
xud.
adi
hna ksibna
ji:gi_tne:n gine:h.
kattdr xe:r sshibna.

Jari:ku.
di ''a:mil ru:hu
[fi
innu fa:hiin kuU' ha:ga.

fisa:l
tarasiina bdrrd lu:kandit Jabat.J

'âmalt'
iz zibu:n.
il xali:li.
il
amma
kwaijis innahdrda
fi
xa:n
bajja:'^
fisa:l sa''b'
'awwil kala:inu itna:Jar gine:h, wala:kin fa:siltu giddan, wi nazziltu gasbin "ânnu, w intahe:na 'ala
sitta gne:li, la:kin bi
n nabbu:t.
?aiia:
;
!
tanzi:l nuss'
kala:mu
Ja:tir
?eh fikrak
!
sahbu.
gama:'â do:l
ma: Ja
il
amma_nta mujtari
il
iz zibu:n.
"âfw
bass
"
wa:hid la:zim
ji'^raf ji'â:mil
ig-
iz za:j
i8.
1
masr wi
bi_j'u:lu inn' wa:}iid
masrijji:n.
ga:j
il
masri ka:n
min
bila:d
bdrrd wi_tsQ:dif
illi
innu
il
sta'-raf bi
il
wa:hid mis_su(:)wa:li
fara'^na).
''imrika:n
fi
il li
mdrkib
(wabu:r
baSr), wi ka:n ga:j li_bladna bi ''asd'_jju:f

il
''antika:t
masrijja ('a(:)sa:r
'am
!
''al is
sawwa:ll
LafandiJ.
masri " hu:wa hna wisilna li bur sa''i:d ? " 'am 'al luj. masri " " na'âm, w_a:di 1 mi:na 'uddamna he m_antaj Ja'jifha ? wi ba''d' Jwajja nizlu fij madi:na. ''a:m is sawwa:h 'al li 1 ginsuhum 'eh do:l ? masri " Juf libs_in na:s izza:j
!
masri.
do:l
il
wQtQnijji:n
il
bitu:''
il
balad.
?
sawwa:h.
"îsm
libsLbta'^hum da 'e:h
;
ismu 1 gallabijja wallaj 'ufta:n. saw. wi leh ma jilbisu:J badla zejj' di ? ala Jan biladhum hdrr' 'awi, wi 1 badla_t'i:la, xusu:san mas.
mas.
"^
f i s se:f
saw.
tajj 'b
wi fe:n
il
burne:ta
mas.
saw.
is
aho
t tarbu:J bidalha.
wala:kin dajndirrLf wa't is se:f "âlajan ma fij ha:ga_ sams zejj il burne:ta. mas. sahi:h, "ândak ha". wala:kin ikminnu 'asl_il libs' turki fa mij 'âwzi:n jigajjdru:h.
thu:J
246
saw.

'eh "âla'îthum bi
?
turk'
dilwa't'
ba'^d
illi
hasal
ândukum
mes.
'islaim.
ja sajjidi, fa
inta
muj
"âirifjnn' di:n
it
turk'
huiwa
ma
fi:J
ha:ga
'ilia mas-'alit
id di:n.
saw.
di:n
mas.
saw.
l_a'ba:t
?
masr' 'eh hu:wa ba'a ? di:n masr' hu:wa 1 'islaim.

il
ummad fem
masirhijim
bitu"^
masr_illi_smuhum
li 1
mas.
'âjan
do:l_adadhum sugajjdr bi_n nisba

il
muslimim wi
kida dim
huku:mcL_r rasmi huiwaj 'islaim.

il
saw.
''add_e: "âdad
muslimim
mas.
ta'riiban.
"âdadhum
ja salaim
ze]'j_ihda:Jdr
miljom.
wil
'ibat
miljom
saw.
'e:
da kam 'adad l_a'ba:t

?
kiti:r
'awi
gdrajhum
1
hatta ba'u 'add' kida
mas.
bili illi
hu:wa_nta
?
ma
'dretj'
'an l_idtiha(:)da:t wi
mada:-
hasalit
muslimim
saw.
luhum zamam, Juwajja mil 'drwa:m wi Jwajja mil wi_b Lixtisa:r kull' 'umma ti:gi masr tirkab ig
il
gamai'-a L.a'ba:t
alia
masakim.
?
'awajid in na:s hina 'eh hiija

ti''raf
mas.
'umma
zaij, in
w_axla:'hum ? issawwdr mu''zamhum fu'drd wi muJ mif-allimim, jikum halha_z

"-awuz
''adaithum
Jurb' 'au
kam
fi 1
'akl'
'au
?
fi
fil
libs
tiftikir ji'^rafu zzaj
jit'^matta'û bi
d dunja
fi 1
saw.
kam
mi:ja mifâllimim
mas.
saw.
tis''im
fi 1
ti'ddr ti'uil
bem tamanja wi
''ala
"âjdrd
'âl
'aktdr.
tis'-a
da_hna ta'riiban miija

mi:ja
!
miija au jimkin
'e:
wi
t
?
w_afka:r
la:
?
ig
gama''tem
bLxsu:s_is
sija:sa
humma
mittif'im walla
fi
1
mas.
ha'i:'a_lli
muJ mif-assabim miLitnem

walaikin
fa
"âdad
il
bi jhibbu
do:l
hukuima
'ulajjilim,
dustu(:)ri:ja
naf-a.
1
gamai'â
wi
'amma
1
ba:'i
wi
minhum
sijasithum turkijja,
minhum sija'sithum inkilizijja, wi minhum sijasithum Jdxsijja,

ma_bjijtiglu:j iUa "âlajan masla-
wi di sijaisit gama:''a 'hithum ij Jdxsijja.

saw.
ja
sajjidi,
kuba:r
illi
ma
t'ulj'
kida
!.
."êib
da hddritak
maeri mas.
an_a'u:l
il
il
ha" wa law kam

it
''al(a)_abu:ja.
b
li
aju:f riga:l
hukumait
tanja bLjJtiglu bi
fi
ana lamma zimma wi 'amama
manfa'ît
watanhum
til'am(i)_anga:z
nafsi,
a'u:l,
" emta

rabbina jiminn'
saw.
'âleina bi na:s
247
'ilia
ma
tkunji
luhum gsija
mifâllima
bi
xidmit
il'ummawilwQteui.
"
!
Ju:f ja 'axi, kull'
?umma mahij
kida
ma
il
ti'^rafj
titailib bi_h''u:''ha izzarj,
wi
"lalajan
kubdrkum
jiFabu^ku.
maskiin
"îja:!,
mas.
illi
ba'a 'ul
li
min
fadlak, ji'^mil e:hjl fallaih

il
bi jjtigil bârba"^
'uru:J
jo:m wi "ându 'drba'â mil

ibtida'ijja
jiwakkilhum bi ?e:h, wi j'âllimhum bi 'e:h. saw. hu:wa_ntu ma "-andukuij midairis zejji kuUi 'umma ra'ja ?
;
maggainan
mas. gi:na_n nu'te sa'^ba. Ju:f ana saba' 'ult' lak inn' fi huku:mit masr bi jjtiglu_n nafsuhum. wi muj mumkiii_ abadan jitnazlu ''an marakizhum wi jdabbdru majru:'' bi:h ji'-allimu 'awlaid il fallahim il masakim. doil badal kida 'awziin jidusuma bi 'idrabija(:)thum wi 'o:tomobila(:)thum. a'ul lak,
nais
rabbina
mawgu:d
wi
?
saw.
le:h_il
'dgnija
ma_b
il
ji'^miluij
mada:ris, wLj'âUimuJ
'awlaidil fu'drd
'âla fulushum nafsuhum, " wi hna majma jif'aUimu walla ma jif-allimuij ? injalia ma^f-allimu " saw. in Ja 'aiia: nit'aibil bukrd "-alajan as'alak fi mawddi:^ tanja ahibb astafhim minnak 'anha. mas. haidir, ana mista''idd, kull' haiga thibb' tistafhim
mas.
a'ul lak_e:h
do:l
;
'agnija bi_jmu:tu
fi
wi
xajfim
ahsan
jiPdru
faj'udu
"ânha, 'afiidak bi 'addîl 'imkain.
ma'-a
salaima
saw.
'alia jisallimak.
19.
m'nazrd.
mawdu:'^
il
m^nazra,
e:
'aSsan Jugla ji'ddr

bi:ha bilaidu.
il
gada''
il
masri jixdim
di:k in nahair kutt' ?a:''id wajja wa:hid narzir

(ja'^ni
madrasa hurrd
saba'^
ma
hija:J mi:ri), w_itsa:dif
innu ka:n "ându
talamza
min_illi xallasu 'îlmuhum wi 'âwziin jijtdgdlu.
'am
sa'al kull'
wa:hid
jinaffa"^
minhum
bila:du.
'an 'ahsan Jugla jihibb' jijtdgdl fi:ha "âlajan w_ana_failt 'a:'îd asma*^ kalamhum, wi biddi
z zirai'â.
dilwa't_ahki_lkum zejjima hasal. kala:m il muhibb'
li
ana bidd_axdim watani bi kom_aJtigil fi z zirai'â, "âlajan masr bila:d zira'-ijja sirf, wi sabab ginaiha min iz zirai'â bi n nisbaj wugu:d in ni:l is sa'îid. wi 'ardaha xasiba 'awi jitla"^ fi:ha kull_asna;f ij Jagdr wi 1 xudair. wi sada' min 'a:l inn'
248
tu'rabha dahab.
la:kinnu

w_il failaih
it
il
il
masri,
gidi:da
fi
wa law
fi
?innu migtihid,
iz
zira:''a.
ma
ji'-rsfj
turu?
ig
ka:r
fa
'iza_t 'wag adit in na:s
ixtisa(:)sijji:n
z zirai'â "âjan jirjidu:h,
tit'addim aliwailu wi_tzi:d amwadu.
w
iz
gerhum min ba''u min in na:s

wi
1
illi il
dai-'u
halaiwit
il
adihna Jajfim il_af ang zirai'-a wi makasibha

wi
s
gunaj, asha:b
mad
sdrwa, wi
it
jsallifu
fulu:s
bi
fajiz.
illi
jigiiz
inn_il
gad''a:n
taFiin mil
'ajji
mada:ris jihrabu wi jitfaju mij Jugl, wi jitlahhafu 'ala
Jugla
ger
si:n
di,
wi_jru:liu ji'-milu 'abukatijja walla liukama, walla_mhandi;
walla kutaba
wij had
'andiij
inn_il
bila:d
fi
miStaiga xadis
'inn' l_afandi
li_l
m^'zar'în.
w_ana
ma
Jakk_abadan
min
dod lawjn'ate'' li z zara:''a wi 'at'anha w_itfannin fi:ha wi darasha tamam, jib'a "ându ''i(:)ra:d muhimm ma_j'illij 'ân 'iraid U mistoxdim illLb ja:xud mahijja. fa le:h ma nihtammij ihna bi_z zirai'â, wi nSassinha, wi nxdlliiha san'-a min_ajraf is sanaiji'' ? w a:di 1 'ard' ?uddamna was'â wLJ hukuima 'andaha 'uluif mil fadadiin illi lissa mi mazrui'â, mista'' adda li ta'gi(:)rha walla bi(:)''ha b_drxas taman. fa 'iza xddna balna mil 'amr' da, tit''ammdr il bila:d, wi niksab ihna wi_nkassib il 'umma kaman, wi nkattdr il
J"
mahsulait
illi_b tiigi
wi timji hdrakit
il
balad, fa tistdgna "ân
il
haga:t
min bdrra, misl

ji'-tini
il
fakha wi xilafha.
f_ana (a)4i'id
inn' kull' waiRid
bi zirai'â
jikum xddam watanu xidma

li
ma
IhaJ nazi:r.
kalaim
an_aju:f inn'
t
il
muhibb'
tiga:rd.
il balad wi jrawwig ahwalha, wi jkassib sahibha iza ka:n mista'i:m wi "ându zimma. wi t tiga:rd txdlli sa'hibha gani wi sa:hib kilma wi ma'aim,
tigaird 'afjad Je: jimajji hdrakit
wi ti''tibiru n na:s wi 1 hukkaim, wi jid''u:h fi maga(:)lishum wi jdxdu fikni. w_an_aju:f innLbladna mit'dxxard 'alajan tdrakit
tiga:rd, li 'inn' ba'^d in na:s jista'^jibu J Jugl' fiiha, ma*^ innaha ?ahsan Jugl tifiid il watan. wi he:s biladna zira''i:ja sirf, fa bi:*^ mahsu:l iz zirai'â min ?utn wi ge:ru jisabbib it tiga:ra, illi jilzam
it
laha bajja'-im wi Jdrrajim wi samasra wi gerhum.

jiftah ba:b riz"
li
wi da bi t tab'' wi t tigaird 'ahsan bi_kti:r milListixdaim li ?innaha Jugla hurrd, wi 'ala ra'j il masal "bi'' w ijtiri wala tinkiri." w_in rabbina fatah "âleih w ittasa''it tigdrtu
na:s kiti:r gerhum.
jiwakkil
'ê:J
li
na:s kiti:r mil mijtiglim ''andu,
wLb
kida jikum
'âla
xadam
bilaidu
xidma mu'^tabdrd bidum ma_jkum himl'

kalaim
illi
ge:ru.
jhibb
il
handasa.
1
min
gihati 'ana, a?n:\ inn'
masr jin'asha
m^handisim, wiJJi

â:wuz jixdim watenu
in ne's' da, li'innu
1
249
'âlajan jisidd
sthi:h la:zim jijtigil
m'handis
ma da:m
'ahl'
li_l
masr kulluhum
jijrsbu wi jirwu
da m'handisim jiwaddabu tira"^ wi 1 masairif, wi ji''milu hisa:b 11 'ard il "âlja wi 1 watja, wi jrattibu tasri:f il majja wi tdx'zinha wi tdrkiib baburait il majja. wi b xila:f kida titba'-za' il majja wi_tdi:'' fajditha. wi lau la_l m^handisiin ma kanitj_ itbanat U bujuit wala_tnazzamit ij Jawairi*^. wi fajdit il m'handis innu jihcindis bina_l be:t, sawan kam kibi:r 'aw sugajjdr '-ala 'add'
'erd min_m_ni:l, fa jilzam
il
"-amal
tawsiil
majjaj
mallalla(:)tha, wi_]'nazgQmu_t
lla:l
J Jams, wa_jku:n hawa:h matlu:', 'âjan amraid wi jxdlli n na:s titmatta"^ bi sihhithum wi tis"tdgna 'ân il hukama. wi kaman in na:s illi b jijtdgolu fi zirai'â wi t ligaird jilzamhum makana:t wi waburait, wi 1 m'handis hu:w_illi_ jrakkibha wi jdawwdrha. wi lau la kida ju'af halhum wi tbuiz ajga(:)lhum. wi s sikkaj hadi:d min ge:r m''handisi:n ma timji:|. wi kuUi 1 ajgail illi fi:ha makanait zejj il mataibi"^ illi b titba*^ il gdrani:! wil kutub, wi 1 waburait illi bi ttalla*- il majja wi tithan il 'amh, wi makanait il xijaita, wi 'idad il kahraba, wi t talligraif, wi_t tilifom, wi gerhum, ma timjiij min ge:r il m'handisim. fa_ "blaid zejj' masr mihtaiga xadis li 1 m'handisim wi_b tib'ât tigibhum min bilaid bdrra. f_in kunna nijtigil fi 1 hirfa di nikuin nafa'^na
sahbu, bi he:s tidxulu

il
jimna"^
biladna
nafa'^
ma
jit'adddrj.
kala:m
il
muhibb'
li
hu'u:'.
ana
'â:jiz
axdim
bilaidi bi kom(i) ajtdgdl
-wi di 'ajraf
Jugla li'innaha tibajjin iz

1
Tail baitil,
wi
il
bari mil mugriim.

li t
muSamii walla 'a:di, zadim mil massluim, wi 1 ha'" wi ma da:m masr bilaid zira'îjja
'axd wi
1
wi
z zirai'â tiddi
tigaird, fa_t tigaird twassal li_l
"âta,
hdrdka wi_l m"âmla bem in na:s wi ba'^duhum. wi tieis innu fih na:s bdrdak ula:d il hdraim jihibbu jigijju w jizlumu wi zimmithum xarbama, kama 'innu fih na:s tajjibim asha:b zimma "wi ha"anijjim, fa bi_t tab'' jihsal bem it tarafem mnaz'â:t wi xina'ait, wi_jkun fih xo:f 'âla daja:'^ il ha"' min jadd_asha:bu. fa jilzam wuguid 'a:di ji'di bi 1 "-adl' wi_J 'insaif, wi 'abukaitu jigarbil 1 'adijja wi jdawwdr "âl ha'aiji', wi jdaifi"^ 'ân il mazluim wi_jrudd' lu ha"u wi da 'ahsan sawa:b jin'îmil, w afjad xidma ji'addi:ha_l waihid li watanu. kala:m il muhibb' li t tibb. ana ragbit(i) a'^mil hakiim li'inn_a'^ti'id tama:m il_i'^ti'a:d innaha 'ahsan &an"â_tfi:d il balad wi da, li ko:n kull' Je fi d dunja
-wi_tkattdr
; ;
jifâwwad
ilia
s sihha
ma
tif-awwadj.
iza
kamjLinsam ma
250

innu jiMdr
illi
ânduij sihha jistaSiil
jijtigil fi 'ajj'
Juglin ka:n, la
fi
zakdruihum ixwanna, wala ji'dar tiga:ra wala gerha mil hiraf fard il "îbaida zejji n na:s, wi jifdal tu:l "ûmiu hatta jitammim m^âknin wi ru:hu_f manaxiiru, w a'all' haiga tza'-'âlu wi tdajja' xuPu. laikin lamma tkuin sihhitu tama:m jibâ mabsuit m^fdrfij,
jistifiid
wi
jfiid geiru.
fa âla kida jikuin
il
hukama
lli
jijtiglu fi
fo:' il
il
hifg' sihhit in na:s bi
jixdimu biladhum wi jinfa'ûiha xidma
hadd, "âlajan lau laj.

inn' kti:r mil
hukama
ka:nit ma:tit na:s kitiir; ma*"
'ilni
ftukama maitu Juhada mit tagriba:t illi 'âmaluiha 'alajan jiktijfu turn? gidiida li 1 "îlaig wi jixtir'û 'adwija_gdi:da, xidma li 1 'insamijja wi 1 watan kala:m il mullibb li t ta''li:m. amm ahsan Jugla sahiih tifi:d il waten wi_trawwig 'umuini
.
hi:ja Jugl it ta'^liim
wi
madairis,
li
'innahaJL 'asa:s
1
illi
titbini "âleih.
kuU
di,
il_ajga:l.
wi
t ta'^liim
bilaid
min
"âdamu.
migass illi bi:h jif'irif nagaitl il iza_t'ammilna fi liailit biladna mil wug'ha:.
hu:wa
niju:f bi t ta'ki:d
innaha mit'dxxard
konha muf'iba wi fi:ha_mja'?a wi

wi nabhit
zoir.
laikin
ma
;
fi:J
n nazar U. wi nabhit -"alb llalaiwa miti ge:r na:r, wi xidmit il

fi
t teri:?a di bi
mas''u(:)liija,
watan mahij
m^'-aUim luh
t
bi_s saihil
il
wi
1
fadl' 'âla
J Jugla di nati(:)'githa laziiza, li 'inn iL kuU, wi min talit_iidu jitla'' il kaitib wi
ma kanuif wi 1 m^âllim luh ?agr il m^gaihidiin li'innu jif'ab ta'âb fo:' il luzuim fi ta''li:m it talamza wi tdrbi'jithum wi_jba:t jihlam biihum min majgulijjitu ''aleihum,
taigir
wi
m^handis wi
kuU, wi lau laj. m^'âllim
falahu wala ''amalu "âmal.
li'lnnu
ji'^raf
inn_iwla:d
il
]'o:m
humma
riggadit bukrd, fa
jis''a IL
komu
1
ji'âllimhum kuUi Je "âlajan jixarraghum rigga:la,bi ma'-ana
kala:m.
wi mil ma'^luim innu kullima

1
kitir it ta'^liim
kullima 'aUit
il
hdramijja wi
mitjdrridim.
fi
il
fa_lli jhibbi
il
jixdim masr tamaim
ji:gi
wajjaija wi jxuJJ'
madrassit
m'"'allimim.
kalaim
muhibb
li
xidmit id dim.
"âimil fi
ana
wi
il
gaijit
munaija 'inn_aj'tdgdl
d dijamaj masihijja^
?ahsan Jugla lazma wi minha fajda lijja wi li n na:s. li'inn ?insam min tabi''tu 'innu jinsa fadl' rabbina "âleih wi jihwid 'an
di
il
sikkit
li
ha?', fa jilzamu_lli_jnabbihu,
il
wi jhawwilu min sikkit

ma'^rifit
il
ij
Jarr
illi
sikkit
xe:r,
wi
jinjir
kala:m rabbina wi
xalais be:n
ma
wi_b kida jit'drrab Una migij malakuit aiiaih. wi 1 'ajgail il ''ilmanijja zejji Juglit axima 1 abukaitu wi gerha, kullah{a) _ajga:l lazma li 1 balad, innama 'iza ma kanj il waihid minhum
ji'^rafuhj,
jimji_b xo:f rabbina fa'inn' Juglu jidirr aktdr
ma
jinfa'^.
illi

251
jsamma'^hum
il
ma
jib'aij
ajrsf
kalam da humma xaddamiin id dijaina, wi di Jugla minha 'abadan, li'innaJia ruihanijja jitwa"af
wiJlLjrebbi
1
âleiha xala:s il_drwa:h.
r ru:h "âlajan ti'^raf xedi'ha
luh 'agr, aktdr milli jrabbi

gism'
faini.
gism.
IPinmi
r ru:Ii ba'ja, laikin
il
wi di ga:jit 'ssdi wi s sala:m. kala:m il hakam wi hu:wa n naizir. ba'^da kida wi'if in naizir wi 'a:l amma braiwa "âleikum ja wla:di tejjibtu xatri wi ha'â'tu âjami fiikum, wi kulluku tkallimtu tajjib, wi kuU' waihid ma"âh
: !
Ra'?*
f_illi ?a:lu.
w_an_ansahkum
?albu
fi:h,
inn' kull' wa:hid jixta:r J Jugl

1
illi_jmi:l lu,
illi
aw, bi
inn'
1
hari,
illi
jid'îiii
rabbu luh;
alia:
fi
li'inn
da_J Jc
?il
muhimm,
waiftid
ji'^mil
iraidit
wahiida luh fi d dunja di, wi ma lu:J gerha. fa Jiddu heilku wi kuU' waihid jitîn san'îtu wi j?addi:ha bi 1 'amama wi z zimma, wi_b kida tikumu xadamtu masrina xidma ma ji''la:J
hajaitujli
lii:ja 1
âleiha,
1
wi ma_jkunj
il
fih tamji:z
il
wa:hid minku
'ala
'âla t ta:ni.
mawla subhamu wi
mugi:b.
ta'-ada
ji'adddrku
tajjib
wi innu
s sami:''
20.
ba'^d "-awajid La^bait
iz
zamiima.
kuU' 'urama
fi
makru:ha, hatta
fi
'amerka wi gerha. makruiha wi t taxallus minha, walaikin igtiha(:)dhum wi ta'''abhum jintihi min ge:r fajda gumlit marra:t. wi "ândina hinajmahdrda 'umma mil ?umam di wi laha "âwaijid musta-'baha; minha "âidit il maitam, wi 1 ganazait. ja'^ni lamma_jmu:t wa:hid sugajjdr 1 ''cda, au raigil rabb' be:t au "âru.'sa sugajjdrd, ji'^milu: fi
lu
d dunja laha 'awajid mahbuiba wi 'awajid 1 'umam ir ra'ja zejj_inkilterra wi faransa wi wi jigtihid il muslihim fi ?isla:h il ''a(:)da:t il
gana:za_kbi;rd.
ja''ni
w_ahjaman
jimkin
bi
jisrifu
'ala
ganaiza
fo'
ta(:)''ithum,
jistilfu
fluis
kitiir
min giranhum,
1 'usus wi J Jamamsa 'alajan jimju ?udda:m il wi Las'âb min kida jigiibu "ârabijia wi sandu:? min sanf ga:li, ma"^ inn is sandu:? da raijih li t turaib, la_jfi:d il majjit wala geiru. wi kaman jigiibu 'ârabijjait 'alajan il m^âzzijjim, wi da kuUu "âlajan ahjainan 'ajdrd 'au 'îjrim w_.aktdr kaman. jiftixru b_innuhum earafu kaza wi kaza "âla majjithum. wi ba'^dima jidfinu:h jirga'-u 1 be:t wi jkum il fdrrajiin nasabu suwwam (au xe:ma) kibi:r walla_egajjdr hasab hadit il "êila, wi ji^'ûdum talatt_ijja:m 'âlajan ji'ablu n nais il m^-azziijim, bi n naha:r wi_f Sadit iza âlajari is sittait, wi bi 1 led "âlajan ir riggada.
'alajan jigiibu
ganaiza.
252
ka:n
ni'uil
il

mitwaffi Jabb' walla
'âru:sa,
is
sitta:t
jigi:bu
niswain
wi n niswam do:l ji'uilu kala:m m^'assdr, "âlajan ahl il majjit jihzanu zija:da wi jibku buka_Jdi:d, wi kuU' da ma wi iiltumu 'ala xududhum latm' sa'-b' giddan.
'aleihum naddabim.
lu:J
luzu:m wala
huj
m^'teibi?
li_d
dim
1
il
masi:hi_lli bi_j''u:lu
aleh ?innu
dimhum.
w_an_aftikir inn'
"âida
di_twagadit min
"âla
muddit sajjidna
ja'^'uib
ju:sif is siddi:?
lamma kam hazim
mo:t abu:h
wi *'amal mana:ha_kbi:rd huiwa wi_l masrijjim illi kamu wajja:h 'âla ma 'arema fi t tawra:. ihna dQwa't' fi 'asr it
tamaddun wi
tabtid
gerha.
il
t ta'^liim,
il
"âdait
wi tiPa n na:s mij ma?bu:la, zejj'
it
il
tajjibim jiftLkru daiman
fi
mas'ala_lli zakar'naiha wi
fa:dil "âlema nitkallim bi Lixtisair
fi "âidit
JabbLjhibb' jiggawwiz jiruih jixtub
lamma ig gawaiz. wahda min abu:ha walla
ma jkunj saba-* Jafha wala_''rifji Ila:ga "-an axla'ha wala tiba''ha wala 'awsafha. wi jimkin tikum sahbit 'aiha, wi ma ji^ddrji ji'-raf iza ka:nit ha_tnasbu walla la. fa di kaman
'ummaha, wi
min_aimn
il
'âda:t
il
battalajli "âwza
'âdad
?isla:ft.
il
"âla kull'
bad ]amma_jzi:d
1
banait
il
mif'allimim wi
illi
mitrabijjim
tru:h
fi
mada:ris tdrbija tajjiba tiPa_l 'adait

liînn'
zejji
di_
min nafsaha
sababha_l gahl,
21.
la ge:r.
ba''d "-adait
il
muslimim
iz za:r.
iz
zamiima.
aruisa,
il
fih Jabba sugair "ûm'raha jiigi 'îjriin sana, ja'^ni lissa wi kamit ddxla matrah dalma 'aimit 'itrit w Lnkafat taht 'ataba, wala IiaddiJ samma "âleiha. fa tlabasit wi gismaha
kam
tlabbij wi gittitha_txajjibit, wi fidlit "-ajjama
Jahrem
talaita,
wi
'ahlaha gaibujha liukama_kti:r, wala "-arafuij laha tibb' wala
dawa.
dabitj'
wi ba'^dem gat 'ammitha.tzurhum, wi 'adit
Lummaha,
" zawwdri:ha_l maja:jix, jimkin
tikum
siidi
fi 1
itrajahit.
'aimit
ma
kad-
xabdr wi zawwdritha hddrit

s su'ûid talat
w_abu
wi
marrait.
wi
nigm id dim talat mdrra:t, mdrra 1 'dxranijja_tlabbijit,

wi 'ala
tu:l
''irfu
'ahlaha 'inn'
ti'^mil
iz
"âleiha 'afriit.
ra:hu ga:bu
Je:xd lli_b
hama:m,
batt'
" baddaru go:z J Je:xa 'alit luhum dakdr wi_n(i)ta:ja, wi go:z fira:x, di:k wi fdrxa, wi go:z
zair,
wi
sudami,
ahmdr.
wi ha:tu wi
lo:z
wi xaru:f ahmdr xadis, aw_abjad m'xdlxdl b_ kaman talat Jam''a:t iskanddrami, m'lawwanim
b_ahmar w_dxdar wi bamba wi labani

nQ^l, go:z
w ssfdr; wi gahhizu wi'-'item wi bundu' wi_zbi:b; wi Jtii-ujha bigaib 'alb, wi
"

hgaib
hga:zi,
rais,
253
wi
"û^'aid ILdra'^ha,
wi go:z xawaitim bi bar', da^'a^.
wi libba fedda, wi gallabijja beida, wi tarha beida kaman; wi jo:m l_itne:n il "âsr' 'aigi." wi_f jo:m 1 itne:n raihit ij Je:xd li be:t il minzaird, wi 'a'âdit wi walla''it habbit falim' baladi, wi tala'it il buxu:r illi kainit gajba:h wi 'hu:wa Jwajjit fasu:x wi hittit ûid wi tu:rit mis'tika, wi bdxxdrit il ma'âziim fi 1 'awwil, wi 'a'âdit titabbil '-ala t tabla, wi talamzitha jitabbilu kuU' waSda "ala ta:r, wi jgdnnu li 1 'iafriit, mdrrd gina ftgaizi, wi mdrrd sudaini, wi ta:ra rndgrabi,
^ta:"^!!
il li
haddima fa'dru
iJ
mdrjuihin.
gaibit kursi ''aja wi hattit ''aleih
Jam"^'
wi ba''de:n wi n nu'l' wi_s siiga
wi lamina ddxdlit iJ JabbaJ ''ajjama bdxwi gdnnit &o:t higaizi wi so:t geiru, wi minzaira wi ba'^dein ifâjju lissa mitlabbija, wi ''afriitha lissa ma nata'J. bdrdu ma nata'J il wi fidlu jidu^'u mil "îja li hadd' nuss il led
minsa:ba.
xdritha
J Jeixa,
I
;
"âfriit.
wi lamma wi
ti''bu
na:mu
li
haddima
wi
ga:bii
il
till''
in naha:r.
wi
"âmalu^d
1
da"a kaman
ba'^dima
fitru,
xaruif, wi rakkibu.
"âruisa "âleih,
laffifu:ha
hawalem
kursi saba"^ mdrrait,
wi
ba'^dem dabahu:h taht' rigleiha, wi Idgmatu

'âisu
hudumha damm, wi
wijjaha
mil 'awwil.
da"it in
kaman mid damm. wi kainit mitlabbij(a)_aktdr 'a:mu 'adu " jimkin ''afritha nusrami, fa du'û. nasaird." wi fidlu jigdnnu wi j'udu.
! !
" id de:r_id de:r, ja dajjaird
m_ahl(a)_awla:d_in nasaird ja: 'ami:r, ja3njl 'imdird

id de:r, id de:r,
w_e:J gaibak hdrtjn nasa:rd
hanna_w
girgis
!
w_il 'od "âleihum "^nssaird

la'e:t id de:r kullu
.
ddxdlt id de:r naha:r l_itne:n. nasaird!
.wi fi 1 wa't' da nata' il "âfriit wi ?al 'âla_smu. wi ?a:mu zdgratu n niswam, wi firhu lamma 1 "-afriit ikkallim wi talab talawi xddit iJ Je:xd 'ugritha wi n nu'u:t illi na?atu:ha bi:h_il baTtu. ma'âziim. wi xddit kaman ra(:)se:n talaita sukkdr, wi ratlem bunn, wi 1 bai-'i mij Jam"^' wi n nu?l. wi xddit fardit hamaim wi fdrxa wi rub"^ il xaru:f, wi sandu'em sagaijir, wi tannaha_mraw. .
'waha
wi
''ala
betha, wi kulli
zejj'
1
wahda mil
ma'âziim rawwahit beitha
ma kamit bi_tfa^?dr wi tittawwah Jimad wi_jmi:n wi tunkuj Ja'^raha v/i t'atta'^ fi hudumha wi ti'af Jo:t, wi tur'us Jo:t, wi titmdrmdg fi 1 'ard'
hiija
madwu:xd
katkuit min kutr'
Jo:t
"âlajan
il
wahda minhum lamma
jihdar "âfriitha
ma
tib'aij
254
wa'^ja
li

ru:hha,
illi
"âleiha hu:w_illi ji'^mil
kulU Saiga, wala_tliissij
bi
t ta'âb ilia
lamma
jinfQcld_.iz za:r,
wi gismaha jihmad.
wi
" tu:ta, tuita,

firgit
il
hadduita.
?
hilwa walla maltuita

illi_j'ud hilwa.
aleih
ginwa.
w_illi j'ud maltuita.

ale:!!
hadduita
PART ILBIBLE AND OTHER

kitaib
il
PIECES.
wi
dirnijja.
'ireija,
guz
itne:n.
fusud
(A.)
I.
kita(:)bijja
fusud min
siirit
sajjidna
jasu:*^.
min ingid lui'a 2 i. min agustus qsisar 'âlajan jihsu n na:s illi fi d dinja kullaha. (wi da 'awwil 'ihsa hased fi zaman fa rah kuUi n na:s "âlajan ji'ajjidu kiirinijius ha:kim suirijja.) ?as'ma:hum kuU' waihid fi baladu. 'am juisif kaman mil galid min baladjsmaha n naisira wi ra:li il jahudijja li madimit dawuid illi smaha be(:)t lahm, ikminnu ka:n min nasi' dawu:d 'âlajan jit'ajjid ma'' mdrjim xati(:)btu wi hi:ja haimil.
wilaidit jasu:''
il
masi:Ii.
wi
fi 1
'ajjam dod
tili*^
'amr'
wi_f muddit wugu(:)dlium hinaik kamalit_ijja:m hamlaha,

fa waladit ibnaha
1
bakri wi laffitu
fi 1
'umait, wi najji''mitu_f madfi 1
wid
bi
1
il
ba'ha(:)jim
fi 1
tieis
innu
ma
kanj'
luhum mahall'
lukanda.
wi kan
led.
balad di ru'^jam
hal
''a''di:n fi 1
getain hdrsiin
gdnamhum
wi
ma kamu
'a'^dim illa_w malaik ir rabb' wai'if
wi magd_ir rabb'jnnawwdr hawaleihum, fa hasal luhum xo:f kibi:r. 'am 'al luhum il mala:k "ma txa'fuij, d_ana ga:j_abajjdrkum bijaird mufriha_l(i) kaffit in na:s, innu n naharda_
gambuhum
madimit dawuid waihid m'xallis wi hu:wa_s sajjid "âlaima "âla kida tiruihu tilti'u ''ajjil malfud fL'mait wi na:jim fi madwid baha:jim " wi fi 1 hada di zahar 'ala gafla gama:''a ma''a_l malaik min gcj is sama, bi_}sabbahu
fi
il
twalad lukum
masiih.
wi

iis:
255
wi
bi_j'n:lu, "
li
il
magd'
suru:r
!
li_llaih
fi 'a'-la
sama!
wi
'al ?ard_is
salaim wi
ru'^jain
n na:s
"
is
wi lamma reihit il maJajka min ''anduhum li s sama, 'ail ir " ta'â:lu_nru:ft dilwa't' li hadd' bet laftm li ba'^duhum
il xebdr da_lli hasal illi simi'^na 'ânnu min eiia:." 'aimu raihu w_ilta'u marjim wi ju:sif ''a''di:n, wi 1 "-ajjil naijim fi 1 madwid. wi lamma Ja'fuih haku bi 1 kala:m iUi_t''a:l luhum "ân il walad. wi kuU' min simi*^ kala:m ir ru'^jain istdgrab wi_ndahaj" niin_illi ?a'lu:h. amma mdrjim ka:n 'ândaha fiirsi mil kalam da wi fidlit tif'ammil fi:h fi 'albaha. wi rigi'^ il ru'^jam wi humma_ jmaggidu iia: wi_jsabbaliu:(h) "âla kullijli sim'''u:(h) wi Jafu:(h).
wi_nju:f
2.
jasu:'^
wi
"îjad is
suga:r.
lu
i8
15.
'addimu: lu
bd''d_il wila:d is suga:r "âlajan
jilmishum
jasu:''
fa
lamma
luhum
Ja:f
kida_t talamiiz Jdxatu fiihum.

:
wala:kin
nadah
wala
"ându wi 'a:l
" xdllu
wilaid is suga:r ji;gu
"ândi,
il
timna'ûihumj, li'innu
min
"âjjinit do:l
malaku:t_al}a:.
zejj'
ha"_
a'uLlukum,
illi
ma
ji'balj'
malaku:t alia:
walad sugajjdr,
ma
jidxuluij 'abadan.
3jasu:''
w_ibni tiima.
lamma 'drrab min_ari:lia kam 'a'^ma 'ai'îd fi t tari:' jijhat. fa lamma simi"^ jn na:s_il mazhumim fajtim sa'al, eh ja tdra jikun da.
'alu: lu inn* jasu:'^_in naisiri fajit.
!
fa
la:kin
dawu:d_irhamni " fa Jdxatu huiwa za'^'â' zija:da 'awi wi ?a:l, "inta ja^bn* dawuidjrllamni." fa wi'if jasu:'^, wi 'amdr bi magajbu "ându wi lamma 'drrab
fi:h_iUi
sarax wi 'a:l " ja: jasu:'' ja_bn' kamu ?udda:m "âlajan jiskut,
sa'alu,
" ''awz_a'^'mil lak_eh

fa
''al
"
fa 'a:l, " ja si:di, "âiwuz tinfitih

!
ênajja."
hadanjnfatallit
"êneih,
illi
wi kuU_in na:s
i(:)mamak Jafa:k." wi wi miji wdra:h wi hu:wa_jmaggid alia:, wajja:h lamma Ja'fu:(h) kida hamadujia:.
lu
jasu:'^
4-
" fattah
jasui'^
jihji Ja:bbi majjit.
lu
11.
rah balad_ismaha najim, wi rah wajjaih fa lamma ?drrab min bawwaibitjl balad, talamiizu wi na:s kitiir iUa_w majjit mahmuil, wi hu:wa hi(:)lt_ummu wi hiija 'armala, wi
wi_f ta:ni jo:m
:
lamma Jafha sajjidna, hann* wi_t'addim wi lamas in na"^! fa 'a:l li 1 majjit, " a'ul lak " ?u:m " fa fa wi'fu J Jajjalim. fa ?a'âdjlli ka:n majjit wi ba'a jithaddit; wi sal'limu Lummu.
wajjaiha na:s
âleiha
kitiir
mil balad.
fa
wi 'aUaha "
ma
tibkiij."
256
hasal
li
]

kuU' xo:f wi maggadujria:, wi 'a:lu:
nabi 'aziim,
iftakdrjr rabb' ?ummitu."

il
da_f kuULl jahudi:ja wi kull'J bilaid

5jasu:''
"zahsr fi wustina wi Ja:''_''annu_l xabdr m^gawrd.

:
wi s sarraif.
lu
19
i.
wi ddxdl wi
fa:t fi 'ariiha.
illa_w ra:gil_ismu zakka wi
hu:wa
jcisu:'^
wa:hid min ru'asa s sajarfa wi
kam
gdni.
habbLjJuif
huiwa mim, wala^'dirj miz zahma li'innu ka:n 'usajjdr. fa girl li ?udda:m wi tili''_''ala Jagdrit gimmeiz 'âlajan ji'Ju:fu, li'innu ka:n ha_jfu:t min hina:k. fa lamma gih jasu:'' li 1 matrah, bass' J.
fo:',
wi
'al lu " ja zakka_(i)sta'^gil w_inzil, li'innu la:zim_a'''ud_

fa_sta''gil wi 'nizU wi rahhab bu_b fdrah. kida_tzammdru kuUuhum wi 'a:lu 'innu ddxdl "ând' ra:gil xa:ti. fa wi'if zakka wi 'al li_r rabb,
li 1
innahdrda_f be:tak."
fa
lamma
Ja:fu
"alajan jibait
ana
'a'diini ja rabb_a''ti(:) nuss' maili
fu'drd,
wjn
;
kutt' xdtt'
min haddi haiga

'al lu jasu:"^,
tuhmit zu:r, arudda'ha_t ta:'_drba'â." fa " innahdrda hasal xedais li 1 be:t da 'ajan hu:wa
bi
;
kamarn
ibn_ibrahi:m
li?inn_ibn_iLinsa:n
gih
"âlajan
jitlub
wi_jxLlla5_illi halak."
6.
hikaijit
il
mdra
s sa:mirijja.
ana biddi ahkijkum hikaija min_ahsan il hikajait, tihib'bu:ha 'âlajan hi:ja hasalit mis in fa 'aiia: wi tinbistu minha_kti:r sajjid U masiih ibn' mdrjim, illi_hna_b nisma'' ''annu_f kull' wa't, ikminnu mazku:r kitiir xailis fi 1 'ingiil wi 1 qur'am. ka:n il masiih m^'saifir jo:m min za:t_il 'ajjaim wi nizil fLbla:d is saimirijjim, illi ka:nu_mxasmi:n il jahu:d wi_mxan'inhum. -"aimit 'ablitu wahda sitt' min 'aha:li_l bi'lad di wi 'huiwa 'ai'îd 'âla hdrf bi:r jistdrajjah, wi kam ba'ât talami:zu_l balad jigiibu 'eij. wi kam il masiih garadu jizhir Jdxsu li s sitt' di, li ?innu kam "adtu jihibb' 'islaih hail kuU' min 'ablu. wi heis inn' gajtu kida, fa ?al laha, " min fadlikîs'iini " wi fi_l wa't' nafsu, kam jid'î_
; ;
lha_f sirru bi 'inn' rabbina jikjif laha_I
ha-'iiâ.
wi_f hail
bdrit
fi
il
hurma ma
'ailit,
sim''it it
talab da it''aggibit wLtkab-
nafsaha wi
wajja
sitt'
ba''d, titlub
kainu 'ahlina ma_b jitkallimuij " minni majja_zzaij

!
" iza
?am
sajjidna_l masiih itwaidi'' 'awi wi ?al laha " lau kutti ja

'atijjit aiiai, kutti titlubi
il
fahma
minni majjit
wi
'alit
li 1
il
haja:.''ablim_
atlub minnik
indahajit
maj'jai di."
il
hurma
mil kilma
di,
masiih, " ja
siidi

iza ka:n
257
ummail
majiwagadji wajjaik gdrdal wala habl, wi 1 bi:r gawiita, " il majja: dLmn_e:n ? "w_in kutt' "âiwuz tigiib mQJj_ahsan min di, hu:wa_jita_a'^znn min_abu:na ja'^?u:b, illi fahat lina_l bir di, wi 'tana"^ biiha 'âlajain
tigi:b
nafsu wi "-alajanna
jijtigil,
kaman
"
? 1
faJlta'rQmhaJ masi:h fi wi wa'fa muhtaira, wi
gawaib,
'al laha,
;
'âlajain Jaf fikreha bi " kull' waihid jijrab mil

illi
bir di
ma
jiftikirj
jnnu
jirwa
"âla tu:l
la:kin
jijrab mil
majja_
fi
bta'^ti ?ana,
ma_jjufj' "âtaj abadan, "âlajan innaha_tkum
?albu
'em majja zalad, ma tin-'iti'' J' bi 1 mdrrd, tir'wiih wi tirwi ge:ru " kaman." 'aimit ?a'lit lu, "ma tiddimi mil majja_bta'^tak dij " ru:lii_stdhdari go:zik wi ta'âi'li: li hina tami." ?am 'al laha
zejji
!
?am
" ana: li go:z_astdlidaru ? 'aimit 'alit lu, " astdhdar mi:n ? " ana_stahsint' kala:mik da, "âlajan ka:n liki xa'mastL 'al laha
!
gwa:z.
illi
wajja:ki dilwa't'
mahuj
go:zik
fa
xabdrik da_f
ji'^lam bi
gaijit iz zabt."
'aimit istdgrabit wi 'adit
fi
nafsaha "
fa
izza:ji
hu:wa
ahwad
bita''ti_l
mitxdbbijja
"
!
min xd'galha wi_ksufha_
hmdrrit w_itldxbatit afka(:)rha, wi fihmit innaha mistaha'îijajli wi 'axiiran ?alit lu, wi hiija bi hadit xufu:*^ sim'îtu wi zijaida. wi ja re:t_astafta:k kuUi, " il baj'jin li fi:k dilwa't_innak nabi
;
mas'ala 'ana mistas'â'baiha "âla ge:rak masai'il kiti:rd_txuss id dim, "âwzin nistafta
fi
wi kaman '-andina
masi:h 'ânha
lamma
ji:gi..."
'am
hu:wa
1
'al
laha "ana bdrdu

!
"âirif
illi_ntu "âwzimu
kuUu, w_ana
masi:h
(B.)
bd''dJjLamsad
li
jasu:''_il
masi:h.
7-
masal
fa
iz zairi*^
lu
4.
lamma_gtama'^ na:s
masal.
luhum
"
kiti:r
'gu:
lu
min kuU'
balad,
'al
tili'^_iz zairi"^
jibdurjt ta'a:wi_bta'^tu, wi
lamma
gamb it tari:' fa_nda:sit. wi la'a'titu wi wi'l*" gerha 'âl hagdr wi ba'^dima nabat, nijif, wi wi'i'' gerhaj wust_ij Jo:k, fa li'innu ma kanj' tahtu rutu:ba. nabat wajja:h_ij Jo:k wi xdna'u. wi wi'i"^ gerha fi 1 'ardLit tajjiba, wi nabat, wi ga:b mahsuil, it ta(:)' mijja. " wi lamma kam jikkallim
kam
bi jibddr wi''ît Juwajja

is
tujuir
sama.
kida na:da_w
'a:l "
illi
luh
widam
li
s sam"^, xallih jisma"^
"
!
258

8.
masal
is
:
sa:niiri_t_tQijib.
lu
10
30.
li
?am
fa
jasu:''
''a:l
" raigil ka(:)n na:zil
min
uru:Jali:m
'ariiha,
wi'i*^ fi
wust_il hdrQmijja, fa '^dr'ra:(h) wi dQrQ'bu:(h), wi reihu
wi sajji'buh
na:zil
fi
ma
be:n hajj* wi majjit.
w_itsQ:dif inn* kaihin ka:n
t tari:' di,
wi 'ândima
Ja:fu, fa:t
min 'usa:du
wi
wi kaman
fa:t
kida waihid
'?usQ;du.
laiwi,
lamma
wisil 'ând_il_mQtrall
Ja:f,
min
walaikin waihid sa:miri_msa:fir gih "ându, wi Jaifu hann* "âleih, wi 'dr'rab lu wi rabat guruihu wi sabb'
ze:t
lamma
"âleiha
wi rakkibu "âla rukubtu, wi ga:bu li 1 lukanda wi_f tami jo:m talla'^ dina:rem w_idda:hum li wL'^ta'na: bu. "i'^tini: bu, wi kulLilli tisrifu zijaida saihib il lukanda, wi ?alju
wi_nbi:t,
:
w_ana
raigi*^
ad'dih lak."
fa
mim
?
tiftikir
mit tala:ta do:l jikuin

illi
akhu_lli
wiî*^ fi
wust
il
hdramijja
"
fa 'a:l "
ralima."
fa 'al lu jasu:'' "ruill, w_i'^mLLinta

9-
kaman kida
"âmal wajja:li_ir "

!
wi gnentu
'a:l
;
il
masal Jagdrit it " kam masal da

:
tiin.
li
lu
13
6.
waillid Jagdrit ti:n mazrui'â

fa ?a:l
li
fL
di,
fa gih fifattij Ji:ha
''ala
tim, maPaiJ.
g ginajni,
" a:di talat sinim w_an(a) a:gi

wal_aPa:J". fajda ? "
'adawwdr
"âla ti:n fi
Jagdrd
i'tahha
leli_hi:ja_txdllij
si:di,
;
'ard'
kaman min
ger
'am
?alju, " ja
sibha_s sa'na: di kaman, "âlajain
afhat hawaleiha w_asabbdxlia
f_in gaibit tim ba'^dem, kam"* biha;
w_in
ma
gabitj'.
.ni'tahha ma'-lehj."
10.
masal Sabbit il xardal. lu 18. 13 " malakuit is samawait jijbih e:h ? wLb ''e:h_ajabbihu ? jijbih Sabbit xardal xddha raigil wi zara'^ha fi_gnentu fa til4t wi ba'at Jagdrd, wi 'âjjijit tujuir is sama fLfru'^ha." wi ?al kaman
:
" bi ?e:h_ajabbili malaku:t_aiia:
jijbih
li
xdmiird xd'ditha wahda,
wi xab'batha_f
ta'lat ke(:)la:t di?i:?,

II.
gaijit
md^xtamdr
kullu."
masal Libn ij Jairid. lu 11. 15 waladem, fa ?a:Lis eugajjdr minhum l_abu:h " j_abu:ja, iddimU hissaJlLtnu(:)bni mim madak"; fa ?asam luhum mailu. wi ba'^djjjaim mij kitiird, lammjl waladjs sugajjdr kulli ha:ga wi sa:fir ILblad bi'î:da wi hina:k baddid mailu fi
:
"kam
fi
raigil lu
*ê:Ja
talfama.
fa
lamma
jihtaig.
dajja'^
bi'lad di, fa
btada
fa
kull* ha:ga hasal gu:"^ Jidiid fi 1 rah wjstdxdim "ând^ waihid min

'ahLil balad
259
illi huiwa fi:ha, fa ba'-atu li geteinu re:''! ware xdnawi ka:n jitmanna jimla batnu mil xarruib illi ka:nit bi taklu_l xdnazi:r, wala kanj^ hadd' jiddi: lu. la:kin lamma rigi"^ li nafsu
ziiru.
"'add_eh na:s m'''aggdri:n 'ând_abu:]a jifdal minhum il "êij, w_an_amu:t mil gu:'^ a?u:m w_ani:ll l_abu:ja w_a?uUu j_ abuija dxte:t li s sama wi -"uddaimak, wi muj mistalia'''_abadan
'ail
!
ji'uilu
""alaija
waladak.
fa
xdllimi zejji wa:llid min_na:s
il
m^''ag'ala
gdrim "ândak."
'aim wi rah Labu:h, wi
lamma kam
masa:fa_b''i:da Ja:fu 'abuih fa hann' "âleih, wi giri wi 'anna'u wi " j_abu:ja, 'dxteit li s sama wi 'udda:ba:su. fa 'ad luj. walad
:
mak, wi muJ mistaha'''_abadan ji'udu

il
''alajja
waladak."
fa ?a:l
'abb'
li
"âbiidu " haitu
''awa:m_ahsan badla wi labbi'su:(h), wi

riglu.
huttu xaitim f_i:du wi gazma_f

majjit fa
'aij,
wi ha:tu.J
li'inn'
"îgLil ma''lu:f
wi_dbahu:, wi xdllima naikul wi nifrah.
waladi da ka:n
wi
kam
it
ta:jih
fa_twagad."
12.
lu:
tawQidu"^.
14
7.
wi darab
li
1
ma''zumim masal wi hu:wa waixid badu min

'awwilanijja, wi 'al
zahmithum
'âla
m''ta,:rili il
luhum
"
lamma
wa:hid ji'^zimak fi farah, ma tgi:J il matrah_il 'awwilami ''ala tu:l wi t'U'"'d, ahsan jikuin waihid akbdr minnak ma'^zuim, fa ji:gi_lli -azamak ji'ul lak " itfaddal hina " wi j''a''''ad il kibiir fi matrahak,
wi tru:h wi tu'''ud inta f_awta mahall, hailit komak maxgud makla:kin lamma tin'îzim fa_'"'ud f_awta matrah, fa bi t tab'', su:f. lamma ji:gi_lli "âzamak, ji'ul lak " ja sahbi_tfaaaal li fo:?." fi 1
wa't* da jihsal lak
li'inn* kulLilli_j''alli
ij
Jdraf
fi
nazar
13-
illi
'a'^dim
illi
li
'akl' wajjaik.
ji'âlliiha.
nafsu jiwattiiha,
w
lu
jwatti nafsu
il
'ûzu:ma_l kibiird.
14
16.
kan
fteis
fih rd:gil "âmal "ûzuima^kbiird

fi sai'ît il
ba'-at 'âbdu
kull*
"ûzuima "âlajan
wi "âzam na:s kuta:r. wi ji?u:l li 1 ma'^zumim " ta'âdu

"âla "âdam il 'awwilami, " ana Jtareit
haiga gihzit."
ji'^tizru.
'a:mu ttafa'u kulluhum
huduir wi fidlu
ge:t wi
'am
'al lu_l
;
argu:k ta'^fimi." wi 'al malzuim aruih atfdrrag "âleih waihid tami " ana Jtare:t xamast_igwa:z ba'dr, w ana rah_agdrrabhum argu:k ta''fi:ni." wi 'al waihid tami "ana miggawwiz
;
gidiid, "âlajan
'al lu
"âlli
kida m_a?ddrj dhdar.
'am
rigi'^
il
"âbd
li
li
siidu wi
itla"^
hasal.
'am
zi'îl
il
sallb Jl "ûzuima wi 'al
''abdu, "
'awaim w_imji_f Jawairi"^ kulluhum wala tinsa:J il
balad wi tiaraitha wi hait hina_l fu'drd
'ûrg'
wi
"ûmj."
'am
'a:l
il
"âbd,
"ja
26o
si:di

ana bdrdu "âmalt
fa 'ail is si:d
illi
ûl't'
li
"âleih,
wi
lissa_l
mahall'
illi
]isa(:)'^
il
kitiir."
li 1
"âbd " ru:h

1
,
itla"^ fi s
sikak
hawalem
jidu:^
balad kullaha,
w ilzimhum bi
mi'gij hatta jimtili beiti; li'innâ'ul
lukum, muj
'ûzumti."
mumkin
inn' wailiid milli
'azamtuhum
'akU
14il
xaruif
''ajji
it taijih,
wi
hitta_b
xamsa A
daj'â.
lu
15
3.
raigil
minkum
wi
*ându mi:t xaruif wi dajja'' wa:hid

t tis*-!:!! fi
1
hum,
wi
ma
jsibj
it tis'â
xala,
lamma jir'a:!! ? w_in la'âih jijiilu 'ala lamma jiwsol beitu jindah Lashaibu wi
da jkuin farah
tis''iin
''ajj'
fi
minwi_jdawwdr 'at taijih. kitfu wi huiwa fdrhain.
gira:nu wi_j?u:l luhum " ifrahu wajjaija li'inni la'eit xaru:fi_lli ka:n taijih." a^'ul lukum,
s
zejj'
sama
bi xaiti waihid jituib, aktor
min
tis''a_w
sailih
ma hummaj
mihtagiin
li
toiba.
" au
hitta
hurma
'ândaha 'âjdr hitat bi xamsait, in dajja'ît
minhum
li
ma_twalla'^J'
lamba wi
wi
tiknis_il beit,
wi
1
tfattij
b_
igtihaid
hadd'
dai'-it
ma
tiPaiha?
lamma
tiPaiha tindah
la'eit
zejji
as'habha
hitta_b
wi
girain, wi_t''uil " ifrahu
wajjaija, ikminni
il
xamsajli
minni."
a'uil
lukum, jib'a farah
da ''uddaim
malajkit aiiai bi xaiti waihid jituib.

15il
wakiil
il
'âi'il.
lu
16
i.
"
kan
?
fiih
raigil
jibaddid amwailu.
gdni "ându wakiil taha'muili_in nais b_innu ?am talabu wi 'al lu " ?eh da_Lli b_asma'û
il
annak
'addim hisaib
tikuin wakiil
wairid
il
masruif, heis innu
muJ
fi
mumkin
sirru, a'^mil
min dilwa^t'_w raijih. fa ?al il wakiil 'eh dilwa't ? ma daim siidi ha jirfitni min wazifti,
fai'-il
la
"audi 'uiwa 'a'-mil
wala
liij
wij|_ajhat. aiwa
ji'baluini
^'irift_ill_a''mi]u,
hatta
lamm_atrifit min wazifti

li
n nais fi_bjuthum."
bitu*^ siidu
'am nadah
'awwilaini
milt
kull'
waihid mil madjuniin

" 'aleik 'add_e;
li
wi
\xi
'al
li
minhum
siidi
"
'am
'al
" alajja
xud sa'nadhum_aho wi '"ûd 'awaim wi ktibhum xamsiin." wi ba''dein 'al li geiru w inta "âleik kaim ? " wi 'ail " miit_drdabbi 'amh." fa 'al lu " xud sa'nadhum_aho wi ktibhum tamaniin." 'am saihib il milk madah_il
bdrmiil zeit."
'al
'am
lu
"
wakiil_il XQijin heis innu_ssarraf
fi
fi
xijantu bi
'â'l
wi
wai'i'',
inni 'awlaid "âilam id dinja 'ajtar
'aw'athum min awlaid

bi wa(i)stit mail
il
in nuir.
w_an_a'ul lukum, iksi'bu_lkum ahibba
"âilam

iz
il
261
fi 1
zailim da, hatta

ba'ja."
lamma
jifna
ma:l da ji'ba'luikum
masa:kin
i6.
il
'a:di % zadim.
lu
i8
i.
'ad luhum masal b innu waigib 'âleihum jisallu kull' wa't " kam fi balad md bila:d waihid 'a:di ma wala jizha'uij. ?ad jxafj aiia: wala jihtirimj in na:s.. wi kam fi 1 balad di wahda ?drmala, wi kamit ti'gi: lu wi_t?ul lu " xal'las li ha^'i min xasmi."
;
'am
'a'âd
mudda muj
ra:di,
laddn ba'^dem
'al
fi
sirru, "
w in
kutt'
m_axafj
alia: wal(a) ahtirimj in na:s, la:kin Ileis innjl 'arma'la:
di_b tifîbni axal'las laha ha'''aha, lahsan bi ti:gi tamalli tidwijni." (wi 'ad ir rabb) " isma"û Hi 'adu 1 'aidi % zadim fa ma_jxalla9s_
!
alia: lia"_il muxta(:)rim bitui'û, illi_b jinadu:h led wi_nlia:r, wi
hu:wa_mtewwil badu "âleihum luhum ha"uhum hadan."

il
(il
a''ul
lukum innu hajxal'las
17-
"-adim wi 2 zadim.
farri:si
li
wi s sarraif.
lu
fi
18
9.)
wi
'al
kaman
gama:''a mi'-ti'dim
:
salhim wi jihti'ru gerhum " kan fi:h_itnem ra:llu_l he:kal jisallu, wa:hid 'âdim wi t tami zadim. il ""adim wi'if jisalli wi_j'ud fi sirru " ja: 'aiiaih ajkurak li'inni 'ana muJ zejj' ba:'i_n na:s il xettafim, il xajniin, ia zalmim, il fuggair, wala zejj'_2 zadim da. ana b_asu:m mdrratem fi 1 gum'â wi b_azakki "âl fu'drd bi 'ûjr' kull_ilLanjliku ..." la:kin iz zadim wi'if min bi'îid muJ 'awuz hatta jirfa"- 'emu li s sama, wi da'" b_i:du "âla sidru, wi 'ad, " ja a'ud lukum inn' da rawwah 'aiia:h_irliamni 'ana 1 xa:ti "
!
nafsuhum innuhum
na;s
be:tu wi huiwa xadis miz zunu:b bi_x(i)lad

ji''alli
it
tami.
li'inn' kulLilli
nafsu jiwattiiha, willi_jwatti nafsu

18.
il
ji''alli:ha."
ginema wi g ginajnijjd
fih waifiid zdra'^
r ruzala.
"înab
lu
10
li
9.
"
kan
ginemit
wi sallimha
g ginajnijja
li
w_itgarrab
mudda
tawida.
wi
fi 1
muisim
ba'ât ''abd'
g ganaj-
nijja 'ajan jid'du: lu
min mahsud
ig
ginema.
laikin ig ganajnijja
darabuih wi taraduih faidi. fa rigi'' ba'ât "âbd' tami, fa darabuih fa rigi"^ ba'ât wa:hid tadit ha(:)nu:h wi taraduih fa:di. 'am sa:hib ig ginema 'ad fa gdrahuih kanian wi ramu:h bdrrd.
kaman wi
" a'^mil 'eh
dilwa't
?.
.ab'ât
luhum_ibni_l
Ja'fu:h_ig
"âziiz'
"ândi
rub-
'bama
wajja
jihtir'mu:(h)."
bd'-a,
fa
lamma
ganajnijja,
ijjawru
1
wi 'adu, " aho da_l
wa:ris, jaitd ni'tilu *âlajan jib'a
262
mira:s
lina."

fa
fa taraduih bdrra g ginema wi 'atalu:(h). muj ji:gi wi jihlik il ji'^miLeih sa.-hib g ginema wajja do:l ? a-'ul lukum, aiwa ganajnijja do:l wi jiddi g ginema li gerhum ? "
ji:gi
!
(C.)
fusuil
fi
bd'^d' mu'^ta?ada:t id
19.
dim
il
masiihi.
it
tahriif
il
maznum
fi
fi
kita:b
il
m^'addas.
il
m^'addas wi t wi 'âla kida ma_]'guzsjnmna_ tabdi:l wi z zija:da wi n nu'sam n'âwwil 'âle:h, bi n_nisba li komu muJ m'âibi' li t tawraih il 'aslijja lli nizlit 'ala mu:sa kaliim aiJa: bi 1 wahjjl ?ila:hi, wala
bi_j?u:l ba'â in na:s hina
"ân 'aslu,
ji'^ni
inn J Jdr?
kitaib
il
mitgaijdr
?innu sa:bu_t_tdgji:r wi
;
t tahriij
li 1
?ingi:l
il
?asli_lli
il
masiih.
-"add e:h
'awha buh rabbina subhamahu wi mazhab da gdriib

!
t a'-aila "âl
fa nis'al ig ?aja:t
ba'^d'
it
gamai'â do:l
1
"e(:)mta hasal
it
tala:''ub
da_b
tawra: wi
?
?ingi:l
?abl'
mhammad
walla_f wa^tu walla
kam ji'uilu " ?abl' mhammad," niga'wibhum inn'_mhammad 'âla kida kam m'saidi' "âla kitab m'hdrraf, li?inn_il
wa'tu
iza
"
qur'am bi jistajhid bi t tawra:h wi 1 ingid kitiir xadis. wi di ha:ga mij ma''?u:la "-ala fard' tahriifhum. wi fadlan "ân kida, fih nusdx mdxtuita, rag''a li 1 'usuir illi ''abl'_mliammad bi kam mi:t sana, wi kullaha_mtab''a li 1 kitaib il mawguid "-andina dilwa-'t' bi t tamaim,
wala
'âla
fiij
?asar 'abadan
li 1
kitaib
it
taini da_l
maznum.
1
.wi "âlaiwa
kida, kutr in
nusdx
il
doil jidill' 'âla 'inn^
'ingiil
kam
1
mintijir
kitiir XGilis fi kaffit
'ailam mijait mis sinim 'ablijnhammad, wi
ma'' zailik
fi 1
ma lammahJLmhammad
"âla
1
'adna talmiih inn'

kitaib mafsuid.
masiihijjim
wa^t' da kamu_m'âwwiliin
ma''''uil bi
fa Li'-tiraid
da
muJ
nidrrd.
w
huiwa
''and'
ithdrraf
il
kitaib "
fi
fi
wa't'
il
?
kam
'âla
mintijir
kull
au ba'^du " z zaij ? wi buldain, wi mahbuib wi muhtdram
mhammad
'ûmuim in nasaird
taini
ittafa'u
tabwiiz kull in nusdx

!
muJ mitsawwdr il mawguida fi
inn_i masiihijiiin
1
'âilam
wi tabdil-
ha bi_kta:b
leih
ma
?
nla'iij
ummail raihit fein nusdx il kitaib il ?asli ? luhum 'asdr innahdrda ? baiît iz zaij, ma*^
il
wuguid nais
'awi
in
kitiir kainit
m'hafza
'âla
'âl
kitaib
is
sahiih
li
sa'lilihum
illi_jziid it tiin
1
balla huiwa_nni_l fard'

tahriif
!
da
ji'tidi_ttifai'*
(it
nasaird wajja
jahuid
li
il
'âhd
il
?adiim
tawrai),
it
wi
humma
''a'^da
bd'-duhum
wi
ji'tidi
kaman
ittifai^

tewaijif
gidi:d)
!
263
?ingi:l
(il
il
masi:hijja
mifâidijia
"âla tahriif
il
"âhd
il il
wi kuU' da mistahiil wi kala:ra

20.
it
fa:rig,
ma
jsallimj'
buh
"a'! is saliim.
to:ba.
kitiir.
it
toiba lafgQ gdrja "âLalsinit in na:s
fa
waihid min-
hum,
in ka:n jihsal
ji'uil
mij
Je: 'illi
"âmalu nitiiga sa'-ba, au haiga
ma
ti'^gibuij,
" tubt," bi ma'âna " ja retni
ma
"âmaltij kida,
âlajan
ana
Jajif
il
dilwa't inn' da
kil'ma: di
ma
kanji
mdrreit tif a:l

walaikin
min ger
id
il
Ju'ûir
li salhi." wi f gumlit wala tawbi:x damiir.
it is
toiba
fi
"ûrf
dijainaj masihijja lla:ga3''i:da
ân kida bu'^d
sama
it
"ân
ârd, wi hijja ge:r mu'^tabdrd ?illa ?iza
kan titwaffdr
(i).
fi:ha ba'^d ij Juruit,
wi
hijja.
il
laizim
ân in
to:ba tikum
"ân za:t
xatijja_lli_t''amalit
muj
niti:ga_s sa'^baj hasla minha.
(2).
wi
"âla
kida la:zim tikum bi 'ihsa:s hajj wi

jit?atta:J ilia ?iza
j'u'ûir ha'ii'i
wi tawbi:x dami:r.
(3).
wi da
ja'^ni
1
ma
kamit
"âsa
it
to:ba
li
lla:h za:tu
wailiid la:zim jij'-ur innu rtakab iz zanb'
alia: nafsu,
uinu_b kida
rabbu wi
ham
da didd qadastu
w_istdxdff' bijnhabbitu.
(4).
"âla
kida
to:ba_s sahiiha
bi saraiha bi
ti'tidi l_i''tira:f, ja'^ni t taijib

1
"âmaLilli damiiru ta'^bam minnu, min ger taMi:m a'^zair "ânnu 'abadan. w_in kam jij''ur innu zetlam hadd' min_na:s, laizim jizi:d 'ala^
ji'irri li 11a:
"tiraifu li_lla:
komu
jiru:h
li
mazluim
j''uil
bi
kuU' saraiha w_ixlais, wi
ji'^ti'rif lu kaman " ana mah-'ui'," wi

il
jistasmahu, wi^j'-aw'wad lu
(5).
kaman
iza lizmit
hail.
wi mafhuim min kida inn_it taijib, "-andima jitlub U mdgfira min aiiai bi 1 keifijja di, jikuin 'ându nijja
salha, wi 'asd' sahiih, wi "-azm* saibit, innu jitruk
il
"âmal
da aw_il
innu
'âida diija bi
kuUijja,
wi
ma
jirga"^
lahaij,
w
il
ji-'aimin
b_inn aiiai ji'ddr jitammim lu_l "âzm' d
bi ni''mitu wi msa'^ditu,
wi jxa'^su
fi'^lan
min
'uiwit
xatijja
di.
21.
il
mdgfird wi
kaffaird.
rabbina
mumkin
doil
mil
lamma wagh il
li
raid jigfdr xataija n nais Jaif inn' da ger
'adabi
'ilia 'iza
kain
juhkum
1
'ala
xataija
wi
jizhir
kaffit in nais ha'i(i)''itha
wi
hukm
il
'âidil 'âleiha.
264
âlajan
mil ma'^luim inn' msamhit ij Jdxs illi mahuj darjam bi zanbu muj na:fi'^, wi rubbama jisabbitu fi 1 xatijja bta'^tu fa t tabjiir bi mdgfirit bass, wi iJagga"^ ge:ru "âla rtika{:)bha.
Sa'ii'it
eiia:
li
"ûmuim
il
xute:
fi 1
?abl'
'izhair
hukmu
"âla
il
xatijja
kam
mustahiil, li'innu
'aleih
il
hada
di ka:n ba:z in
nizaim
?adabij.li_
tbana
"ialainiin.
il
walaikin i'^lam
hukm
"âla
xetijja
fi
xute; nafsuhum
ma
lu
kanji
mumkin,
1
"âlajan lau
ka:n aiia: (subhamu wi ta''ada)
hammilna
'isa:s_illi
li
hna mistaha"i;nu,
to:ba_s sadrd min
"âlajan
ma
''alb'
kanj' xdllama nimid

minkisir, wi hu:wa_l
wala gazabnaij
'amr il matluib. muhibb innu ji'^lin
fa
fi
kida (i)xta:r aiia:h_il qudduis Q

fi
najsu,
aj
kalimitu
hi:ja
1
mitgassida,
hukm
il
xatijja wi niti:githa s sa'^ba,
illi
mo:t,
wi
"aidi laikin mo:t sa''b' giddan, masllu:b bi 'alam. wi dalma wi 'aliwad mur''iba.
da muJ mo:t wi 'azaib wi huzn
ithammil id de(:)nu:na 1 masiili 'âlajamia. n nijaiba 'anna, wi hers innu hu:wa zaitu kam bari wi damiiru ndi:f ma wassdxituij 'adna xatijja 'abadan, kamit tobtu 'an xateija (i)xwa:nu to:ba tamma kamla, bi tamaim 'abud hukm aiia: bi 1 mo:t da, wi tama:m iJ Ju'-u.'r bjnn' xatijjit il "-adam mustawgi'ba:h. amma 1 xa:ti za:tu fa ma jimkinuij jituib it toiba t tamma di, wala jij''ur Ju''u:r 'add' da, li'inni dami:ru majjit, au nuss' majjit, wi 1 ma''lu:m inn_as''ab nataijig il xatijja innaha_t''assi 'alb H xa:ti wi tmawwit damiiru wi thu:Ju ''an it toiba 1 kamla.
''ahoJJi 'âmalu
di bi
amma
ha"a'
Hi junzur li_l
Janai'-it xatijjitu,
mo:t "âs &ali:b wi jiftikir fi:h tajjib, wi jitha??a? qada:sit aiiaih eh hi:ja, wi
jitfi 1
wa-'t' nafsu
jifham
maksuir il 'alb, wi jtu:b to:bit il masi:h wi "âla kida tib'a mdgfirit xata'jaih fi mahallaha wala fihj' darar fi komu jithassal "âla rida rabbu wi jin'ibil bi sifat wa:hid ma si' it J' 'abadan fi 1 xatijja, ka'innu lissa_f hadit il bdrai'a wi ja li 1 "âgab
;
!
!
miMa:r mahabbit alia:, fa jirga"^ li rabbu wi huiwa jihkum "âla nafsu hukm ai'iaih "âleih,
wi fi'-lan illi_jkum ixtabdr il ixtiba(:)ra:t di kuUaha jib'a mit-, gaddid xadis, ma jiftikirj fi: ma ba'-d ilia ke:f jimkinu jutruk il xatijja bi 1 kuUijja, wi jit'addim fi 1 qadaisa, wi jitjabbih bi jasu:'^_il
masi:h fadi:h,
fi:h ruihijjan
illi
safak
il
dammu
milaid
t
'âlajamu
it
w
1
ijta'ra:h lLlla:h
il
bi l_ixtisa:r, bi jitwilid
tami, wi
masi:h
wi hajjLb jiskun
;
wi jgajjdru bi
kull' Je:.
tadri:g
hatta_jsi:r zejju
fi
med
wJ
'amal wi_f

22.
is sa(:)luis il
265
ihna
masi:hijji:n
muqaddas. mVahhidiin eiia: zejj_il muslimiin wi

ta'âila
zja:da kaman.
bi_n'a:min inn eAi&h subhainu wi
waihid,
w_inn
il
xa:li' 'aijim bi nafsu, ge:r

1
mahduid
fi
"îlmu,
m^naffiz irsdtu
di_l mazku:ra, wi
;
wi ninsib lu kaman sifatein 'îla.'wa '^qs sifait Jamlim luhum, ja'^ni 'sifat il qadaisa wi sifat il mahabba wi biji'uil inn aiia: quddu:s, w_innu_mhibb, hatta_ n'u:l innu kuUu mahabba. f iza kan rabbina sa:hib "îlm' min ?adi:m il 'azal laizim jinwigid kaman Je ma'-luim, wi "-ala kida 1 muhibb ji'tidi wuguid Je mahbuib. summa wugu:d il ma''lu:m wi 1 mahbuib da laizim jikum ?adi:m ger maxlu:', zejji wugu:d il "-adiim wi 1 muhibb, wi 'illajikuin hakamna inn aiia: subhamu wi ta'âila mihta:g li Je jikammilu, wi da mustahid, 'alajan inn_aiia: laizim jikum fi gina "ân kuU' fa ma jsahhij innina_ Je maxlu:', ger mihtaig li ha:ga_tkammilu n'ud inn il ma'-luim aw il mahbuib da jikum maxlu:' mil maxlu'ait, hatta wala nafs il ko:n bi rummitu, lahsan nikuin nasabna li llaih il 'âgzi wi n na's. fa 'âla kida laizim il ma'^luim il mahbuib da jikum mawguid fi za:tu ta'âda, ger minfasetl "ânnu min 'adiim il wi_nsammi:h " il kalima," aj ibn' fik'ritu, aw " il ibn," aj 'azal ibni mahabbitu, wi hu:wa 1 'uqnuim it taini min aqaniim iz za:t. 'amma 1 'uqnuim it tailit hu:wa ru:h il mahabba 1 mawguida tamalli bem il muhibb' wi 1 mahbuib.
bi 'uiwitu
mutia'a.
'âla
kida nju:f inn' wihdit aiia:(h)

il
ma
timna'^J inn'
fi
jikum m'sallas
daixil iz zait
iz zait.
'aqaniim, ja'^ni 'inni
wihda_tkum
talat
1 wa:hid 'aqaniim
il wahda, ger minfasla ''an ba'^daha wala minfasla "ân wi muj laizim niftikir inn' min Juruit il wihda 'innaha_ tkuin wihda mgdrrada zejji nu'ta handasijja aw il waihid fi "îlm laikin il il hisaib, w_innaha_mna''da lit ta'-addud fi hadd' zaitha wihda wi t ta''addud lazmiin li ba''d, m'^kammil il waihid li t tami,
;
zejjima njuif
fi
fi
il
i tabii'â_f
gumlit mdrrait, hatta 'innina bi njuif
tabii'-a inn
'ajja kullima_tziid ta''addud wi tanawwu*^, kullima
tkuin wihdith(a) atamm. fa tanwii'^ in nabait id da(i)xli masalan aktdr min tanwii"^ il hagdr, wi huiwâtamm' minnu wihda. wi
tanwii*^ il hajawain aktdr min tanwii*" in nabait, wi huiw_atamm' minnu wihda. wi tanwii*^ il 'insain aktdr min tanwii'' il hajawain, wi huiw_atamm' minnu wihda. wi_b Lixtisair, kullima titra'-'aj
'ajja
fi
ddragait
il
wuguid
il
nijuif
wihdithum titimm
bi_z(i)jaidit
tanwi''hum.
fa 'iza kainit
haila kida, eih_illi jimna''na 'an innina_
266

subhainu wi
ta'-aila
n?u:l inni za:t aiiaih

faiji'
tiku:n bi tanwi:'' da(:)xli,
kuU' tasawwur, wi ma'' kida (aw ahsan nPu:l li sabab kida) wihditu_tku:n atamm' w_ajadd' min wihdit 'ajji Je ge:ru, hatta
'innaha
tanwi:''
1
wihda
walliida_]li tistaha"' ma'^na

1
lafza di
fa t
fi
il
id daxli
1
da hu:wa
'aqaniim, wi
fi 1
humma
wi z
mitmajjizim
l_ism wi
waziifa, laikin wa:iiid
ha'ja:
za:t
wi s
sifa:t
muqdddasa. w iza samme:na_l 'uqnuimjl 'awwil " U 'abb ikminnu mazdar il kull, wi 1 'u'nuim it tami " lj.bn," muj laizim abadan jinfihim min kida_l wila:da 1 ma''hu:da 'andina wala ha:ga zejjaha. bass_it tasmijja di tidill "-ala 'alai'a tifu:? it tasawwur be:n alia: wi kalimatu. zejjimaj. wa:hid minna bij'ud inn' kalaimu. " ibn' fikritu," wi hu:wa ma bi jmaijizs' bem kala:mu wi nafsu.
fa ''ala kida
tamam kalaim
aiia:h ibn fikritu wi wastit ta''bi:ru
"anha, wi huiwa 'azali zejju, ger minfasal '-annu, li'Lnnu
ma
j-
sahhij inninaji'uil inn alia: ka:n xaili min kalimatu lahza miz
zamam min
fi 1
il
'adiim
il
'azal.
waziifa, fa
kam min
waziifit
wi min he:s il 'aqaniim mitmajjizim il kalima innu jitgassid, lamma gih

;
ja''ni 'innu xad gasadna wi insam ka:mil, zejjina_f kull' haiga xila:f il xatijja wi ba''dima_ ddama numuizag kamad wi 'awrama sifait il insamijja 1 fta'i'ijja, dahha nafsu ''alajanna kaffaird, wi ma:t, wi 'aim wi sa'-ad li 'adam il geib, summa ba'ât lina ruihu, illi huiwa r ru:tl il qudus, rmh aiia:h_il hajj', wi 'ala kida fadama li_lla:h bi dammu, wi 'drrabna lijlaih bi ruihu, "âlajan nikum maskin li_lla:h fi d dunja wi 1 'dxrd. w alia: jihdima li_s sawa:b.
wa't, bi ?u:wit aiia:h_il "âziima
sa:r
VOCABULARY
OF THE CHIEF WORDS OCCURRING IN THE
READER.
roots,
Note.
The
words are ranged under their respective

the
viz.
and
the roots are arranged according to the order of
conventional
Arabic alphabet,
?
268
?ml
I. [orig.
IV.) 'azajPzi
'aziija
?
injure
V. it-'ammil
{tr.,
and with
fi:)
part, mi'zi
%:h.
noun
iniurious injury
reflect
?
on
mm
nation
s r (6)
'umma,
p.
umam
?
'asar, p. ?a(:)sa:r trace, remain{s)

? s
mn
believe on
faith, belief
(?
r)
III. ?a:min, ji'aimin Câla)
II. 'asscir Câla or fi)

/".
ta'siir
touch, excite impression, emotion
IV.
part,
{inf.)
i(:)mam
mu'min ?amama
?
believer integrity
'asa:s, p. a:t
?
foundation
sf
regret
'insam
{j>.
na:s)
man
humanity,
?insa(:)nijja
'asaf
humaneness
V. it'assif
be very sorry
?hl
people p 'aha:U ?ahlan {from 'ahl " worthy ")
'ahl,
?sl
'qsI, p. 'usuil
origin principle
root-
'asli
" original, " cost
beginning
welcome
?kd
II.
?akkid
bi t ta?ki:d
V. it'akkid
?
asseverate of a certainty be certain
I. ?am 'awam
came
(duly)
due time
_11
'aija, p. -a:t
kl
give to eat
miracle, text
II.
wakkil
(/;'.)
Mm
I.
bhtr
know
knowledge
buxuir
II.
"îlim, ji'^lam
(bi)
itbahtdr
be dispersed
in}, ''ilm (p. "-uluim)
(branches of do.)
'
bxr
mcense
cense
mr
command,
commission
bdxxdr
I.
'amcir,
ju'mur ((if.)
bdd
II.
(j)art.
pass.)
p.
ma^muir
Commissioner
affair,
baddid
embezzle
'amr,
do.
p.
'umuir ?awa:mir
thing
I.
b d
baddr, jibdur
r (5)
command
{or II.)
scatter
VOCABULARY
269
bdl
II.
btl
I.
baddil {tr. bi), inf. tabdi:l exchange, substitute (a thing for badla, ^. bidal suit ("change")
. .
bitil,
iibtal
be
nullified
part, baitil
.
vain, false
b-^d
bu'^d
of clothes
distance
bada(:)l
instead of
b q
p]
br'
bars:'
ba'ar
innocence innocent
lahm
ba'cir
cows, oxen beef
ban
(/orbari:?)
bqq P
']
brg
burg,;!),
bu"
tower
.
mouth
bq
j
abraig
pi
b
bar?
q p]
ba'a or
bi'i, jib-'a
remain, be
over, become,
hghtning, gold fringe
part, baiî, ba(:)'ijja
be remainder
brk
I.
bkt
kneel
barak, jibrik
{tr. fi, 'âla)
down
bless
II
bakkit
{tr.\
rebuke, prick
III. ba:rik
bki
I.
bareka
blessing
baka,
jibki, inf.
buka
weep
b
bdrsiim
r s
m
clover
bid
balad, p. bilaid mhabited place (town, village, land)
bila:d {collectively) p.
,
b
I.
s t {coll. s)
{tr.)
buldam
country
please part. pass, mabsuit (min) pleased VII. imbasat {for inbasat) (min) be pleased (with)
basst, jibsit
b n d q p]
bundu'
nuts
bfr
II.
bnn
bajjdr
{tr.)
bring good news to

.
bunn
bn
I.
i
coffee-beans
bijaird, p. bijaijir
good news
Gospel
bana, iibni
{tr.)
b
I.
s s
{tr.)
tnf. bina,
buna
bass, jibuss
look, glance
binaija, p. abniija
build building a building
VII. itbana
be built
btt
batt
b
ducks
II.
7:
bawwiz
pout, be sulky
270

b
WZ
I.
tli
tilif, iitlif
I.
ba:2, jibuiz be nullified, spoiled
spoil, ruin
II.
bawwaz
nullify, spoil
inf. talaf
waste
wasteful, wasted
t
talfam
bj^
I.
mm
be perfect. be fulfilled
perfect
ba:";, jibi:*;
sell
inf.
hvS
belling
tamm, jitimm
ta:m(m)
verh-noi-in be;''a
a transaction
part.
j
b
II.
n
tibjam manifest
II.
tammim
atamm
(6)
complete
complete,
perfect
t
tamalm, comp.
bajjin
(ir.), inf.
mn
t
taman,
p.
atmain
price
t I.
q r
wt
mulberr^'-trees
(part.) ta:gir, p.
tuggair
tu:t, sing. tu:ta
merchant
HI.
ta:g'r
(fi)
deal
t (in)
wr
four-bits-of
trb
turba,
p.
tu:rd ta:rd
grave, soil
sometimes
q
turab
ti<;
tir''a, p. iira.'-
canal
1 1
[g_e e]
ti k
I.
gitta, p. gitat
body, corpse
tarak, jitruk
[inf.]
tdrk
leave
gdd
V. itgaddid be renewed, converted
f^b
I. I.
ti'îb,
jifâb
]
be tired
grb
gdrrab
try,
ta'âb. jit<;ib
II.
taab
mufîb
t
tempt
\{ty.)
tire
inf.
tagriba, p. tagairib
trial,
IV. ofâb, jifîbj

pari,
tiresome
q n PI
tagriiba, p. -a:t
temptation experiment
g rll
I.
IV. at'an, jitîn

inf. it'a:n
part,
mafum
t
execute perfectly fine execution finely executed
gdrah, jigraS [tr.) garh, p. guru:ll

g
wound
a wound
rd
denude, abstract
abstract
;
[?]
II.
gdrrad
[tr.)
ta'a:wi
seed for sowing
mugdrrad
bare
VOCABULARY
g
271
g
rdl
pail
garclal, p. gareidil
gumla,
p.
gumsJ
sentence
total
;
number
often
qrr
garr, ]igurr
gumlit mdrrait
drag
g
rm
gins, *. agna:s
g n
race g n n
sort
gamma,
p.
garaijim
crime
IV. [part, only)
mugrim
criminal, guilty
I.
gann, jiginn
be
{ori^.
mad
madden)
^fl;'i.
magnum, 7^. maganim

{tr.)
mad
madden
gin, ]ign
run, run
away
II.
gannin
inf. garj, garajam running, current part, gairi befal gara, jigra (li)
V. itgannin X. istagann
get
{tr.)
call
mad mad
gzb
I.
ghd
III. gaihid, inf.
giha:d
wage
gazab, jigzib
draw
attract
(holy) war, stiive
inf.
gazb
{tr.)
gsd
gihiz
ready
get ready
gasad, p. agsa:d V. itgassid took
body, flesh
flesh,
11.
gahhiz
became
incarnate
qhl
I.
gss
T.
gahal, jighal
{ir.
and
intr.)
(of)
be ignorant
gass, jigiss
migass
test,
touch touchstone
test,
inf. gall]
folly
part. act. ga:hil
fool
gld
II.
part. pass,
maghud
{lit.
passive voice
"
unknown
")
gallid
[tr.]
inf. tagli.'d
bind (book) binding
q
III.
wb
gls
I.
galas, jiglis
noim galsa maghs, p. magailis

vb.
take one's seat a sitting

council
reply-to (a person) reply to (question) reply about (thing) "ân TV. ana:b, part, mugiib, giant request
na:wib
"-ala
Hr.)
gm'^
collect gama"^, jigma"; [tr.) collecting, addition gam"^ party, gamai'â, p. -a:t
I.
w7
(2
w g)
mairiage
gawaiz
V. iqgawwiz
qo:z,
-p.
inf.
{tr.)
marry
pair
;
agwa:z
community
gam'îjja, p. -a:t
husband; nuts
wife
a society
zo:ga, p. zogait
272
jb
I.
hd
bring bringing
/. part,
s (0)
ga:b, jigiib {orig. ga: bi)

inf.
magajb, magiiba
hadas, jihdas happen hadsa, p. ftawardis event, accident
h
ft
r r
harr
{suhst. also
ftbb
habba, p.
-art or
used as adj.) heat, hot [oi things)

hot
hubu:b
gram, htnebit
ftdrrm hdrarrd
hotness, temperature (of persons)

free,
hbs
I.
hurr
hurrijia
non-governmental freedom
r s
[tr.)
haba=;, jihbis
imprison
ft
inf.
habs
imprisoning, prison
ftbl
habi, p. ftiba:!
rope, string
I.
ftdres,
juhrus
guard
child
pass. part,
il
mahruis mahruisa
Cairo
hit
hitta, hitat
h
piece 5 piastre piece
IT.
ftdrras ('ala)
be careful
(of)
hitta_b xamsa
inf. hirs
carefulness
hti
hatta
hrf
harf, p. hura:f
II.
'inn
until,
even sothat.inorderthat
edge
lettei
consonant
ftirfa, p.
hgb
higaib, p. ahgiba
hdiraf, ?'/. taftriif hiraf
alter text of
profession
amulet
(0)
h
VIII. ihtdrom
part. pass.
m
in]
hdt
{tr.),
II. haddit (tr.) tell (storv) to [li] V. itftaddit chat, talk hadduitci, p. hawadiit story, talc
muhtdrm
hdd
I.
lb.
hadd, jihidd (tr.) roun hadd, p. hudu:d

part,
limit
limit, limitation
I.
mahduid
limited, fixed
in (thelimitof)
itself
fi
hadd' za:tu
IT.
haddid
{tr.)
give limits to
VOCABULARY
273
hsb
I.
hfz
reckon
hafaz, jihfaz
{tr.), inf.
hasab, jihsib
(tr.)
hifz
;
keep
take note of
III. ha:sib
give an account to
III. haifiz 'iala
preserve
I.
inf. hisa:b, p. -a:t
Câla)
account take care (of)
hqq
[? ?]
s s
feel
ha??
p. hu?u:?
il
right, truth
rights,
{orig. IV.) hass, jihiss
Law
inf. itisais {p. -a:t)
feeling(s)
ha??
"âleik,
lak
you are
wrong, right
righteous
h
ahsan
n
better
ha?? ami
I.
part.
mah?u:?
realise
in the
(i.e.
wrong
true)
make better, improve II. hassin /.tahsim,^. -a:t improvement

"
II.
ha??a?
cause
to
inf. tah?i:?
come
X. istahsin
(tr.)
approve
enquiry
realise (ascertain)
{tr.)
of,
prefer to do
V. itha??a?
X. istaha??
ma jistaha??ij
ha?i:?a, ha?a:ji?
it's
be worthy of not worth while
fact, truth, reality
hajiij
(lit.
" grass "), hachiche
hajjaij
[p. -i:n)
hachiche-smoker
km
judge, rule
hsl
happen
obtain
I.
hakam, juhkum
''ala
condemn
hukkaim
ruler
I.
hasal, jihsol
"-ala
part, haikim, p.
hakam
hikma, p. hikam huku:ma, p. -a:t
umpire
ifif.
husu:l
wisdom
government
crops part, mahsu:!, p. -art II. hassal {tr.) collect (debt, tax)
V. ithassol Câla) {or X.)
obtain
'hala?a
hlq[?]
circle, link
h
IV. ahsa, jihsi
inf. ihsa(:)
hll
{tr.)
count,
take census of census
mahall, ^. ait
fi
place
in place, right
mahallu
hdr
be present hadar, juhdur being present, huduir presence Presence vb. noun hddra bring II. hadder
I
I.
him
hilim, jihlam (bi)
dream
(of)
inf.
inf.
hilm
dreaming, dream
hi'
halaiwa
sweetness, sweet-stuff
,h
hdr
X. istdhdar mdhdar, p. mdhaidir
mr
donkey
summon
proces-
humair
ahmdr
X. istdhmdr (<r.)
more
verbal, minutes of meeting
a donkey consider a donkey

of
274
hml
hamal
inf.
jifimil,
himl, p. ahmail
carry load
fart, haimil
hamla II. hammil
pregnant pregnancy
load {tr.] V. itlianimil(i>'.) load oneself with VIII. ihtamal [and X.) bear,
suffer, tolerate
h
ha:ma ('an) part, m'haimi
III.
defend advocate
h
cp.
nn
Phcenician [hanniba'âl] (Hannibal) Hebrew [joftann] (John) tenderness hinnijja have pity (on) II. hannin ("âla)
h
I.
wd
(or II.)
hawad, jihwid
turn
hw
hawalem
II.
round
{tr.), inf.
hawwil
tahwiil
turn
X.
[aor.) jistahiil Câla)
be
part, mistahid
he:l
"âla
impossible (for) impossible strength, good health your best heilak
VIII. ihtair.
VOCABULARY
275
xrg
II.
X
III.
sm
adversary oppose
xarrag
{tr.)
mitxarrag
pass one out (of a school) passed out, former pupil
xasm, p. xusu:m
xa:sim
{tr.)
xadd
I. xadd, jixudd VII. inxadd, itxadd
''
jolt,
ixtarQ"-, inf. ixtira:"^
invent
frighten get a shock, fright
xs
I.
xisir, jixsar
lose
loss
xd
xuda:r
inf.
II.
xusaird xQssar [tr.)

-i:n,
vegetables
cause-to-lose
losing,
xesrain, p.
out of pocket
xff
X. istaxaff
(bi)
xjb
11.
beUttle, slight
xajjib
got
stiff
xtb
I.
xj'
xuju:"^
xujui'î
xatab, jixtub
{tr.)
betroth
reverence,
awe
X
I.
solemn
xa:tir
t r
xatar, jixtur
occur
;
mind
"-ala
heart
liking
VIII. ixtaja
be shy; ashamed
xdd
xatru
took to heart
X
II.
xdzzan,
inf.
tdxzim
dam up
xatt, jixutt
vh.
xtt
(hand) write
;
Xsb
XQsib
fertile
draw
noun
xatt, p. xutuit
line line
handwriting
xitta, p. xitat
line of action
VIII. ixtaser abridge, do briefly in short inf. (bi 1_) ixtisair
X
xQtta:f
t f
= snatch)
filch
Xss
xass, jixuss
inf.
[tr.)
xataf, jixtaf {inf. xatf)
filcher
xusuis
bi xsu:s
belong to belonging-to apropos of
xusuisan
VIII. ixtsss
inf. ixtisais
(bi)
have
especially specially
to do with
specialization,
{part.) xaiti, xuta:(h) sinner IV. dxta, p. jixti commit sin xatijja, p. xata:ja sin
I.
purview
ixtisa:si
xlxl
m'xdlxdl
striped
a specialist
276
xls
xilis, jixlas
d dbh
(5)
be finished; be saved
finishing; salvation
inf.xalais i. xa:Us,
II.
finished
saved
;
free (from)
entirely
dabah,iidbah slaughter, massacre madbah, p. madaibih altar
xaUas
"âla
(tr.)
save, finish, satisfy, retrieve
madbaha,
p. do.
(a)
massacre
expedite luggage
ixla:s
II.
dbr
dabbdr
manage, arrange
tadabiiror-ait
(inf.) tadbiir, p.
sincerity (part.) muxlis sincere V. itxaUas (min) extricate oneself xilaisa abstract, summary
IV.
(inf.)
arrangement
xlf
I. I.
dxl
succeed
ddxdl,judxul, w/.
ddxli
(tr.)
duxud
xalaf, jixlif
(tr.)
partic. as prep. da:xil

rel. adj.
xdliif (or xdli:fa), p. xulafa
enter within
successor. Caliph
III. xa:lif
(tr.)
interior
ddxlijia
II.
boarding-school
inf.
m'xalfa
differ from, contravene, disobey contravention, disobedience
ddxxdl
put in
drg
II.
inf. (bi_t) tadri:g
or bi_xla:f
X q P]
1
inf. xila:f
difference
by degrees
drawer, desk
except
durg,^. adraig
I.
xala', juxlu?, inf.
xuP
p. axla:'
xula'i
create temper, disposition character " tempery," passionate
xaP
I.
diri,
jidra
(bi)
(bi)
know
conscious
(of)
ddrjam
''
w
pray, intercede
I.
xili,
jixla (min)
be destitute of
partic. xadi
II.
destitute,
let,
empty
leave,
I.
da'â, jid'-i
li
"âla-
pray for pray against (curse)

prayer
inf. da'^wa, p. -a:t or 'du'â
xalla, inf. tdxlijja
cause
VIII. idda'-a
,
claim, pretend, sue da'' wa(:) da'âiwi claim, suit at law
xnqj?]
I.
xcina', juxnu'
strangle
xina:?,
I.
df;
dafa*^, jidfa*^ (tr.), inf. daf'
III.
xa:ni?
m^'xan'a
(tr.), inf.
pay
quarrel-with
II.
daffa'^
(tr.)
make-to-pay
dfn
II. xajidr(/>'.)
give-one-the-choice
dafan, jidfin,
inf.
dafn
bury
VOCABULARY
dfj
I.
277
d
be
n
de(:)numa
judge,
difi,
jidfa
daffa {tr.) V. iddaffa dafja:n

II.
warm warm
I.
dam, jidim,
inf.
condemn
warm
oneself
(feeling)
warm
de:r, p.
djr
dajjaird
dafa
warmth
dqqjd??]
I.
adjurd monastery people of monastery
da", jidu"
{inf.
da?')
knock,
(gold)
(bell)
work
{tr.
and
intr.)
sound
dk
dakar, p. duku:r
r (5)
male
ra'j
opmion
dll
I.
rbb
prove, indicate proof
dall.jidillCâla)
rabb, p. drba:b
Lord
owner
daliil, p. adilla
rbj
II.
dnj
dani comp. adna
,,
rabba
low
mean
;
inf. tdrbijja
lowest least the " lower world, " here below

{fern.)
rabaija
bring up educate education, training bringing up

;
dunja
(id)
rtb
II.
d
I.
wX
be giddy, sea-sick
rattib
{tr.),
inf. tdrti:b
arrange, set in order

da:x, jiduix
d
I.
wr
I.
istdrga''
{tr.)
ask to come,
get back
da:r, jidu:r
"-ala search for IV. {notinpasttense) turn round, administer administration inf. idairct part. mudi:r administrator, Mudir imper. di:r ba:lak turn your mind, attend
II.
dawwdr
{tr.)
go round turn round
rg
I.
'
w
classical.
raga, jdrgu'(i>'.) hope-from, beg
Borrowed from
r
m
mercy
rafima
r
d
I.
ws
Xs
demand-cheap
r z
da:s jidu:s {tr.), inf, do:s crush, trample on, run over
istdrxas
{tr.)
d
I.
wq
P]
(6)
da:', jidu:'
{tr.)
taste
I.
raza', jirzu'
inf. doi' (zo:')
taste (good taste)
riz', p. drza:'
{tr.) provide for provision, livelihood
278
r z
rdzirl, p.
1 (a)
rkb
wicked wickedness
I.
ruzala
rikib, jirkab
inf.
ride
razada
ruku:b
rjd
IV. 'arjad, inf. irja:d
guide
aright
rukuiba II. rakkab,
a riding, being ridden " mount "

tdrkiib
fix
inf.
together
VIII. irtakab
{tr.)
commit
I.
ridi jirda
('ala or 'ân)
be willing give favour to, be pleased with
kz
centre,
mdrkaz, p. maraikiz
inf.
ride
willingness,
{tr.)
good
favour
please
district, district-office,
post
IV. 'drds, jirdi

inf. irds(:)
rumma
rtb
bi
rummitu
totality as a whole, entirely
rutuiba
moisture, damp, cold

r
r'^b
I.
rama, jirmi
{tr.)
throw down
[for IV.) raâb, jirîb part, mur'îb

I.
terrify
fearful
nb
hare, rabbit
dmab,
feed (animals)
p. drainib
ra''a jir'â
ra:''i,
{tr.)
p. ru'^jam
herdsman
I.
rgb
I. ragab, jirgab rugba, p. -a:t
ra:g, jiru:g
II.
rawwig
{tr.)
sell well bring prosperity to
desire
a desire
r
f
wh
or r
rf
raff, p. rufu:f
{pass, part.)
mdrjuih
shelf
I.
possessed with a spirit

ra:S
rfq^?]
riP
(bi)
go
go away
II.
(to,
rawwah
become
be
mercy, kindness
r
with)
VII. inrajah
spirit-
P]
VIII. irtaih
satisfied,
I.
{part.) rai'i elevated,
advanced
possessed take ease

rest
spirit
inf. irtijaih
satisfaction
rqqP"]
V. itra^'a,
inf. tara'î
ascend,
Xa. istdrajjah ru:h, p. drwa:h ruhami

ruhijjari
spiritual
be promoted
spiritually
VOCABULARY
r
279
ws
or r
s {for r
? s)
zU
head
zala:l
rais, p. ru:s
sukkdr
ar ruim
ru:mi, p.
sweet, fresh
z
sugar-loaf
r
ml
colleague
wm
zimi:l, p.
the Greeks
arwa:m
r
Greek
I.
mm
(8)
w]
have-thirst-slaked
zamm, jizimm
censure
zamiim
blameworthy
honour, integrity
z
I.
rswa, jirwa
jirwi
zimma
{tr.)
water
(tr.)
azma,
I.
p. -a:t
(financial) crisis
{for IV.) raid, jiriid
{tr.)
wiU, wish
inf.
z
za:t, p.
wt
self,
iraida
willing,
wUl
azwa:t
z
essence
wr
visit
ri:f,
p. drjaif
country (opp. to
"
town
"
I.
za:r, jizuir, inf. zijaird
II.
zawwdr
{tr.)
VII. inza:r
z
cause to visit have a [za:r]
performed on one
zbb
zibi:b
hb
(8)
mazhab, mazaihib
currants
tenet,
school of thought
zh
I.
m
{tr.)
zhqP]
crowd on crowded
crowd, crush
I.
zaham, jizhim
zihi'
mazhu:m zahma
zr*;
I.
or zuhu', jizha' (min) be sick of, get tird of

adj.
{tr.)
inf. zaha.'^,
II.
zah'âm
disgust
zahha'
zard'', jizrd''
plant,
sow
s
inf. zdr"^
zirei'â
agriculture
s?l
sa'al, jis'al
{tr.)
zgrt
zdgrat
z
shrill
ask
question ask after
with joy
inf. su'ail, p. as'ila, suâlait
r (8)
sa'al 'ala
zakdr, juzkur
inf. zikr
mention, perform the Zikr

mentioning, Zikr
ma jis'alj
he doesn't care
part. pass, mas'uil
responsible mas'u(:)hjja responsibility mas'ala, p. masa:'il question,

affair
V. itzakkdr
{tr.)
remember
28o
sbb
sabab, p. asbaib II. sabbib [tr., li)
s
I.
qJP
cause
cause ... to
sa'a, jis'i
{tr.)
give drink to
shb
I. participles only act. SQihib, p. Gshaib
:
t (9)
(by)
be fixed fix, prove I. (/or IV.) sabat, jisbit fix, confirm II. sabbit
sibit, jisbit
companion, friend
pass,
mashuib
(bi)
possessor,
sbh
subham
s
accompanied
VI. itseihib
glory be ....
(iss-).
befriendoneself (with)
bq
[s
?]
{see
tit; for Q\%)

Trinity declare to be a Trinity
pass.)
trine
saba^
jisba?
saba' {used adverbially)
precede formerly
sa:lu:s
II.
Scdlis {tr.)
sdd
I.
musaUas
{jpart.
sadd, jisidd, inf. sadd

fill
slh
up, stop
sila:h, p. asliha
arm(s) (military)
s r r
slf
sirr,
p. asra:r
self
;
secret
secret
mystery
s r
sacrament
II.
saUif
{tr.)
advance, lend
VIII. istalaf
borrow
(G)
slk
wealth
I.
silik,
jisluk
goon; behave;
" go "
(
sr]
saraqa
s-^d
sa'îid, p.
= succeed)
behaviour
palace
inf.
sulu:k
s
1
m
admit
greet
su'âda
blessed,
happy
felicity
II.
sa''a:da
sa'âdtak (-ttak)
your Grace
bi
saUim
""ala
{tr.)
deliver, surrender
VIII. istalam
si*'r,
{tr.)
receive
by
p. as'^Qir
price
sali:m
s
deUvery sound
s^j
I.
mh
forgive
sa'â, jis'â (fi)
make
effort,
try
III.
inf.
saimih
{tr.)
inf. sa*^]
s f r
sifr,
effort
m'samha
or simaih
forgiveness
X. istasmah
{tr.)
ask the forgiveness of
p. asfair
book
(of Bible)
VOCABULARY
s
281
s
msr
broker
I.
wq
[']
simsair, p.
samasrd
s
sa:', jisu:? (tr.)
"^
sawwa:', p. -i:n su:?, p. Qswa:'

sa:?
drive driver
market
trunk of tree
II.
samma"^
{tr), inf. tasmi:'^
samma:''a
s
cause-to-hear telephone-receiver
I.
sw
sawa, jiswa
(!!r.)
be worth,
equal to
ripe,
mm
(9)
VIII. istawa
summ, summa
be cooked,
then, moreover
mature
I.
simin, jisman
be fat
fat fat
sawa sawa sawa sawan
both
(all)
together together
whether
{subst.)
samn
{adj.) simi:n, p. suma:n N.B. samiin /row 9 m n
precious
I.
sa:r, jisiir
walk, conduct
oneself
smj
II.
inf. si:rd
conduct
.
samma,
"lala
ga:b
inf.
si:rit.
tasmijja
call,
say, the
name name of God

over
saig.,
bring. .into the conversation

.
(/or s)
for eeig
sound
current
sn d = "
(
support
")
siiga
(gold), jewellry
sanad, p.
-a:t
voucher
J
shl
I.
Jbb
be easy
(for)
sihil, jishal ("âla)
Jabb, p.
Jubbam
pari. sa:hil adj. sahl

s
easy
Jabba
young man young woman
Jbh
wb
(9)
I.
Jabah, jijbih
similarity,
sawa:b charity, reward of charity

Jabah
s
resemble
likeness
wh
V. itjabbah (bi) VIII. ijtabah (fi:)
become
like
suspect
travel about I. saih, jisuih part, saijih,;^. su(i)wa:h\traveller, tourist sawwaift, p. -i:n j
s
I.
Jrd
Jared, jijrid V. irjdrrad
I.
ws
manage groom
be a runaway be a vagabond
Jrr
Jarr, p. Juruir
Jirriir, p.
sa:s, jisuis
part. sa(:)jis
inf. sijaisa
evil (thing)
evil (person)
diplomacy, politics
ajrair
282
1^
part, majru:'', p. raajarii'^ or-a.it
Jms
Jammais, p. Jamamsa
enterprise
deacon, acolyte
JrqP]
Jdr?
Jdr'i
Jm'
east
oriental, eastern
Jam'â Jam''ada:n
candle
candle-stick
Jrj
I.
Jml
buyer buying
include I. Jamal, jijmil ('ala) part.^SLimU. inclusive, aU-embracing
part,
and
aor.
not used
part. Jairi
inf. Jira
VIII. ijtdra
part. pass,
[tr.)
buy
{p. -ja:t)
mujtdra
Janai'â
disgracefulness, vileness
purchase (s)
Jihid, jijhad part. Jaihid, p.
pi.
fhd
Juhuid
witness a witness
Jaitir, p. Juttair
clever,
cunning
V. ijjattar Câla)
of,
take advantage
keep price up against
Jawaihid
proof-texts, references
cite
r
I.
Ja''ar, jij'ûr
feel
inf. Ju'ûir, p. -a:t
feeling
X. iftajhid (bi) Jahiid, p. Juhada majhad, p. majaihid
martyr
funeral-
procession
111
I.
Jhw
occupy,
VIII. ijtaha
(tr.)
(but II. preferred)
lust,
long
part.
majgu:l
preoccupy busy, preoccupied

busy-ness
business,
Jwr
I.
majg-ulijia VIII. ijtdgdl
Jugl
majgala
work work employment
Ja:r Câla), jiju:r

(tr.)
III. Jaiwir
[or
X.)
advise consult
IV.
[inf.)
ijaird, p. ijdrait
signal,
command
.ffqP]
Jafa'a
VI.
ij Jaiwir
be consulted,
consult together
mercy
JqqP
Jo:t
[lit.
Jwt
" ramble ")
" a spell
"
majaâ,
p. -a:t
I
trouble
Jjx
q
i
P]
Je:x, p. Jujurx or
majaijix
;
Ja'i, p. Ju'aj
naughty
wicked, criminal
Jeixd
sheikh
tomb
of sheikh
p. apija
wise-woman
IJ
Jkl
Jakl,^. ajkail
sort, kind,
condition
Je(:)?, p. 'ajja
thing
VOCABULARY
283
284
S
j
VIII. iste:d(/f.) hunt, proselytise hunting, the chase se:d

tibb
tbb
art of medicine
s]
I.
tbx
become
I. tsbdx, jutbux VII. intabdx
{tr.)
&a:r, jisiir
cook be cooked
^bqP]
II.
dhk
dahhak cause to laugh, amuse IV. [only in partic.) mudhik
II.
tabba'
(z!r.
"âla)
inf. tatbi:?
III. ta:bi'
amusing, absurd
apply. .to application consist with, correspond to
dhj
dehijja,
II.
/i.
tb";
sacrifice
[tr.)
dshaija
inf.
I.
taba"^, jitba"^, inf. tab"^
dshha,
tedhijja
bi_ttab'', tab'ân
tabii'â, p. tabaiji''
print naturally
sacrifice
nature
ddd
didd
opposite-to
tbl
d
I.
r r
derr, judurr
{tr.)
inf.
darar
(8)
dalma
d
mr
pronoun
;
dami:r, p. damaijir
conscience
m n = include)
(
min dimn
among
dhd
VIII. idtahad,
inf. idtihaid
persecute
I.
da:'', jidi:'', inf. daja:"^
JI. dajja'^ itr.)

II.
lose,
be lost causetobelost
lose
dajja"^
[ty.)
VOCABULARY
385
II.
tiUa'^
take out,
away
" turn
t
I.
up
"
I.
z b t (S)
zebat, juzbut
{tr.)
lqP
get exact arrest
inf.
tetla?,
zabt
jutlu'
let free
part. act. za:bit part. pass.
divorce a divorce IV. Qtla', inf. itla:? leave absolutely free absolute part. pass, mutla' absolutely mutla'an or 'âPitla:-'
II. tella'
mazbu:t
z
1
exact order of&cer exact
tela:?
(S)
zalam, juzlum
inf.
{tr.)
be unjust to
zulm
unfairness, injustice
wh
fling oneself, totter
V. ittawwah
t
ta:?, p. -a:t
wq
"^bd
P]
fold,
time
ibaida
worship
te:', jiti:'
inf. tai'a
{tr.)
bear, find tolerable ability

II.
^br
'abbdr
Cân), inf. ta'^biir
prolong stay long II. tswwil tawwil ba:lak prolong your

;
express VIII. i''tabar consider, honour pass. part. mu''tQbdr

considerable, fine
tu:lit
bad
patience (mind) patience
^bt
tj b
II.
tsjjib
{tr.)
cure,
do good to
X.
"abiit, p. ''ubt or ista'^bat {tr.)
'ubata
idiot
call-an-idiot
^tb
ataba
tair, jitiir
fly, fly off,
threshold
"^
run away
(horse)
ji'^tdr
t r (9)
tjf
tajfa, tewa:jif
''itir,
stumble
^d-
sect
tin
tim
it j izi:d
adu,
p. a'^da(:)
enemy
mud
tim balla
i.e.
makes the mud

I.
wetter,
make things worse
"âgab, ji'^gib
{tr.)
please
286

zb(a)
îgiz, ji'-gaz
to be feeble, blind,
azaib
great pain
unable
inf. "âgz
feebleness, inability
blind, unable
I.
zr(5)
{tr.) excuse excused, excusable excuse inf. ''uzr, p. a'^zair VIII. ista'^zdr excuse oneself
part. act. "âigiz

'âguiz, p. "-agaijiz
'azdr, ju'^zur
aged
part. ma''zu:r
gi
"âgal
speed
<;dd
''izz
I.
height-of
"âdd, ji'îdd
count
I.
limited paH. ma'^duid V. ifâddid, inf. ta'âddud be multiple prepare X. ista'âdd

inf. isti'^daid, p. -a:t
'âzam,ji'^zim(^?'.) invite, resolve
inf. "âzm
resolution
part. ma''zu:m, p. ma'-aziim
preparation (s)
âdad, p. a'^daid
number
verse of Bible ( = ''a:ja) "îdda, ^. "îdad apparatus, machine
guest, invited out 'ûzuima, p. 'azaijim party VII. in'âzam be invited

z
II.
w
comfort
^dl
<âdl
"âzza, inf. ta'^zijja
justice
"^skr
'âskari, p. "âsaikir
"^dm
"âdam absence of
^
;
soldier
non-existence
"ajam
V. ifâjjim
hope, expectation
hope
VI. if-aida
be mutually hostile
"^rd
"ija
Hi
late evening; evening-prayer
VIII.
i";
tared
Câla)
inf. i'^tiraid, p. -a:t
object (to) objection
âja(:)
II.
supper
[tr.)
âjja
give supper to
^rf
I.
"îrif,
V. itâjja
sup
ji'^rsf [tr.)
know
confess
VIII. i'-tdref
(bi)
X.
ista'^raf (bi)
get acquainted
p.
I.
"asr
(late)
afternoon
age, epoch
''usuir
with
"urf
usage, usual !]
meaning
inf. ma''sija
S]
''QSQ, ji''si [tr.)
disobey disobedience
stick
"-arjain
II.
naked
strip
'^drra
"asaija \ [P- ûsi I ''asa / \'ûsja:n /
VOCABULARY
28y
Hi
I.
iplu. of part.) "âwaitif
emotions
III.
inf.
II.
manipulate, treat medically treatment m"âlga or "îlaig

'ailig
^ 1
''attol {tr.), inf. ta'^ti:! spoil,
waste time of
''alar'a,
q P]
"âlaiji'
p. -a:t or
Hi
I.
connection
give giving
gift
I.
(/orlVO'^Qte,
p. ''etQija
ji'^ti
inf. ''Qta
"^Qtijja,
Um
"îlim, ji'^lam (bi)
know
''
m
great, fine
inf. ''ilm
^. ''uluim
knowledge branches of knowledge

sheikh, savant learn
"etziim, p. "ûzQim
II.
{inf.)
part, "âdim, p. ''ulama
ta''zi:m
{lit.
salute " magnif3dng ")

oneself,
V. ifâllim
mit''allim
''
(if.)
V. if'azzQm
magnify
educated
mu'^zam
get stuck-up the greater part
ala:ma, p. ' alama:t mark, sign "adam, p. -im world, universe "ilmami lay, secular
<;frt
p. 'âfariit ifâfrat
âfriit,
Un
ghost, bogey
be scared
IV.
'a''
Ian
{fr.
and
bi)
publish, apprise
Jfw
I.
inf. i''lam
advertisement
"-afa, ji'^fi
or
ja'-fi
pardon,
Ww
I.
"îh,
exempt
(m/.)
il
'afw please don't
jiqa
(<âla)
rise (above)
mention
"^
it
passive
II.
ji''la "âleih
be transcended
raise
qd
["^
d]
';alla(:)
VI. ta-âda
believe VIII. i'^ta'ad w/. i''ti'ad conviction, article

of faith
'û'-'aid
"Uaiwa 'ala
be exalted over and above
bangles
V. if'ammdr increase in popu?
q UW
lation
1]
<;a?l {p. <û'u:l)
intellect,
reason
I.
^ml
'amal,
ji''mil (iy.)
ma'^'ud
^
reasonable, rational
do
knn
feel
III.
inf.
"âimii (tr)
m'amla
deal with, treat treatment, dealing
*Jaknin
wretched
VII. in'âmal
{f,t)
be done
288
"ami
X.
ista'^mil
[tr.]
(contd.)
<;i
iJ
inf. isti'-mail
use usage
V.
if-ajjij
(min) support oneself,
Hve on ^jl
n]
VIII. i'^tana
(bi)
take care
(of)
'âjjil,
ma''ana,/>.ma''a:ni sense, meaning ijmi''na what's the sense ?
p.
"îja:!
child
jn
"ajjma
pattern
why on
âhd, p. "ûhuid
earth
covenant
"^hd
I.
[part, pass.)
ma''hu:d
familiarly
known
gariib, p.
grb
gurb_guraba
strange,
W'd
return I. {orig. IV.) ji''i:d repeat "aida, p. 'â(:)da:t or 'awajid
I.
"âid, ji'ûid
stranger
gari:ba, p. garaijib
(a)
wonder
custom
'û:d,
grbl
garbil, inf. gsrbala
p. 'î(:)da:n
stick of
wood
ws
"Qis, ji''u:s
"âwwed {tr., U) make compensation for (to V. if-awwad get replaced

II.
. .
^wl
II.
"âwwil 'ala
''
rely on, appeal to
wn
Assistant (-Commissioner)
III.
(part.) m=''â:win
''
wh
physical defect
âiha, p. -a.it
"Cib,
p. "ûjuib
fault,
shame
X.
ista'^jab
consider faulty,
shameful
VOCABULARY
28g
ill
I.
gifil, jigfal
gafla "âla gafla
dose, be headless a dose, heedlessness suddenly unawares
II.
gajjor
{tr.)
change
changing, a change
inf. tdgjiir
II. gaffil call heedless, fooUsh fart. pass, m'gaffal fool, heedless
91 g
I.
gaiz, jigi:z
olb
golab, jiglib passive gilib, jiglab
I.
inf. ge:z
annoy wrath
be annoyed, angered
f
VII. ingaiz
conquer be defeated
defeat be defeated miserable
gulb VII. ingalab gslbain

inf.
ftj
II.
fattij
{tr.)
ill
miglawaini
putter-up-of-price
"âla
search (a house or person) search for, look for
fgr
faigir, p.
gnm
ganam
sheep or goats
fugga:r
f
adulterer
tw
legal decision
ifta(:)
fatwa
an]
I.
IV. afta(i), inf.

{tr.)
gdna, jigni [for IV.)

[tr.)
X.
enrich
istafta(:)
{tr.)
give a consult
gina
fht
I.
"ân
enable, to
ability to
do without
fahat, jifhat
richness, riches
dig
"ân
do without
f
rich gani, p. gunaj, dgnija able to do without 'ân dispense with X. istdgna ''an a song ginja sing II. gonna singing for inf. gina, guna
fhm
ahm
(baladi)
f
coal (charcoal)
xr
boast
VIII. iftdxar,
inf. iftixa:r
fdj
g
wt
deep
I.
fada,
jifdi, inf.
fida
redeem
victim
gawiit, p. guwa:t
fidja
gwj
fdrd, fdrda
frd
single (of pair)
gaija, p. -a:t
object, motive, arriere pensee
frd
gTb
ge:b, jigi:b, inf. gijaib the Absent, il ge:b
be absent
i.e.
farad, j if rid 'ala fard, p. furuid
suppose impose on
supposition,
Unseen
ordinance
290
VOCABULARY
291
qdm
IV. 'afaid
{tr.),
inf. ifa:da
II.
'addim
(tr.)
put forward,
present
profit,
inform
V. it'addim ?adi:m
X.
istafaid (min)
profit
(
go forward, progress
ancient, eternal
get profit)
fajda, ^. fawaijid
profit,
information, edification afjad (comparat. o/mufiid)
qr b
I.
more
or
most useful
'irib, ji'rab
(li)
be near, related
II.
-"drreb (min)
(tr.)
inf. ta'riiban fa(:)jiz, p.
draw near bring near nearly

1
J-
fawaijiz
interest
?ari:b
5
qP]
-"ursijib, p.
.-,,. -im
near
lately blood-relation
adv.
'ari:b, p. 'uraijib
qbh
'abiih
qrr
vUe
I.
{for IV.) 'drr, ji'irr (bi)
X.
{pass, part.) musta'bali
inf. i'rsir
confess confession
detested, detestable
qrf
'drsifa
qbd
I.
Moslem-cemetery
'ebad, ji'bQd
Câla)
arrest
I.
qs
'asam, ji'sim 'isma
m
divide division
qbl
I.
{tr.)
'ibil, ji'bal
receive, accept
inf. 'abuil
acceptance
q
'asa:wa
III.
?a:bil, inf.
m^'abla
meet
cruelty, hardness
VI. it'aibil
meet together
inf. isti'bail receive
X. ista'bU,
qjt
?ijte
visitors
part, mista'bil
future
cream
q
qd
II.
r
I.
sd
?adddr
(tr.)
determine, estimate
be computed V. it'addar amount mi'dair, p. ma'adiir
purpose, mean purpose, meaning part. pass, ma'suid purpose, point 'ueaid opposite, in front
'asad, ju'sud
inf.
'asd
q
?uddu:s
'iddi:s, p.
ds
Holy (God)
'asr, p. ?usu:r
qsr
palace, castle
-im
qadarsa
'addis pari. pass,
II.
holy, saint holiness
Lu'sur
"
The Palaces," Luxor
qss
III. 'a:sis, inf. 'isa:s
sanctify
mu'addas
holy
punish
292
qfl]
VIII. i'tede
q]S
imply,
demand
I.
'a:s, ji'iis
pass. part. mu''tada(:),
implication p. mu'tadaja:t 'adijja, p. 'adaija law-suit, affair
q
I.
t r
?Qtar, ju^tur
foUow up
qt"^ VII. in'ate''

(li)
be
set entirely
apart
(for)
qlb
I.
'alab, ji'lib [or II.)
overturn
inside, heart
?alb, p. ?ulu:b
qn
'al-â
(il)
the Citadel
qll
I.
'all, ji'iU
be
little,
diminish
?illa
Httleness, absence (of)
nm
Person
(of Trinity)
uqnuim,
p.
aqaniim
qwl
I.
I.
'ad, ji'u:l, inf. 'oil

"âla
say
tell
of
call
VII.
in'ail, it'a:l
be said
qwm
'aim
(bi)
perform
existent,
consist of
self-
part. 'a(:)jim bi nafsu
ista'aim inf. isti'aima
independent be upright
ma'a:m
'i:ma
integrity position value, amount
qj d
II. 'ajjid {tr.)
V. it'ajjid
enter (in register) get entered
VOCABULARY
293
ksb
I.
k
gain, earn
I.
wn
be, exist
kisib, jiksab
kam,
jiku:n, inf. ko:n
II.
kassib
{tr.)
cause to profit
profit(s)
maksab, makaisib
kama biha il kom (inf.)
weU
let it be so
the Universe
ksf
I.
kjf
make ashamed
shame ashamed get ashamed
ke:f
kefijja
inf.
kasafjiksif kusu:f
(<r.)
how
how
manner
part. pass,
maksuif
VII. inkasaf
kjr
II.
kajjdr
frown
la
kjf
kajaf, jikjif, inf. kajf kajaf 'ala
I.
uncover examine
{tr.)
there neither. (after vbs. of fearing)
is
.
not
.nor
lest
.wala
Ibb
Hbba,
p. libab
VIII. iktajaf, inf iktijaif
necklace
discover
kfr
kaffaird propitiation, atonement II. kaffdr ("ân) atone (for)
I.
lbs
libis, jilbis (tr.)
put on
kfj
I.
kafa, jikfi
(tr.)
suffice
possess (devil) Hbs {inf. and suhst.) dressing clothes malbuis possessed VIII. Utabas become possessed
;
throw on to face VII. inkafa be thrown on to face
IbJ
V. itlabbij
get confused
klf
II.
kallif
(tr.)
inf. takliif
cause-trouble-to trouble, ceremony
Itt
I.
latt, jiUtt
kml
II.
lattait
maltuit
chatter chatterbox wordy, tedious
kammil
(tr.)
perfect,
takmidi
supplement supplementary,
I.
IhqP]
laha', jilha'
useful-but-not-essential
reach, catch up, overtake
khrb
kahraba
amber, electricity
Idxbat,
inf.
Ixbt
Idxbata confuse. mess up
k
ka:r, p. -a:t
wr
trade, profession
itldxbat, inf. taldxbi:t get confused, make a
mess
294
I
Xs
II.
laXQS
inf. talxi.'s
1
summanze summary
z z
lazi:z
interesting
I'^b
VI.
{inf.) talai'ûb (bi)
play about with
Ig
lagmat
mt
smear
Itm
I.
latam, jiltem,
inf.
latm
slap
1ft
VIII. iltafat
(li)
turn to, glance at
Iff
I.
laff, jiHff [tr.)
go round, wrap
turn, comer lead round
milaff
II.
laffif {tr.)
Imh
II.
lammah(li)
inf.
allude (indirectly) talmiih {opp. o/tasriih) oblique allusion
snatch snatch at
tone, accent
VOCABULARY
n
itmcinnag
295
wallow
nbt
plant stave binnabbuit with utmost diiSculty
nabait, p. -a:t nabbu:t, p. nababiit
r
mistika
ms
k
gum-mastic
m sh
1
.
nbh
clean wipe
masah, jimsah
(tr.)
nabah, jinbah
bark
msX
I.
nbh
masx
(Ir.) notify tanbiih notice, notification VIII. intabah (li) pay attention
masdx, jimsax,
inf.
transform (deform)
II.
nabbih
inf.
m nn
1.
mann, jiminn
("âla -bi)
ntj(e)
obliged
nita:ja
vouchsafe
mamnum
female
mn
muna(:) V. itmanna,
inf.
ndb
j
a desire
nadab, jindib,
inf.
nadb
r
bewail
tamanni
j
desire
nd
I.
mh
ma(:)hijja
naddr, jundur
be rare
salary
part. na:dir
/.
mwt
II.
nadrd, p. nawaidir
rare "rarity," incident, awkward or amusing
mawwit (<r.)
(p.
majjit
-im)
me:tam
put-to-death, kill dead, corpse funeral-assembly

j
nd
I.
m
repeat
nidim, jindam
nadiim
boon-companion
m
II.
ndh
I.
majjiz
{tr.
-"ân)
distinguish (-from)
nadah, jindah
(li)
call (to)
V. itmajjiz
be
distinct,
distinguished
nh
nahja, p. nawaihi
w
part, direct
s
inf.
"^
nX
ma:l, jimi:l \ II. majjil / inf. me:l, p. amja:l
incline
I.
ndxds, junxus,
ndxs prick
inclination
n z
n
I.
naza"^, jinza"^
(tr,),
(tr.)
take away
strive-with
mi:na, p. mawaini or mijan
III. naizi''
inf. niza:"^,
harbour
m^naz'â
296

nZ
1
n e
r
(ir.)
I.
nizil, jinzil {tr.)
inf.
II.
nuzu:l
nazzil
alight
(tr.)
(j
descend ourney) reside bring down

,
I.
nasar, junsu:r
help to victory
II.
nassar
(tr.)
baptise,
make
tanzid reduction, inspiration VI. itnaizil C^&n) condescend (from), give up voluntarily
Christian turn Christian V. itnassar nasrami, p. nasaird. Christian
n
I.
b
IV.
(inf.)
nsf
insa:f
nasab, jinsib attribute nisba attributing bi n nisba li in relation to, because of III. na:sib (tr.), inf. m'nasba suit bi mnasbit ... in connection with, on the occasion of
inf.
equity
n
nata', juntu',
q P]
nut'
utter
inf.
n n
I.
z r
= see)
consider
I.
netzar,
junzur
naizir
(fi)
act. part,
head of
foreseen,
nasdx, jinsdx abrogate, copy nasx abrogation, copying nusxa, p. nuscix copy I. najdr, junjur, inf. najr spread
inf.
department, school
pass. part,
manauir
expected
nazar nezaran
li
eyesight considering
[tr.)
n Jr
VIII. intajdr
III. na:zir
debate with (exchange- views-with)

[tr.)
be broadcast
inf.
m'nazrd
VIII. intetzar
njf
I.
nijif, jinjaf (intr.)
II.
najjif
(tr.)
dry up dry
pass. part, naziir
muntazar
manzar, p. mdnaizir
expect expected like, equal sight, view
nfj(nP)
naja
inf.
n
nizaim
II.
IV. anja), jinji construct, compose composition of IV. inja

(or
system, order tanzi:m organise V. itnazzam be organised VIII. inf. intizaim good order
nazzetm,
inf.
nsb
I.
nasab, junsub
[tr.)
erect
na'^ga {p. -a:t)
she-goat
n sh
I.
nasah, jinsah
advise, exhort
n^J
na^j
bier
nasiiha, p. nasaijih
exhortation
VOCABULARY
n
ni'^ma, p. ni'âm
*
297
m
III.
{inf.)
.
nkf
m='nakfa
chaffering
divine grace IV. an'âm('âla..bi..)

.a thing
vouchsafe to. pari, mun'îm, min'îm
mzg
pattern, ideal
gracious (God)
numuizag, p. nama:zig
(5) or
z (9)
n
VIII. intama
mw
belong to
I. nafad, jinfid pari. na:fid
go through not a cul-de-sac
(li)
II.
naffiz
[tr.)
[cp.
n
<;
d)
I.
n
na:b, jinuib
wb
fall
accomplish, put through

f
{tr.)
to one's
partic. najib
I.
nafa"^, jinfa'^
II.
naffa";
](tr.)
benefit
utility
'ân
share a share represent
inf.
naf^
partic. najib, p.
nuwwaib
representative representation representing
nqs
I.
(n
'
s)
inf.
nijaiba bi n nijaiba
("ân)
na'as, jin'as
[intr.)
[tr.)
be-lacking-to
become
less,
less
wh
lamentation
pari, nai'is
inf.
lacking, defective,
minus
mana:ha
na's
lack, deficiency
n
II.
"^
nqdj?)
III.nai'ia(;y.)
nawwa"^
{tr.)
vary
tanawwu'^ be varied
]
tanwi:"^
variety, complexity
inf.
be contradictory of
V. itnawwa"^,
nqtP)
n
nu^te, p. nu?at p. nu'uit

II.
na^'ot
{tr.)
drop, point contribution present

[bi]
I.
nawa, jinwi
intend
intention
inf. nijja
(somebody) with
nqiP]
nu'l
h
fruit
mixed dry
nq
II.
hdj
I.
P]
cleanse, choose
hada, jihdi
{tr.), inf.
na??a
nkt
nukta, p. nukat nukati
witticism a wit
{for IV.) {tr.) part, muhdi, inf.

hidi, jihda, inf.
II.
'huda guide -aright give pre sent to ihda

{for hd') be quiet
give,
huduw
tr.)
nkj
I.
hadda
{doubly
nakaj",
junkuj
disorder, rumple
hadijja,/>.hada:ja(:)
present present, gift
298
hrb
I.
harab, jihrab,
inf.
"
VOCABULARY
299
wd w
II.
wtn
tawdijja
wadda
(tr.),
inf.
watan
WQtani(j), p. ji:n
cany, take, lead
watanijja
native-country native patriotism
wrd
I.
wdh
II.
wared,
juirid
arrive (letter), come in (income)
waddeJi
make
clear, explain
part, wairid
il
wairid wi
imported masruif credit
wd
I.
"^
IV.
{inf.) i(:)ra:d
and debit income

j
wada*^,
ju'.da''
or jiwda'',
inf.
wad'^
set
down
VI.
itwaidi"-, inf. tawaidu''
wr
II. ,
be humble
ware
show IV. wdrra, awrs behind, " whip behind!
wz f
waziifa, p. Wi2a:jif
function,
billet
wsX
II.
wassdx
(tr.)
defile
''
mi(:)''a:d {for miw'âid), p. mawa''i:d appointment, time fixed
I.
wasa'^, juisa"^
iir.)
VIII.
ittasa':
be spacious have room for expand
w''
I.
wa'â, ju:''a (h)
w s ws
whisper (to) waswis (tr.) inf. waswasa, p. wasaiwis whisper
imp.
ui'â.
part, wai'î
be aware, take heed beware look out (h) aware of,

!
conscious of
wst
wfr
{for s)
V. itwaffdr
wasta, p. wasaijit
means, intermediary
be economised be fulfilled
;
wfq
p]
ws f
I.
VIII. ittafa?
inf. ittifa:', p. -a:t
inf.
wasaf, juisaf wasf, p. awsaif
wasfa verb, noun
describe description prescription, recipe
sifa, p. -a:t
attribute, character
w si
II.
wassal, inf. tawsid {tr.) conduct
300
w q f P]
II. wa'-'af (tr.)
'H
II.
V. itwa'-'af
cause to stand brought himself up, stood stiU
waUa";
kindle
wl
wilijja
"Jala
depend on
(female saint),
woman
Lord
mawla(:)
wl d
walad, jiwlid or juiUd bring to birth bringing-to-birth, inf. wila:da
I.
JaQ)
ja ja (imma). .ja. ja tdra (or hantora)
either.
I
birth
O!, Ohi! .or
mi(:)la:d
birth, birthday
wonder
Prtntkd nv W. Hrffkr & Sons Ltd., Cambridge. England.

Gairdner - Egyptian Colloquial

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gairdner - Egyptian Colloquial

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gairdner - Egyptian Colloquial

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the book about?

What is the book about?

What languages are discussed in the book?

What languages are discussed in the book?

G ^

CHARLES M. TAYLOR ESTATE

Cornell University Library

3 1924 026 886 600

Cornell University Library

the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright

the United States on the use of the

EGYPTIAN COLLOQUIAL ARABIC

EGYPTIAN COLLOQUIAL ARABIC

SHEIKH KURAYYIM SALLAM

W. HEFFER & SONS Ltd.

SCHOL^ CAHIRENSIS UBI REBUS ARABICIS STUDETUR,

CORPORIBUS MINIME VILIBUS

FACTUM EST EXPERIMENTUM.

The Masculine Noun The Demonstrative Pronoun. Feminine Noun

The Possessed and the Possessor

The Possessive with Feminine Noun.

Addition of Vowels Loss of Length Quantity

Pronouns of the Genitive (Conjunctive) Pronouns

The Disjunctive Pronouns with Negative

For General Conversation.

Table of Active and Passive Participles

For General Conversation.

What one does every Day.

XII. f'FoR General Conversation. (i) The Past Tense Verb

one did Yesterday. The Aorist with Negative

Pronouns (3) Some Indefinite Transition to the Arabic Reader

The Past Verb, with Negative, and with the Conjunctive

(3) Exercise on Members of the Body For Conversational Verb-Drill

XIV. For General Conversation. The Numerals from I to I o

Visit to the Pyramids.

XVI. For General Conversation.

The Duties of the Table..

The Numerals above

A Dervish-Zikr at the Fair

For Conversational Verb-Drill

For Conversational Verb-Drill

A Proposal for a Holiday

For Conversational Verb-Drill

Dialogue Between a Doctor and a Patient For Conversational Verb-Drill

XXIX. Verbs wtth two

The Verb [idda]

The Relative Pronoun.

Dialogue about a Return from a Travel

XXXII. Concessive Clauses.

Pieces from the Life of Christ. 25+

Story of the Samaritan

The Mustard-Seed, Lu. 13 18 The Prodigal Son, Lu. 15:11

257 258 258 258 258

12. 13. 14. 15.

The The The The The The

Evil Vinedressers, Lu.

Some Christian Beliefs.

The Supposed Corruption

20. 21. 22.